2015 GN Mercantile Law - 27 July PDF
2015 GN Mercantile Law - 27 July PDF
2015 GN Mercantile Law - 27 July PDF
DEFINITION AND NATURE OF LETTER OF CREDIT 1. Upon the period fixed by the parties; or
2. If none is fixed, one year from the date of issuance.
Letter of Credit (L/C) Incidents in the life of a Letter of Credit (SAIS-ERR)
It is any arrangement, however named or described, 1. Contract of Sale between the buyer and seller
whereby the issuing bank acting at the request and on the 2. Application for L/C by the buyer with the bank
instructions of a customer (applicant) or on its own 3. Issuance of L/C by the bank
behalf, binds itself to: (PAN) 4. Shipping of goods by the seller
5. Execution of draft and tender of documents by the
1. Pay to the order of, or accept and pay drafts drawn by a seller
third party (Beneficiary), or 6. Redemption of draft (payment) and obtaining of
2. Authorize another bank to pay or to accept and pay documents by the issuing bank
such drafts, or 7. Reimbursement to the bank and obtaining of
3. Authorizes another bank to Negotiate, against documents by the buyer
stipulated documents
Essential conditions of a Letter of Credit
Provided, the terms and conditions of the credit are
complied with (Uniform Customs & Practice for 1. Issued in favor of a definite person.
Documentary Credits, Art. 2). 2. Limited to a fixed or specified amount, or to one or more
amounts, but with a maximum stated limit (Code of
Nature of Letters of Credit as a Financial Device Commerce, Art. 568).
A letter of credit is a financial device developed by NOTE: If any of these essential conditions is not present,
merchants as a convenient a relatively safe mode of the instrument is merely considered as a letter of
dealing with sales of goods to satisy the seemingly recommendation.
irreconcilable interests of a seller, who refuses to part
with his goods before he is paid, and a buyer, who wants Q: Letters of Credit are financial devices in
to have in control of the goods before paying. The use of commercial transactions which will ensure that the
credits in commercial transactions serves to reduce the seller of the goods is sure to be paid when he parts
risk of nonpayment of the purchase price under the with the goods and the buyer of the goods gets control
contract of sale of the goods and to reduce the risk of non- of the goods upon payment. Which statement is most
performance of an obligation in a non-sale setting accurate? (2012 Bar)
(Transfield Philippines, Inc. vs. Luzon Hydro Corp., GR. No.
146717, November 22,2004). A: A.The use of the Letter of Credit serves to reduce the
risk of nonpayment of the purchase price in a sale
Purpose of Letter of Credit transaction
Such order violates the irrevocable nature of the L/C. The a) Advising/notifying bank – the correspondent bank
terms of an irrevocable letter of credit cannot be changed (agent) of the issuing bank and determines the
without the consent of the parties, particularly the apparent authenticity of the L/C. it assumes no liability
beneficiary thereof (Phil. Virginia Tobacco Administration except to notify and/or transmit to the beneficiary the
v. De Los Angeles, G.R. No. L-27829, August 19, 1988). existence of the L/C.
Non-payment of the buyer of its obligation under the b) Confirming bank –lends credence to the L/C issued by a
Letter of Credit does not give the bank the right to lesser known bank as if it were the one that issued the
take possession of the goods covered by the Letter of letter of credit. Its obligation is similar to the issuing
Credit bank. Thus, beneficiary may tender documents to the
confirming bank and collect payment. It collects fees for
The opening of a L/C does not vest ownership of the goods such engagement and obtains reimbursement from the
in the bank in the absence of a trust receipt agreement. A issuing bank (Divina, 2013).
letter of credit is a mere financial device developed by
merchants as a convenient and relatively safe mode of c) Paying bank – bank on which the drafts are to be drawn,
dealing with the sales of goods to satisfy the seemingly which may be the issuing bank, the advising bank or
irreconcilable interests of a seller, who refuses to part another bank not in the city of the beneficiary.
with his goods before he is paid, and a buyer, who wants
to have control of the goods before paying (Transfield d) Negotiating bank – buys or discounts a draft under the
Philippines, Inc. v. Luzon Hydro Corporation, G.R. No. letter of credit. Its liability is dependent upon the stage
146717, November 22, 2004). of the negotiation. If before negotiation, it has no
liability with respect to the seller but after negotiation,
PARTIES TO A LETTER OF CREDIT a contractual relationship will then prevail between the
negotiating bank and the beneficiary.
Parties to a Letter of Credit transaction
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTIES
1. Applicant/Buyer/Importer/Account Party – procures
the letter of credit, purchases the goods and obliges Three (3) distinct but intertwined contracts in a
himself to reimburse the issuing bank upon receipt of the Letter of Credit transaction (2002, 2008 Bar)
documents of title. The aplicant has no obligation to
reimburse the issuing bank if the latter pays without the 1. Between the applicant/buyer/importer/account party
and the beneficiary/seller/exporter - The applicant is the
stipulated documents or in case of discrepant documents,
unless the applicant waives the discrepancy. He has the one who procures the letter of credit and obliges himself
right to have the marginal deposit deducted from the to reimburse the issuing bank upon receipt of the
principal obligation under the L/C and to have the interest documents of title while the beneficiary is the one who in
computed only on the balance and not on the face value compliance with the contract of sale ships the goods to the
thereof. buyer and delivers the documents of title and draft to the
issuing bank to recover payment for the goods. The
relationship between them is governed by the law on
The concept of guarantee vis-a-vis the concept of Confirming Lends credence Direct obligation,
irrevocable L/C is inconsistent with each other. L/Cs are Bank to the L/C issued as if it is the one
primary obligations and not security contracts and while by a lesser- which issued the
they are security arrangements, they are not converted known bank. L/C.
thereby into contracts of guaranty (MWSS v. Hon. Daway,
G.R. No.160732, June 21, 2004). The confirming Its obligation is
bank collects similar to the
NOTE: The liability of issuing bank is primary and fees for such issuing banks.
solidary. Neither is the issuing bank entitled to the benefit engagement and Thus, beneficiary
of excussion. obtains may tender
reimbursement documents to the
Entitlement of a bank to reimbursement from the issuing confirming bank
bank. and collect
Once the issuing bank shall have paid the beneficiary after payment.
the latter’s compliance with the terms of the L/C. Negotiating Buys the seller’s Depends on the
Presentment for acceptance to the customer/applicant is Bank draft and later stage of
not a condition sine qua non for reimbursement on sells the draft negotiation, thus:
(Prudential Bank v. IAC, G.R. No. 74886, December 8, 1992). to the issuing
bank. 1. Before
Consequence of payment upon an expired Letter of negotiation – No
Credit liability with
respect to the
An issuing bank which paid the beneficiary upon an seller. Merely
expired L/C can recover the payment from the applicant suggests its
which obtained the goods from the beneficiary to prevent willingness to
unjust enrichment (Rodzssen Supply Co. v. Far East Bank negotiate.
and Trust Co, G.R. No. 109087, May 9, 2001).
2. After
Different roles and liabilities of the banks involved in negotiation – A
Letter of Credit transactions contractual
relationship will
KIND OF ROLE LIABILITY then arise,
BANK making the bank
Notifying/ Serves as an Does not incur liable. As holder,
Advising agent of the any obligation it has the right to
Bank issuing bank; more than just payment from the
notifying the bank primarily
Warrants the seller/beneficiary liable on the draft
apparent of the opening of (either the issuing
(Appearance to the L/C after it or confirming
unaided senses) has determined bank). If the party
authenticity of its apparent
PNB moved to terminate the proceedings on the Q: X Corporation entered into a contract with PT
ground that a decision was already rendered finding Construction Corporation for the latter to construct
Goroza solely liable. The RTC denied the PNB's motion and build a sugar mill within six (6) months. They
and issued a Supplemental Judgment which stated agreed that in case of delay, PT Construction
that the RTC omitted by inadvertence to insert in its Corporation will pay X Corporation P100,000.00 for
decision the phrase "without prejudice to the decision everyday of the delay. To ensure payment of the
that will be made against the other co-defendant, agreed amount of damages, PT Construction
PNB, which was not declared in default." The CA Corporation secured from Atlantic Bank a confirmed
affirmed the Resolution of RTC. and irrevocable letter of credit which was accepted by
X Corporation in due time. One week before the
Was the CA incorrect in affirming the RTC despite expiration of the six (6) month period, PT
complete adjudication of relief to SMC and the Construction Corp. requested for an extension of time
perfection of appeal by Goroza? to deliver claiming that the delay was due to the fault
of X Corporation. A controversy as to the cause of
A: No. It is clear from the proceedings held before and the delay which involved the worksmanship of the
orders issued by the RTC that the intention of the trial building ensued. The controversy remained
court is to conduct separate proceedings to determine the unsolved. Despite the controversy, X corporation
respective liabilities of Goroza and PNB, and thereafter, to presented a claim against Atlantic Bank by executing
render several and separate judgments for or against a draft against the letter of credit.
them.
a. Can Atlantic Bank refuse payment due to the
The propriety of a several judgment is borne by the fact unresolved controversy? Explain.
that SMC's cause of action against PNB stems from the b. Can X Corporation claim directly from PT
latter's alleged liability under the letters of credit which it Construction Corp.? Explain. (2008 Bar)
issued. On the other hand, SMC's cause of action against
Goroza is the latter's failure to pay his obligation to the A:
former. As to the separate judgment, PNB has a a. No. Atlantic Bank cannot refuse to pay X Corporation.
counterclaim against SMC which is yet to be resolved by This is because of the Doctrine of Independence which
the RTC. The so-called "independence principle" assures provides that the obligation of the issuing bank to pay
the seller or the beneficiary of prompt payment the beneficiary does not depend on the fulfillment or
independent of any breach of the main contract and non-fulfillment of the contract supporting the letter of
precludes the issuing bank from determining whether the credit. The only instance where Atlantic Bank can
main contract is actually accomplished or not.As the refuse payment is when X Corporation was not able to
principle's nomenclature clearly suggests, the obligation strictly comply with the letter of credit.
under the letter of credit is independent of the related and
originating contract. In brief, the letter of credit is b. Yes. X Corporation may directly claim from PT
separate and distinct from the underlying transaction. Construction Corporation. A letter of credit by itself
does not come into operation without a contract
Is Hur Tin Yang not guilty of estafa? 3. Where the proceeds of the sale are insufficient to satisfy
the loan executed by the entrustee, the entruster bank
A: Yes. In the instant case, the factual findings of the trial can institute an action to collect the deficiency (Landl
and appellate courts reveal that the dealing between Hur Co. vs. Metropolitan Bank and Trust Co. G.R. No. 159622,
Tin Yang and Metrobank was not a TR transaction but one July 30, 2004).
of simple loan. His admission – that he signed the TRs on
behalf on Supermax, which failed to pay the loan or turn 4. Repossession by the entruster of the GDI does not
over the proceeds of the sale or the goods to Metrobank amount to dacion en pago. The repossession of the
upon demand – does not conclusively prove that the goods by the entrustee was merely to secure the
transaction was, indeed, a trust receipts transaction. In payment of its obligation to the entrustor and not for
contract to the nomenclature of the transaction, the the purpose of transferring ownership in satisfaction of
parties really intended a contract of loan. The Court, in Ng the obligation (PNB vs. Pineda, G.R. No. L-46658 May 13,
vs. People, and Land Bank of the Philippines v. Perez ,cases 1991).
which are in all four corners the same as the instant case,
ruled that the fact that the entruster bank knew even OWNERSHIP OF THE GOODS, DOCUMENTS, AND
before the execution of the trust receipt agreements that INSTRUMENTS UNDER A TRUST RECEIPT
the construction materials covered were never intended
by the entrustee for resale or for the manufacture of items Real owner of the articles subject of the Trust Receipt
to be sold is sufficient to prove that the transaction was a transaction
simple loan and not a trust receipts transaction.
The real owner of the articles subject of the TR is the
When both parties enter into an agreement knowing fully entrustee who binds himself to hold the designated GDI.
well that the return of the goods subject of the trust The entruster merely holds a security interest. If under
receipt is not possible even without any fault on the part the trust receipt, the bank is made to appear as the owner,
of the trustee, it is not a trust receipt transaction it was but an artificial expedient, more of legal fiction than
penalized under Sec. 13 of PD 115 in relation to Art. 315, fact, for if it were really so, it could dispose of the goods in
par. 1(b) of the RPC, as the only obligation actually agreed any manner it wants, which it cannot do, just to give
upon by the parties would be the return of the proceeds consistency with purpose of the trust receipt of giving a
of the sale transaction. This transaction becomes a stronger security for the loan obtained by the
mere loan, where the borrower is obligated to pay the importer. To consider the bank as the true owner from the
bank the amount spent for the purchase of the goods inception of the transaction would be to disregard the
(Hur Tin Yang vs. People, supra). loan feature thereof (Rosario Textile Mills Corp. vs. Home
Bankers Savings and Trust Company, supra).
Obligation of the Entrustee in case the goods, Loss of the GDI which is the subject of a TR, pending their
documents or instruments were not sold disposition, irrespective of whether or not it was due to
the fault or negligence of the entrustee, shall not
The entrustee should return the GDI to the entruster (P.D. extinguish his obligation to the entruster for the value
115, Sec. 4). thereof (P.D. 115, Sec. 10).
The return of the GDI in case of non-sale extinguishes only Principle of Res Perit Domino is not a valid defense
the criminal liability of the entrustee unless he pays in full against an Entrustee in cases of loss or destruction of
his loan obligation. The consequent acquittal of the the goods, documents, or instrumentssecured by a
entrustee in the criminal case does not bar the filing of a Trust Receipt
separate civil action to enforce the civil liability of the
entrustee. For the principle of res perit domino to apply the entrustee
must be the owner of the goods at the time of the loss. A
The failure to turn over goods or proceeds realized from TR is a security agreement, pursuant to which a bank
the sale thereof is a criminal offense under Art. 315(l) (b) acquires a ‘security interest’ in the goods. It secures an
of RPC (estafa) except if he disposed of the goods in indebtedness and there can be no such thing as security
accordance with the terms. interest that secures no obligation.If under a trust receipt
transaction, the entruster is made to appear as the owner,
Q: CCC Car, Inc. obtained a loan from BBB Bank, which it was but an artificial expedient, more of legal fiction than
fund was used to import ten (10) units of Mercedes fact, for if it were really so, it could dispose of the goods in
Benz S class vehicles. Upon arrival of the vehicles and any manner it wants. Thus, the ownership of the goods
before release of said vehicles to CCC Car, Inc. X and Y, remaining with the entrustee, he cannot be relieved of the
the President and Treasurer, respectively, of CCC Car, obligation to pay his/her loan in case of loss or
Inc. signed the Trust Receipt to cover tha value of the destruction (Rosario Textile Mills vs. Home Bankers
ten (10) units of Mercedes Benx S class vehicles after Association, supra).
which, the vehicles were all delivered to the Car
display room of CCC Car, Inc. Sale of the vehicles were
slow, and it took a month to dispose of the ten (10)
units. CCC Car, Inc. wanted to be in business and to
save on various documentations required by the
bank, decided that instead of turning over the
1. If compliance occurred before the criminal charge- Penal sanction when the offender is a corporation
there is no criminal liability.
2. If compliance occurred after the charge even before Though the entrustee is a corporation, nevertheless, the
conviction- the criminal action will not be law specifically makes the officers, employees or other
extinguished. officers or persons responsible for the offense, without
prejudice to the civil liabilities of such corporation and/or
P.D. 115 does not violate the prohibition in the board of directors, officers, or other officials or employees
Constitution against imprisonment for non-payment responsible for the offense.
of a debt
If the crime is committed by a corporation or other
What is being punished is the dishonesty and abuse of juridical entity, the directors, officers, employees or other
confidence in the handling of money or goods to the officers thereof responsible for the offense rshall be
prejudice of another regardless of whether the latter is charged and penalized for the crime, precisely because of
the owner or not. It does not seek to enforce payment of the nature of the crime and the penalty therefor. A
the loan. Thus, there can be no violation of a right against corporation cannot be arrested and imprisoned; hence,
imprisonment for non-payment of a debt (People vs. cannot be penalized for a crime punishable by
Nitafan, G.R. No. 81559, April 6, 1992). imprisonment (Ching vs. Secretary of Justice, supra).
Q: Is lack of intent to defraud a bar to the prosecution Rationale behind the accountability of the officers of
of these acts or omissions? (2006 Bar) the corporation
A: No. The mere failure to account or return gives rise to The rationale is that such officers or employees are vested
the crime which is malum prohibitum. There is no with the authority and responsibility to devise means
requirement to prove intent to defraud (Ching vs. necessary to ensure compliance with the law and, if they
Secretary of Justice, G.R. No. 164317, February 6, 2006). fail to do so, are held criminally accountable; thus, they
have a responsible share in the violations of the law (ibid).
Penal sanction is not available if the goods are not
intended for sale or resale NOTE: An officer of a corporation who signed a TR cannot
hide behind the cloak of the separate corporate
The receipt of the bank of a sum of money without Form and essential terms of a Warehouse Receipt
reference to the TR obligation does not obligate the bank
to apply the money received against the trust receipt It need not be in particular form but must embody within
obligation. Neither does compensation arise because its written or printed terms (LCD-DSWD-LF):
compensation is not proper when one of the debts
consists in civil liability arising from criminal 1. Location of the WH
(Metropolitan Bank and Trust Co. v. Tonda, G.R. No. 2. Consecutive number of the receipt
134436, Aug. 16, 2000). 3. Date of the issue
4. A statement whether the goods received will be
Q: E received goods from T for display and sale in E's Delivered to bearer, to a specified person or to a
store. E was to turn over to T the proceeds of any sale specified person or his order
and return the ones unsold. To document their 5. Signature of the WHM
agreement, E executed a trust receipt in T’s favor 6. If the receipt is issued for goods of which the
covering the goods. When E failed to turn over the Warehouseman is the owner, either solely or jointly
proceeds from his sale of the goods or return the ones or in common with others, the fact of such
unsold despite demand, he was charged in court for ownership; and
estafa. E moved to dismiss on the ground that his 7. Description of the goods
liability is only civil. Is he correct? (2011 Bar) 8. A statement of the amount of advances made and of
liabilities incurred for which the warehouseman
A: No, since his breach of the trust receipt agreement claims a Lien.
subjects him to both civil and criminal liability for estafa. 9. Fees (WHR Law, Sec. 2)
Warehouse receipt law v. Documents of title under A warehouseman may insert in a receipt issued by him,
the Civil Code any other terms and conditions provided that such terms
and conditions shall not be (C2-RMN):
WAREHOUSE DOCUMENTS OF TITLE
RECEIPTS LAW UNDER CIVIL CODE 1. Contrary to the Warehouse Receipts Law (Sec. 3).
Warehouse receipts Other receipts of 2. Contrary to law, morals, good customs, public order
issued by warehouses, documents issued in or public policy.
3. Terms Reducing the required diligence of the
warehouseman (Ibid)
3. To the lawful Order of a negotiable receipt (person in Duplicate receipts must be so marked in case one
possession of a negotiable receipt) (WHR Law, Sec. 9). negotiable receipt is issued for the same goods
KINDS A WHM shall be liable for all damages caused by his failure
to do so to anyone who purchased the subsequent receipt
Kinds of Warehouse Receipt for value supposing it to be an original, even though the
purchase be after the delivery of the goods by the WHM to
1. Negotiable warehouse receipt the holder of the original receipt (WHR Law, Sec. 6).
2. Non-negotiable warehouse receipt
NOTE: The word “duplicate” shall be plainly placed upon
Negotiable WHR the face of every such receipt, except the first one issued
(ibid.).
It is a receipt in which it states that the goods received will
be delivered to the bearer or to the order of any person Non-Negotiable Warehouse Receipt
named in such receipt (WHR Law, Sec. 5). It is negotiated
by delivery or indorsement plus delivery. It is a receipt in which it is stated that the goods received
will be delivered to the depositor or to any other specified
NOTE: No provision shall be inserted in a negotiable person (WHR Law, Sec. 4).
receipt that it is non-negotiable. Such provision, if
inserted, shall be void, and the receipt shall remain NOTE: To make it non-negotiable, it is needed to be
negotiable. A negotiable warehouse receipt cannot be indicated in the face of the WHR by the warehouseman
converted into non-negotiable (WHR Law, Sec. 5). issuing it that the same is “non-negotiable,” or “not
negotiable” (WHR Law, Sec.7).
Person who may negotiate a Negotiable WHR
Effect of failure to place an indication of non-
1. The owner; negotiability in the WHR
2. Any person to whom the possession or custody of the
receipt has been entrusted by the owner, if, by the terms Failure to mark the WR as “non-negotiable” shall entitle
of the receipt, the goods are deliverable to the order of the the holder, who purchased it for value supposing it to be
person to whom the possession or custody of receipt has negotiable, to treat such receipt negotiable (ibid).
been entrusted or in such form that it may be negotiated
by delivery (WHR Law, Sec. 40). Transfer of a Non-Negotiable Warehouse Receipt
Effect when a Negotiable Warehouse Receipt was A non-negotiable WHR may be transferred by its delivery
delivered without the necessary indorsement (Ac - to the transferee accompanied by a deed of assignment,
DC) donation or other form of transfer.
NOTE: This shall not apply if The pledgee or mortgagee does not automatically become
the person depositing is not the owner of the goods but merely retains the right to
the owner of the goods or keep, and with the consent of the owner to sell them so as
one who has no right to to satisfy the obligation from the proceeds for the simple
convey title to the goods reason that the transaction is not a sale but only a
binding upon the owner. mortgage or pledge. Likewise, if the property is lost
Protects the purchaser in The assignee only steps into without the fault or negligence of the mortgagee or
good faith and for value. the shoes of the assignor. pledgee, then said goods are to be regarded as lost on
account of the real owner, mortgagor or pledgor (PNB vs.
Breach of duty on the part of the person making the Sayo, Jr., G.R. No. 129198, July 9, 1998).
negotiation or fraud, mistake or duress on the owner
of the receipt to entrust possession or custody DOES Non-payment by the original depositors of the
NOT impair the validity of negotiation of a WHR purchase price will NOT render the further
negotiation of the receipt invalid
The same is true provided that the person to whom the
receipt was negotiated or a person to whom the receipt The negotiation of the warehouse receipt by the buyer of
was subsequently negotiated paid value therefor, without goods purchased from and deposited to the
notice of the breach of duty, or fraud, mistake or duress warehouseman is valid even if the warehouseman who
(WHR Law, Sec. 47). issued the negotiable warehouse receipt was not paid by
the buyer. The validity of the negotiation cannot be
Q: Coco was issued by a Warehouseman a negotiable impaired by the fact that the owner/warehouseman was
receipt for safekeeping by the latter of his goods. Can deprived of the possession of the same by fraud, mistake
the judgment creditor of Coco levy by execution the or conversion (PNB vs. Noah’s Ark Sugar Refinery, G.R. No.
goods covered by the negotiable receipt? 107243, September 1, 1993).
A: The goods cannot, while in the possession of the WHM, Q: Alex deposited goods for which Billy,
be attached by garnishment or otherwise, or be levied warehouseman, issued a negotiable warehouse
upon under an execution unless the receipt is first receipt wherein the goods were deliverable to Alex or
surrendered to the WHM, or its negotiation enjoined. The order. Alex negotiated the receipt to Caloy.
warehouseman cannot be compelled to deliver the actual Thereafter, Dario, a creditor secured judgment
possession of the goods until the receipt is surrendered to against Alex and served notice of levy over the goods
it or impounded by the court. on the warehouseman.
Q: Assuming that prior to the levy, the receipt was a. To whom should the warehouseman deliver
sold to Yoyo on the basis of which he filed a claim with goods upon demand?
the sheriff. Would Yoyo have better rights to the b. Would your answer be the same if the
goods than the creditor? Explain your answer. (1999 warehouseman issued a non-negotiable
Bar) werehouse receipt? (2007 Bar)
Q: T delivers two refrigerators to the warehouse of W 4. When the holder does not satisfy the COnditions
who then issues a negotiable receipt undertaking the prescribed in Sec. 8, WHR Law:
delivery of the refrigerators to “T or bearer.” T a. Non-satisfaction of warehouseman’s lien.
entrusted the receipt to B for safekeeping only. B b. Failure to surrender warehouse receipt.
negotiated it, however, to F who bought it in good c. Refusal to sign the Acknowledgement receipt,
faith and for value. Who is entitled to the delivery of acknowledging the receipt of the goods from the
the refrigerators? (2011 Bar) warehouse;
A: F, since he is a purchaser in good faith and for value. 5. The failure was not due to any Fault on the part of the
warehouseman:
Between the real owner of the goods and an innocent a. Upon request by or on behalf of the person lawfully
purchaser for value acquiring the Warehouse Receipt Entitled (WHR Law, Sec. 10).
from a thief, the former prevails b. If the goods are Lost, due to a fortuitous event
exclusively.
If the goods were stolen from the owner and deposited to c. If the warehouseman needs reasonable time to
the warehouseman who subsequently issued a ascertain the Validity of the claim if someone other
warehouse receipt which in turn was duly negotiated to than the depositor claims title to the goods (WHR
an innocent purchaser for value, the owner has the better Law, Sec. 18).
right than the holder of the negotiable warehouse receipt. d. If he had Information that the delivery about to be
This is because a thief transfers no title. made was to one not lawfully entitled (WHR Law,
Sec. 10)
DUTIES OF A WAREHOUSEMAN e. If Several persons claim the goods (WHR Law, Sec.
17).
Obligations of a warehouseman (TD [sasusi] K)
Q: The warehouseman, by issuing the warehouse
1. Take care of the goods entrusted to his safekeeping receipt, acknowledges that the goods are in his
with the same care as a reasonably careful owner of possession, but he can refuse to deliver the goods to
similar goods would exercise. the holder of the warehouse receipt covering the
2. Deliver them to the holder of the receipt or the goods if - (2012 Bar)
depositor provided there is demand by the depositor
accompanied by either: A: d. A WHM is bound to deliver the goods upon a demand
a. An offer to satisfy the warehouseman’s lien made if such is accompanied with (1) an offer to satisfy
b. An offer to surrender the receipt, if negotiable the WHM’s lien; (2) offer to surrender the receipt if
with such indorsements as would be necessary for negotiable; and (3) readiness to sign an acknowledgment
the negotiation of the receipts receipt when the goods are delivered (WHR Law, Sec. 8).
c. A readiness and willingness to sign, when the
goods are delivered, an acknowledgment that they HOWEVER, Sec. 31 of the said Law expressly provides that
a WHM having a lien valid against the person demanding
Warehouseman has no cause of action for 2. Authorized material alteration – the warehouseman
repossession and damages on the basis of a falsified is liable according to the terms of the receipt as altered
delivery permit
3. Material alteration innocently made – the
Warehouseman has no cause of action against the person warehouseman is liable on the altered receipt according
to whom it delivered deposited articles where the real to its original receipt
parties interested in the questioned articles have not yet
sued the warehouseman for damages on account of 4. Material alteration fraudulently made – warehouseman
wrongful delivery (Consolidated Terminals Inc. vs. Artex is liable according to the original tenor of the receipt to a
Development Co. Inc. G.R. No. L-25748, March 10, 1975). purchaser of the receipt for value without notice, and
even to the alterer and subsequent purchasers with notice
Remedy if the Warehouse Receipt is lost or destroyed except that as regards to the last two, the
warehouseman’s liability is limited only to delivery as he
A court of competent jurisdiction may order the delivery is excused from any liability.
of the goods only:
Instances where a Warehouse man is criminally liable
a. Upon satisfactory proof of the loss or destruction of for his acts (GF-DOOM-C)
the receipt; and
b. Upon the giving of a bond with sufficient sureties to 1. Issuance of warehouse receipts for Good not
be approved by the court (WHR Law, Sec. 14). received (WHR Law, Sec. 50).
NOTE: The delivery of the goods under an order of the 2. Issuance of receipt containing False statement (WHR
court shall NOT relieve the WHM from liability to a person Law, Sec. 51).
to whom the negotiable receipt has been or shall be
negotiated for value without notice of the proceedings or 3. Issuance of Duplicate negotiable warehouse receipt
of the delivery of the goods (ibid.). not marked as such (WHR Law, Sec. 52).
Instances when the duty to insure the goods arise 4. Issuance of a negotiable warehouse receipt of which
(RIEL) he is an Owner without stating such fact of
ownership (WHR Law, Sec. 53).
1. Where the warehouse receipt contains a
Representation to that effect. 5. Delivery of goods without Obtaining negotiable
2. Where it was an Inducement for the depositor to warehouse receipt (WHR Law, Sec. 54).
enter into the contract;
3. Established practice; or 6. Negotiation of receipt for Mortgaged goods (WHR
4. Where the Law provides Law, Sec. 55).
It is an unauthorized assumption and exercise of the right Other acts for which Warehouse Man is liable (DuMP-
of ownership over goods belonging to another through SICC)
the alteration of their condition or the exclusion of the
owner’s right (Bouvier’s Law Dictionary). 1. Failure to stamp “Duplicate” on copies of negotiable
receipt (WHR Law, Sec.6).
Instances where a Warehouseman is liable for
conversion 2. Misdelivery of goods (WHR Law, Sec. 10).
1. Where the delivery is made to person other than 3. Failure to Place “non-negotiable” or “not-negotiable”
those authorized; on a non-negotiable receipt (WHR Law, Sec. 7).
2. Even if delivered to persons entitled, he may still be 4. Failure to give notice in case of Sale of goods to
liable for conversion if prior to delivery: satisfy lien (WHR Law, Sec. 33) or because the goods
are perishable or hazardous (WHR Law, Sec. 34).
a. He had been requested not to make such delivery;
or 5. Issuing receipt for non-existing goods or
b. He had received notice of the adverse claim or misdescribed goods (WHR Law, Sec.20).
title of a third person.
Charges covered by a Warehouseman’s lien (PMA) Manner of conducting the execution sale to satisfy the
warehouseman’s lien
1. Charges for storage and Preservation of the goods
(insurance and others may be included as long as it is 1. Notice of the sale
stipulated) a. published once a week for two consecutive weeks in
a newspaper published in the place where such sale
2. Money advanced, interest, insurance, transportation, is to be held; or
labor, weighing, coopering and other charges and b. If there is no newspaper published in such place, the
expenses in relation to such goods advertisement shall be posted at least ten days
before such sale in not less than six conspicuous
3. Charges and expenses for notice, and places therein.
Advertisements of sale, and for sale of the goods
where default had been made in satisfying the NOTE: The notice shall indicate the following:
WHM’s lien (WHR Law, Sec. 27). 1. Description of the goods to be sold;
2. Name of the owner or person on whose account
Remedies available to a Warehouseman to enforce his the goods are held; and
Warehouseman’s lien (REC) 3. Time and place of the sale
1. By Refusing to deliver the goods until the lien is 2. Sale shall be held not less than fifteen days from the
satisfied; time of the first publication.
2. By causing the Extrajudicial sale of the property and 3. In the place where the lien was acquired.
applying the proceeds of the value of the lien;
NOTE: The balance, if any, of the proceeds of the
3. By filing a civil action for Collection of the unpaid execution sale shall be held by the WHM and delivered on
charges or by way of counterclaim in an action to demand to the person to whom he would have been
recover the property from him or such other bound to deliver or justified in delivering goods (WHR
remedies allowed by law for the enforcement of a Law, Sec.31).
lien against personal property or to a creditor against
his debtor, for the collection from the depositor of all Effect of the non-publication of the notice of sale
the charges which the depositor has bound himself to
pay. Where the sale was made without the publication
required and before the time provided by law, such sale is
Lien over the goods does not preclude the WHM to void and the purchases of the goods acquires no title to
avail all other remedies them.
Whether a warehouseman has or has not a lien upon the A person claiming right over the property may stop
goods, he is entitled to all remedies allowed by law to a the execution sale of the goods
creditor against a debtor for the collection from the
depositor of all charges and advances which the depositor At any time before the goods are so sold, any person
has expressly or impliedly contracted with the claiming a right of property or possession therein may
warehouseman to pay (WHR Law, Sec 32). pay the WHM the amount necessary to satisfy his lien and
to pay the reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred
Enforcement of a Lien inserving notices and advertising and preparing for the
sale up to the time of such payment (WHR Law, Sec.33).
The lien may be enforced against the goods of the
following: Instances when a warehouseman may lose his lien
Reasons which a warehouseman may invoke to The warehouseman fees and charges cease to accrue from
legally refuse to effect delivery of the goods: the date of rejection by the warehouseman to heed the
lawful demand by the endorsee of the quedan for the
1. That the holder of the receipt does not satisfy the release of the goods (PNB v. Sayo, Jr., Supra).
conditions prescribed in Section 8 of the WHR Law.
NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS LAW
2. That the warehouseman has legal title in himself on
the goods, such title or right being derived directly or
indirectly from a transfer made by the depositor at Negotiable Instrument (1992, 1993, 1996-1999,
the time of or subsequent to the deposit for storage, 2002, 2005, 2007 Bar)
or from the warehousemans lien (WHR Law, Sec. 16).
It is a written contract for the payment of money which is
3. That the warehouseman has legally set up the title or intended as a substitute for money and passes from one
right of third persons as lawful defense for non- person to another as money, in such a manner as to give a
delivery of the goods as follows: holder in due course the right to hold the instrument free
a. Where the warehouseman has been requested, by from defenses available to prior parties (Sundiang Sr. &
or on behalf of the person lawfully entitled to a Aquino, 2011). For an instrument to be considered as a
right of property of or possession in the goods, not negotiable one, it must comply with Section 1 of the
to make such delivery (WHR Law, Sec. 10), in which Negotiable Instruments Law, to wit:
case, the warehouseman may, either as a defense
to an action brought against him for nondelivery of (a) It must be in writing and signed by the maker or
the goods, or as an original suit, whichever is drawer;
appropriate, require all known claimants to
interplead (WHR Law, Sec. 17); (b) Must contain an unconditional promise or order to
b. Where the warehouseman had information that pay a sum certain in money;
the delivery about to be made was to one not
lawfully entitled to the possession of the goods (c) Must be payable on demand, or at a fixed or
(WHR Law, Sec. 10), in which case, the determinable future time;
warehouseman shall be excused from liability for
refusing to deliver the goods, either to the (d) Must be payable to order or to bearer; and
depositor or person claiming under him or to the
adverse claimant, until the warehouseman has had (e) Where the instrument is addressed to a drawee, he
a reasonable time to ascertain the validity of the must be named or otherwise indicated therein with
adverse claims or to bring legal proceedings to reasonable certainty.
compel all claimants to interplead (WHR Law, Sec.
18); and A negotiable instrument is characterized by negotiability
c. Where the goods have already been lawfully sold (capability of being transferred from one person to
to third persons to satisfy a warehousemans lien, another so as to make him a holder who is entitled to the
or have been lawfully sold or disposed of because payment thereof) and its accumulation of secondary
of their perishable or hazardous nature (WHR Law, contracts resulting from indorsements at the back
Sec. 36). thereof.
4. That the warehouseman having a lien valid against Negotiable instrument v. Non-negotiable instrument
the person demanding the goods refuses to deliver
the goods to him until the lien is satisfied (WHR Law, NEGOTIABLE NON-NEGOTIABLE
Sec. 31). Basis
INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT
Governing NIL. The Civil Code or
5. That the failure was not due to any fault on the part Law pertinent special
of the warehouseman, as by showing that, prior to laws should apply
demand for delivery and refusal, the goods were (GSIS v. CA,
stolen or destroyed by fire, flood, etc., without any G.R. No. L-40824,
negligence on his part, unless he has contracted so as February 23, 1989).
to be liable in such case, or that the goods have been
taken by the mistake of a third person without the Manner of Can be Can be transferred
knowledge or implied assent of the warehouseman, Transfer transferred by only by assignment.
or some other justifiable ground for non- negotiation or
delivery(Philippine National Bank, vs. Hon. Marcelino by
L. Sayo, JR., in his capacity as Presiding Judge of the assignment.
Regional Trial Court of Manila (Branch 45), et al., G.R.
No. 129918, July 9, 1998).
2) The instrument is negotiable because it complied with 1. Negotiability – The note may pass from hand to
the requirements provided by section 1 of the NIL. The hand similar to money so as to give the holder in
fact that it is payable in installments does not make the due course (HIDC) the right to hold the instrument
instrument non-negotiable as long as it is stated and collect the sum payable for himself free from
installments and the maturity of each installment must be any infirmity in theinstrument or defect in the title
fixed or determinable (NIL, Sec. 2[b]). of any of the prior parties or defenses available to
them among themselves.
a. I promise to pay A or bearer Php100,000.00 from The requirements stated in Sec. 1 must appear on the face
my inheritance which I will get after the death of my of the instrument otherwise the instrument would not be
father. negotiable.
b. I promise to pay A or bearer Php100,000 plus the Rules governing the use of phrases in the negotiable
interest rate of ninety (90) – day treasury bills. instruments
3. Must be payable on Demand, or at a fixed or 5. If there is doubt whether it is a bill or note, the holder
determinable future time; may treat it as either at his election
It is placed at the lower right hand corner of the Certainty as to sum (1993, 2002 Bar)
instrument. Nonetheless, it may appear in any part of the
instrument whether at the top, middle or bottom or at the A sum is certain within the contemplation of Section 1(b)
margin (De Leon, 2010). of the NIL if the amount that is to be unconditionally paid
by the maker or drawee can be determined on the face of
However, where a signature is so placed upon the the instrument even if it requires mathematical
instrument that it is not clear in what capacity the person computation (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
making the same intended to sign, he is to be deemed an
indorser (NIL, Sec. 17 [f]). The sum payable is a sum certain within the meaning of
this Act, although it is to be paid: (ISDEA)
NOTE: The signature is valid and binding as long as it
appears that a person intended to make the instrument 1. With Interest; or
his own. The signature is prima facie evidence of a 2. By Stated installments; or
person’s intention to be bound as either maker or drawer. 3. By stated installments, with a provision upon Default
in payment of any installment or of interest, the
Unconditional promise or order to pay whole shall become due ( acceleration clause);
4. With Exchange, whether at a fixed rate or at the
The word “promise” or “order” need not appear in the current rate; or
instrument to satisfy the requirements of Section 1(b) of 5. With cost of collection or an Attorney’s fees, in case
the NIL (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014). The promise or payment shall not be made at maturity (NIL, Sec. 2).
order to pay must not be subject to any condition or
contingency. An instrument payable upon a contingency Payment with interest
is not negotiable even if the condition thereon has been
fulfilled. Interest at fixed rate or at increased or reduced rate will
not destroy negotiability because the presence of such
An unqualified order or promise to pay is unconditional interest does not make uncertain the sum payable.
though coupled with:
In the absence of a date as to which interest is to run, it
Payment by installment is certain if the dates of each The “money” referred into may be our legal tender or
installment are fixed and the amount to be paid for each foreign currency. An instrument is still negotiable
installment is stated (NIL, Sec. 2; Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, although the amount to be paid is expressed in currency
2009). that is not legal tender so long as it is expressed in money
(PNB v Zulueta, G.R. No., L-7271, August 30, 1957).
Payment with an acceleration clause
NOTE: An agreement to pay in foreign currency is valid
Acceleration clause is a provision, that upon default in (RA 8183).
payment of any installment or interest, the whole shall
become due (NIL, Sec.2[c]). Effect if a bill or note is payable other than in money
1. If the option to accelerate the maturity is on the
GR: The note or bill must be payable in money. If payable
maker, whether such option is absolute or conditional, in goods, wares, or merchandise, or in property, the same
it is negotiable.
is not negotiable.
2. Where acceleration is at the option of the holder and
can only be exercised upon the happening of the XPNs: Negotiability is not affected if the note contains an
specified event, still negotiable. additional provision which: (SECo Law)
3. But where the holder’s right to accelerate is 1. Authorizes the sale of collateral Securities in case the
unconditional, the time of payment is rendered instrument be not paid at maturity; or
uncertain, the instrument would not be negotiable.
2. Gives the holder an Election to require something to
Extension clause be done in lieu of payment of money; or
Extension Clauses are provisions extending the time of 3. Authorizes a Confession of judgment if the
payment. instrument be not paid at maturity; or
GR: An extension clause does not affect the negotiability 4. Waives the benefit of any Law intended for the
of the instrument. advantage or protection of the obligor (NIL, Sec. 5).
XPN: Where a note with a fixed maturity provides that the Payable on demand or at a fixed or determinable
maker has the option to extend time of payment until the future time
happening of a contingency, the date is uncertain and the
instrument is non-negotiable. 1. Payable on demand – The holder may call for
payment any time, likewise, the maker may also pay any
Sum to be paid with exchange time and the refusal of the holder to accept payment shall
stop the running of interest should there be any, but
The exchange is the charge for the expense of providing obligation to pay the note subsist.
funds at the place where the instrument is payable to
cover such instrument which is issued at another place. An instrument is payable on demand:
It may be at a fixed rate or at the current rate. It is a. When it is so expressed to be payable on demand, or at
applicable only to foreign bills (De Leon, 2010). sight, or on presentation; or
b. In which no time for payment is expressed (NIL, Sec 7).
Inland BOE v. Foreign BOE c. Where an instrument is issued, accepted, or indorsed
when overdue, it is, as regards the person so issuing,
An inland BOE is one which is, or on its face purports to accepting, or indorsing it, payable on demand (ibid).
be, both drawn and payable within the Philippines and
any other bill is a foreign bill. 3. At a fixed time – A term or time instrument is payable
only upon the arrival of the time for payment.
NOTE: Unless the contrary appears on the face of the bill,
the holder may treat it as an inland bill (NIL, Sec. 109). 3. At a determinable future time-An instrument is
payable at a determinable future time which is expressed
Sum to be paid with costs of collection and/or to be payable:
attorney’s fees a. At a fixed period after date or sight; or
b. On or before a fixed or determinable future time
It does not affect the certainty of the amount payable at specified therein; or
maturity since the increase in the amount due, even if c. On or at a fixed period after the occurrence of a
uncertain, takes place after maturity when the instrument specified event which is certain to happen, though
As to who bears the loss in a fictitious-payee situation a) The date of the PN is ―February 30, 2002.
In a fictitious-payee situation, the drawee bank is b) The PN bears interest payable on the last day of
absolved from liability and the drawer bears the loss. each calendar quarter at a rate equal to five
When faced with a check payable to a fictitious payee, it is percent (5%) above the then prevailing 91-day
treated as a bearer instrument that can be negotiated by Treasury Bill rate as published at the beginning
delivery. The underlying theory is that one cannot expect of such calendar quarter.
a fictitious payee to negotiate the check by placing his
indorsement thereon. And since the maker knew this c) The PN gives the maker the option to make
limitation, he must have intended for the instrument to be payment either in money or in quantity of palay
negotiated by mere delivery. Thus, in case of controversy, or equivalent value.
the drawer of the check will bear the loss (Ibid).
d) The PN gives the holder the option either to require
Exception to the fictitious-payee rule payment in money or to require the maker to
serve as the bodyguard or escort of the holder for
A showing of commercial bad faith on the part of the 30 days. (2002 Bar)
drawee or any transferee of the check for that matter, will
work to strip it of this defense (Ibid). A:
a. Paragraph 1: NOT AFFECTED. Date is not one of the
When drawee must be named with reasonable requirements for negotiability therefore it is not essential
certainty except when the date is necessary to determine when the
note is due
1. In a BOE, the drawee must be named or otherwise
designated with reasonable certainty (NIL, Sec. 1). b. Paragraph 2: NOT AFFECTED. An instrument
payable with interest determinable at a fixed time is
2. A bill may be addressed to two or more drawees negotiable. The law provides under section 2a of the NIL,
jointly, but not to two or more drawees in the a sum is still considered as certain although it is to be paid
alternative or in succession (NIL, Sec. 127). Eg. An within interest. It does not make the promise
instrument may be addressed “to A and B” but not “to unconditional
A or B”.
c. Paragraph 3: AFFECTED. An option given to the
maker makes the promise conditional
3. An instrument payable “to the order of the bearer”
has been held to be an instrument payable to “order”
d. Pa ragraph 4: NOT AFFECTED. An option given to
(10 C.J.S. 575-576).
the holder does not make the promise conditional
Provisions that do not affect the negotiability of an
Q: B borrowed Php1 million from L and offered to him
instrument (DVNo S. CurSECo Law)
his BMW car worth Php 1 Million as collateral. B then
executed a promissory note that reads: “I, B, promise
1. Omission of Date
to pay L or bearer the amount of Php1 Million and to
2. Non-specification of Value given or that any value had
keep my BMW car (loan collateral) free from any
been given other encumbrance. Signed, B.” Is this note
3. Non-specification of place where it is drawn or payable
negotiable? (2011 Bar)
4. Bears a Seal
5. Designation of particular kind of Currency in which
A: No, since it contains a promise to do an act in addition
payment is to be made. (Sec. 6, NIL.) to the payment of money.
Additional provisions which: NOTE: What will not affect the negotiability of the
1. Authorizes the sale of collateral Securities on default
instrument is an additional provision which gives an
2. Gives the holder an Election to require something to election to require something to be done in lieu of
be done in lieu of payment of money.
payment of money.
3. Authorizes Confession of judgment on default
4. Waives the benefit of the Lawintended for the
Q: A writes a promissory note in favor of his creditor,
protection of the obligor (NIL, Sec. 5). B. It says: “Subject to my option, I promise to pay B
Php1 Million or his order or give Php1 Million worth
of cement or to authorize him to sell my house worth
c. A letter of credit is not negotiable because it is Acceptance of the bill of exchange by the drawee is not
generally conditional and has limited negotiability an important requisite for the instrument’s
because it is issued in favor of a specific person. But the negotiability
Supreme Court held in Lee vs. Court of Appeals, that the
drafts issued in connection with the letters of credit are The acceptance of a BOE is not important in the
negotiable instruments. determination of its negotiability. The nature of
acceptance is important only in the determination of the
d. A warehouse receipt is not a negotiable instrument kind of liabilities of the parties involved (Philippine Bank
because the obligation of a warehouseman is not to pay of Commerce v. Aruego, G.R. Nos. L-25836-37, January 31,
but to deliver the goods under the warehouse receipt 1981).
The instrument is deemed issued upon the first delivery 1. Person who signs in Trade or assumed name (NIL, Sec.
of the instrument, complete in form, to a person who takes 18) – Party who signed must have intended to be bound
it as holder (NIL, Sec. 191). by his signature.
Conditional delivery or delivery for a special purpose 2. Principal who signs through a duly authorized agent
and such agent discloses the name of his principal and
The delivery is made conditional or for a special purpose adding words to show he is merely signing in a
if it was made not for the purpose of transferring the representative capacity (NIL, Sec. 19, 20).
property (title) to the instrument. In such case, if the
instrument lands in the hands of an HIDC (one who does 3. Forger (NIL, Sec. 23)
not know of the conditional delivery or of its special
purpose), the instrument is treated as if there is no 4. Acceptor, who makes his acceptance of a bill on a
condition if such delivery was made to a holder not in due separate paper (NIL, Sec. 134)
course, prior parties are not bound by the instrument
(NIL, Sec. 16). 5. Person, who makes a written Promise to accept the bill
before it is drawn (NIL, Sec. 135)
NOTE: The law contemplates that the condition is orally NOTE: Where a signature is so placed upon the
or verbally conveyed to the holder upon delivery, because instrument that it is not clear in what capacity the person
of the rule that the negotiability is determined only upon signed, he is deemed to be an indorser (NIL, Sec. 17[f]), not
the face of the instrument. a maker or drawer.
As a general rule, only persons whose signatures appear Minor can be bound by his representation that he is of
on an instrument are liable thereon. But one who signs in legal age
a trade or assumed name is liable as if he signed his own
name (NIL, Sec. 18). It is necessary, however, that the Where he committed actual fraud by specifically stating
party who signed intended to be bound by his signature. that he is of legal age, a minor can be bound by his
signature in an instrument (PNB v. CA, G.R. No. L-34404,
SIGNATURE OF AGENT June 25, 1980).
Requisites for an agent to be exempt from liability Q: A executed a promissory note in favor of M which
(AWDi) reads:
It operates as notice or a warning that the agent has but a It is the counterfeit making or fraudulent alteration of any
limited authority to sign and the principal is bound only writing. It happens when a signature is affixed by one who
in case the agent in so signing acted within the actual does not claim to act as an agent and who has no authority
limits of his authority (NIL, Sec. 21). to bind the person whose signature he has forged (NIL,
Sec. 23).
INDORSEMENT BY MINOR OR CORPORATION
Burden of proof in proving forgery
Effects of indorsement made by an infant or a
corporation Forgery, as any other mechanism of fraud must be proven
clearly and convincingly, and the burden of proof lies on
1. Minor–A contract entered into by a minor is voidable, at the party alleging forgery (Chiang Yia Min v. CA, G.R. No.
the option of the minor. It is a real defense that can be 137932, Mar. 28, 2001).
invoked by a minor. However, it is not a defense which
may be setup by parties other than a minor. Extent and effects of forgery
2. Incapacitated person – An incapacitated person may 1. Only the signature forged or made without authority
also use as a real defense his incapacity to enter into a is the one inoperative, the instrument itself and the
contract. Contract entered into by the incapacitated are genuine signatures are valid.
voidable. Incapacitated persons include: a) insane or
demented persons and b) deaf and blind who does not 2. An instrument indorsed which on its face is payable to
know how to write. bearer may be enforced by the holder to whose title
over the instrument the forged signature is not
3. Corporation- Issuance or indorsement of an instrument necessary.
by a corporation acting beyond its powers is a REAL
defense.
NOTE: Where the holder has a lien on the instrument Accommodation party
arising either from contract or by implication of law, he is
deemed a holder for value to the extent of his lien (NIL, An accommodation party is one who has signed the
Sec. 27). instrument as maker, drawer, acceptor, or indorser,
without receiving value therefor, and for the purpose of
Value lending his name to some other person (NIL, Sec. 29).
NOTE: An antecedent or pre-existing debt constitutes 1. Accommodation party must sign as maker, drawer,
value and is deemed such whether the instrument is acceptor or indorser
payable on demand or at a future time (NIL, Sec. 25).
2. No value is received by the accommodation party from
the accommodated party; and
A: Rose incurs the liability of an accommodation party ACCOMMODATION PARTY REGULAR PARTY
since she executed the promissory without receiving Signs an instrument
value therefor and for the purpose of lending his name to Signs the instrument for
without receiving value
Susan Kawada, the accommodated party. Nonetheless, value (NIL, Sec. 24)
therefor (NIL, Sec. 29)
as an accommodation maker, Rose is primarily and Purpose of signing is to lend
unconditionally liable on the promissory note to a holder his name to another person Not for that purpose
for value, regardless of whether she stands as a surety or (NIL, Sec. 29)
solidary co-debtor since such distinction would be May always show, by parol
entirely immaterial and inconsequential as far as a holder Cannot disclaim personal
evidence, that he is only
for value is concerned. liability by parol evidence
such
Cannot avail of the defense
Q: Juan Sy purchased from “A” Appliance Center one of absence/failure of
generator set on installment with chattel mortgage in May avail of such defense
consideration against a
favor of the vendor. After getting hold of the holder not in due course
generator set, Juan Sy immediately sold it without May sue reimbursement
consent of the vendor. Juan Sy was criminally charged after paying the May not sue
with estafa. To settle the case extra judicially, Juan holder/subsequent party
Sy paid the sum of P20,000 and for the balance of
P5,000.00 he executed a promissory note for said Q: PCIB granted a credit line to Gonzales through the
amount with Ben Lopez as an accommodation party. execution of the COHLA. Gonzales drew from said
Juan Sy failed to pay the balance. credit line through the issuance of check. Gonzales
issued a check in favor of Rene Unson, drawn against
a. What is the liability of Ben Lopez as an the credit line. However, upon presentment for
accommodation party? Explain. payment by Unson of said check, it was dishonored by
b. What is the liability of Juan Sy? (2003 Bar) PCIB due to the termination by PCIB of the credit line
under COHLA for the unpaid periodic interest dues
A: from the loans of Gonzales and the spouses Panlilio.
a. Section 29 of the Negotiable Instruments Law Gonzales, through counsel, wrote PCIB insisting that
provides that an accommodation party is liable on the the check he issued had been fully funded, and
instrument to a holder for value, notwithstanding that demanded the return of the proceeds of his FCD as
such holder at the time of taking the instrument knew him well as damages for the unjust dishonor of the check.
to be only an accommodation party. As an Was it proper for PCIB to dishonor the check issued
accommodation party, Ben Lopez is primarily and by Gonzales against the credit line under the COHLA?
unconditionally liable on the promissory note to a holder
for value as if the contract was not for accommodation. A: No. While a maker who signed a promissory note for
the benefit of his co-maker (who received the loan
b. Under Section 14 of the NIL, Juan Sy is primarily proceeds) is considered as an accommodation party, he is,
liable to the extent of P5,000 in the hands of a holder in nevertheless, entitled to a written notice on the default
due course. However, if Ben Lopez paid the note, Juan Sy and the outstanding obligation of the party
has the obligation to reimburse the former to the extent accommodated. There being no such written notice, the
of the amount paid. Bank is grossly negligent in terminating the credit line of
the accommondation party for the unpaid interest dues
Q: Dagul has a business arrangement with Facundo. from the loans of the party accommodated and in
The latter would lend money to another, through dishonoring a checkdrawn against such credit line
Dagul, whose name would appear in the promissory (Eusebio Gonzales v. Philippine Commercial and
note as the lender. Dagul would then immediately
It bears stressing that the accused, to be guilty of estafa as A: Php 50,000.00, but with the obligation to hold
charged, must have used the check in order to defraud the Php20,000.00 for Y's benefit.
complainant. What the law punishes is the fraud or deceit,
not the mere issuance of the worthless check. Wagas Effect of assignment of a negotiable instrument
could not be held guilty of estafa simply because he had
issued the check used to defraud Ligaray. The proof of The transferee does not become a holder and he merely
guilt must still clearly show that it had been Wagas as the steps into the shoes of the transferor. Any defense
drawer who had defrauded Ligaray by means of the check available against the transferor is available against the
(People v. Gilbert Wagas, G.R. No. 157943, September 4, transferee (Salas v. CA, G.R. No. 76788, January 22, 1990).
2013).
Effect of the delivery of an order instrument without
Delivery of negotiable instrument indorsement
Delivery means transfer of possession, actual or The transfer operates as an ordinary assignment (NIL, Sec.
constructive, from one person or another (NIL, Sec. 191). 49). The transfer vests in the transferee such title as the
transferor had therein and the transferee acquires in
NOTE: Where the instrument is no longer in the addition the right to have the indorsement of the
possession of the party whose signature appears thereon, transfereror.
there is a prima facie presumption of a valid and
intentional delivery by him (NIL, Sec. 16). NOTE: For the purpose of determining whether the
transferee is a HIDC, the negotiation takes effect at the
Effect if a bearer instrument is negotiated by time when the indorsement is actually made.
indorsement and delivery
KINDS OF INDORSEMENTS
A bearer instrument, even when indorsed specially, may
nevertheless be further negotiated by delivery, but the Indorsement
person indorsing specially shall be liable as indorser to
only such holders as make title through his indorsement It is the signing of the name of the indorser on the
(once a bearer instrument, always a bearer instrument) instrument with the intent to transfer title to the same.
(NIL, Sec. 40).
Where the indorsement should be placed
NOTE: This rule applies only to instruments originally
payable to bearer. It does not apply to instruments 1. On the instrument itself; or
originally payable to order converted to bearer because 2. On a separate piece of paper attached to the instrument
the only or last indorsement is in blank. called “allonge” (NIL, Sec. 31)
1. Special (NIL, Sec. 34) – Specifies the person to whom or 1. To receive payment of the instrument;
to whose order the instrument is to be payable. It is also
known as specific indorsement, or indorsement in full. 2. To bring any action thereon that the indorser could
bring; and
NOTE: An instrument payable to bearer indorsed
specially may nevertheless be negotiated by delivery 3. To transfer his rights as such indorsee, where the form
(once a bearer always a bearer) (NIL, Sec. 40). of the indorsement authorizes him to do so (NIL, Sec.
37,).
2. Blank (NIL, Sec. 34) –Specifies no indorsee.
a. Instrument is payable to bearer and may be NOTE: All subsequent indorsees acquire only the title of
negotiated by delivery; the 1st indorsee under the restrictive indorsement (NIL,
b. May be converted to special indorsement by Sec. 37).
writing over the signature of the indorser in blank
any contract consistent with the character of Effect of a qualified indorsement
indorsement (NIL, Sec. 35).
A qualified indorsement does NOT destroy the
3. Restrictive (NIL, Sec. 36)–When the instrument: negotiability of the instrument. It only means that the
a. Prohibits further negotiation of the instrument (it qualified indorser is NOT liable when the maker is
destroys the negotiability of the instrument); insolvent. A qualified indorser is liable only if the
b. Constitutes the indorsee the agent of the indorser; instrument is dishonored by non-acceptance or non-
c. Vests the title in the indorsee in trust for or to the payment due to:
use of some persons.
1. Forgery;
NOTE: But mere absence of words implying power to 2. Lack of good title on the part of the indorser;
negotiate does not make an instrument restrictive. 3. Lack of capacity to indorse on the part of the prior
parties; or
4. Qualified (NIL, Sec. 38) – Constitutes the indorser a 4. The fact that at the time of the indorsement, the
mere assignor of the title to the instrument made by instrument was valueless or not valid at the time of the
adding to the indorser’s signature words like, without indorsement which fact was known to him.
recourse, sans recourse or at the indorsee’s own risk (this
serves as an ordinary equitable assignment). Instances when the indorsement is considered only as
equitable assignment
5. Absolute–The indorser binds himself to pay:
a. Upon no other condition than failure of prior 1. Indorsement of only a part of the amount of the
parties to do so; instrument (NIL, Sec. 32)
b. Upon due notice to him of such failure
2. In cases of qualified indorsement (NIL, Sec. 38)
6. Conditional (NIL, Sec. 39)–Right of the indorsee is made
to depend on the happening of a contingent event. The 3. Transfer of an instrument payable to order by mere
party required to pay may disregard the conditions. delivery (NIL, Sec. 49).
9. Facultative –Indorser waives presentment and notice The negotiable instrument is deemed prima facie payable
of dishonor, enlarging his liability and his indorsement. to the corporation of which said person is such an officer.
It may be negotiated further by either indorsement of the
10. Successive – Indorsement to two persons or more in corporation or indorsement of the officer (NIL, Sec. 42).
succession.
In the following cases, a prior party cannot further 4. At the time it was negotiated to him, he had no notice of
negotiate the instrument: any Infirmity in the instrument or defect in the title of the
person negotiating it. (NIL, Sec. 52)
1. Where it is payable to the order of a third person, and
it has been paid by the drawer (NIL, Sec. 121[a]). Where the transferee receives notice of any infirmity in
the instrument or defect in the title of the person
2. Where it was made or accepted for accommodation negotiating the same before he had paid the full amount
and has been paid by the party accommodated (NIL, agreed to be paid, he will be deemed a holder in due
Sec. 121[b]). course only to the extent of the amount paid by him (NIL,
Sec. 54).
3. In other cases, where the instrument is discharged
when acquired by a prior party (NIL, Sec. 119[e]). NOTE: Knowledge of the agent is constructive knowledge
of the principal.
An instrument is complete when it is not wanting in any 1. In its acquisition – When he obtained the instrument, or
material particular and regular when there is no any signature thereto, by fraud, duress, or force and fear,
alteration apparent on the face of the instrument. or other unlawful means, or for an illegal consideration.
That he became the holder before it was overdue 2. In the negotiation – When he negotiates it in breach of
faith, or under such circumstances as amount to a fraud
An overdue instrument is still negotiable, and although it (NIL, Sec. 55).
is subject to defenses existing at the time of transfer. A
negotiable instrument in circulation past its maturity date Notice of defect on the transferee
carries strong indication that it has been dishonored. An
overdue instrument puts all person on notice that it might The person to whom it is negotiated must have had actual
not have been paid because of a valid defense to such knowledge of such facts or knowledge of other facts that
payment (De Leon, 2010). his action in taking the instrument amounted to bad faith
(NIL, Sec. 56).
Without notice that it has been previously
dishonored, if such was the fact Effect of notice before the full amount is paid
An instrument may be dishonored either by: Where the transferee receives notice of any infirmity in
the instrument or defect in the title of the person
1. Non-acceptance (refers to a bill of exchange) or negotiating the same before he has paid the full amount
2. Non-payment agreed to be paid therefor, he will be deemed a holder in
due course only to the extent of the amount therefore paid
An overdue or dishonored instrument may still be by him (NIL, Sec. 54).
negotiated either by indorsement or by delivery to the
same extent as before maturity. However, in case of Q: A drawer issued a check for the payment of a car,
negotiation of an overdue instrument, the holder cannot which check was delivered to the agent of the owner
be an HIDC while in case of negotiation of a dishonored of the car for safekeeping. The check was then used by
instrument, the holder without notice can be a holder in the agent to pay the medical bills of his wife in a clinic.
due course (De Leon, 2010). The projected purchase did not materialize. Is the
clinic considered a holder in due course?
That he took it in good faith and for value A: No, the rule that a possessor of the instrument is prima
facie a HIDC does not apply to the clinic because it cannot
Good faith is the holder’s well founded or honest belief be said to have acquired the negotiable instrument in
that the person from whom he received the instrument good faith for there was a defect in the title of the holder
was the owner thereof, with the right to transfer it (Duran (agent), since the instrument was not payable “to the
v IAC, G.R. No. L-64159, September 10, 1985). agent or to bearer;” also the drawer had no account with
the clinic, the agent did not show or tell the payee why he
Value may be some right, interest, profit or benefit to the had the check in his possession and why he was using it
party who makes the contract or some forbearance, for the payment of his own account.
detriment, loan, responsibility, etc. to the other (BPI v.
Roxas, G.R. No. 157833, October 15, 2007). As the holder’s title was defective or suspicious, it cannot
be stated that the payee acquired the check without
At the time it was negotiated to him, he had no notice knowledge of said defect in holder’s title, the presumption
of any infirmity in the instrument or defect in the title that the clinic is a HIDC does not exist (De Ocampo & Co. v.
of the person negotiating it Gatchalian, G.R. No. L-15126, November 30, 1961).
Payee as holder in due course 1. Real or Absolute Defenses – those that are attached to
the instrument itself and are available against all parties,
There can be no doubt that a proper interpretation of NIL both immediate and remote, including holders in due
as a whole leads to the conclusion that a payee may be a course.
holder in due course under the circumstances in which he
meets the requirements of Sec. 52 (De Ocampo v. 2. Personal or Equitable Defenses –defenses which are
Gatchalian, supra). only available against a holder not in due course. Those
which grow out of the agreement or conduct of a
Drawee as holder in due course particular person which renders it inequitable for him,
though holding the legal title, to enforce it against the
A drawee does not become a HIDC by simply paying a bill. party sought to be made liable.
A holder refers to one who has taken the instrument as it
passes along in the course of negotiation; whereas a Real defenses available against a holder v. Personal
drawee, upon acceptance and payment, strips the defenses
instrument of negotiability and reduces it to a mere
voucher or proof of payment. REAL DEFENSES PERSONAL DEFENSES
(IM In Ultra. AFForD (InnocentS2 ADD FUn In
Instances when a person is deemed not a holder in PODIF) Fraud)
due course 1. Incomplete and 1. Innocent alteration or
undelivered spoliation
1. A holder who acquires the instrument after its date of instrument 2. Discharge of party
maturity. 2. Minority (available Secondarily liable by
only to the minor) discharge of prior
2. Where an instrument payable on demand is negotiated 3. Incapacity as far as party.
for an unreasonable length of time after its issue (NIL, incapacitated persons 3. Set-off between
Sec. 53). are concerned immediate parties
4. Ultra –vires acts of a 4. Filling up of blanks not
NOTE: A note payable on demand is due when payment corporation in accordance with the
is demanded. A check becomes overdue when it is not 5. Want of Authority, Authority given
presented for payment within a reasonable time, apparent and real 5. Acquisition of
usually 6 months from date the thereof, afterwards, it 6. Fraudulent alteration instrument by Duress
becomes a stale check. 7. Forgery or force and fear;
8. Duress amounting to unlawful means or for
3. Where the instrument contains an acceleration clause, Forgery an illegal consideration
knowledge of the holder at the time of acquisition 9. Prescription 6. Discharge by payment
thereof that one installment or interest, or both, is 10. Other infirmities or renunciation or
unpaid is a notice that it is overdue. appearing on the face release before maturity
of the instrument 7. Failure or absence of
NOTE: Where indorsement is not dated, it is deemed 11. Discharge in consideration.
prima facie to have been negotiated before the insolvency 8. Undelivered complete
instrument was overdue (NIL, Sec. 45). An overdue 12. Illegal Contract instrument
instrument is still negotiable but it is subject to the
defenses existing at the time of the transfer.
b) the personal defenses of fraud in inducement Party Primarily liable v. Party secondarily liable
incompleteness when the paper was delivered, and lack
of consideration. PRIMARILY LIABLE SECONDARILY LIABLE
Unconditionally bound Conditionally bound
Q: A bill of exchange has T for its drawee, U as drawer, Undertakes to pay only
and F as holder. When F went to T for presentment, F after the ff. conditions
learned that T is only 15 years old. F wants to recover Absolutely required to have been fulfilled:
from U but the latter insists that a notice of dishonor pay the instrument 1. Due presentment for
must first be made, the instrument being a bill of upon maturity payment or acceptance to
exchange. Is he correct? (2011 Bar) primary party (NIL, Sec.
143);
Warranties and liabilities of parties who are The maker of a negotiable instrument, by making such
secondarily liable instrument:
1. Engages that he will pay it according to its tenor, and
ABSOLUTE LIABILITY LIMITED LIABILITY 2. Admits the existence of the payee and his then capacity
Drawer of a BOE Qualified Indorser to indorse (NIL, Sec. 60; 1995, 2001 Bar).
Warrants: Warrants that the: NOTE: The maker is liable the moment he makes the NI.
a. The existence of payee a. Instrument is His liability is primary and unconditional.
and his then capacity to genuine;
indorse; b. He has good title to it; Q: A issued a promissory note payable to B or bearer.
b. That the instrument will c. Capacity to contract A delivered the note to B. B indorsed the note to C. C
be accepted or paid upon of all prior parties; and; placed the note in his drawer, which was stolen by the
due presentment by the d. No knowledge of any janitor X. X indorsed the note to D by forging C's
party primarily liable fact which would impair signature. D indorsed the note to E who in turn
according to its tenor; and the validity of the delivered the note to F, a holder in due course,
c. That if dishonored, he instrument. (NIL, without indorsement. Discuss the individual
will pay the party entitled Sec.65) liabilities to F of A, B and C. (2001, 1997 Bar)
to be paid. (NIL, Sec. 61.) NOTE: He is liable to all
parties who derive their A: A is primarily and unconditionally liable to F as the
titlethrough his maker of the promissory note. Section 60 provides that,
indorsement. by making the instrument, the maker obliges himself to
General indorser Person negotiating by pay according to the tenor of the instrument. He is liable
delivery to both payee and subsequent holder in due course.
a. Warrants that: Same warranties as a Despite the presence of the special indorsements on the
i. Instrument is genuine qualified indorser. But note, these do not detract from the fact that a bearer
ii. He had good title to it unlike a qualified indor- instrument, like the promissory note in question, is
iii. All prior parties had ser, a person negotiating always negotiable by mere delivery, until it is indorsed
capacity to contract by mere delivery is liable restrictively “For Deposit Only”
only to his immediate
Q: On the right bottom margin of a PN appeared the The drawer is secondarily liable to the following:
signature of the corporation’s president and 1. The holder or
treasurer above their printed names with the phrase 2. To any subsequent indorser who may be compelled to
“and in his personal capacity.” The corporation failed pay it (ibid.).
to pay its obligation. Are the officers liable?
The drawer maylimit his liability to the holder
A: Yes, persons who sign their names on the face of
promissory notes are makers and liable as such. The The drawer may insert in the NI an express stipulation
officers are co-makers and as such, they cannot escape negativing or limiting his own liability to the holder (ibid.).
liability arising therefrom (Republic Planters Bank v. CA,
G.R. No. 93073, December 21, 1992). Q: A delivers a bearer instrument to B. B then
specially indorses it to C and C later indorses it in
Q: Richard Clinton makes a promissory note payable blank to D. E steals the instrument from D and, forging
to bearer and delivers the same to Aurora Page. the instrument of D, succeeds in "negotiating" it to F
Aurora Page, however, endorses it to X in this who acquires the instrument in good faith and for
manner: "Payable to X. Signed: Aurora Page." value.
Later, X, without endorsing the promissory note, a. If for any reason, the drawee bank refuses to honor
transfers and delivers the same to Napoleon. The note the check, can F enforce the instrument against the
is subsequently dishonored by Richard Clinton. May drawer?
Napoleon proceed against Richard Clinton for the b. In case of the dishonor of the check by both the
note? (1998 Bar) drawee and the drawer, can F hold any of B, C and D
liable secondarily on the instrument? (1997 Bar)
A: Yes, Richard Clinton is liable for the promissory note.
Under Section 60 of the NIL, the maker of a negotiable A:
instrument, by making the same, engages that he will pay a. Yes, F can proceed against the drawer, A, in case of
according to its tenor, and admits the existence of the dishonor by the drawee bank. Section 61 of the NIL
payee and his then capacity to indorse. The liability of the provides that by drawing the instrument, the drawer
maker is primary which means he is absolutely and engages that the instrument will be accepted or paid or
unconditionally required to pay. He engages to pay the both according to its tenor. Not only is the drawer obliged
instrument according to its terms without any condition. to pay the amount of the instrument to the holder, but he
He is not only liable to the payee but also to the shall likewise be liable to the subsequent indorser who
subsequent holder in due course. Since the instrument is was compelled to pay it. The forged signature is
a bearer instrument (which nature was not changed even unnecessary to presume the juridical relation between or
if it was specially indorsed by Aurora), Napoleon became among the parties prior to the forgery and the parties
a legal holder thereof by mere delivery from X to him. after the forgery. Moreover, the only party who can raise
Thus, as a legal holder of the promissory note, he is the defense of forgery against a holder in due course is the
entitled to proceed against the maker thereof, Richard person whose signature is forged.
Clinton.
b. Only B and C can be held liable by F. According to
Section 67, when a person puts his signature on a bearer
instrument as a form of indorsement, he becomes subject
to all liabilities of an indorser. D cannot be held liable as
an indorser because his signature is forged by E--hence,
there was no consent from D. The forged signature is
deemed inoperative and no right can arise out of it.
NOTE: Every indorser is liable prima facie to all indorsers 1. That the instrument is genuine and in all respects
subsequent to him, but not those indorsers prior to him what it purports to be;
(NIL, Sec. 68) 2. That he has good title to it;
3. That all prior parties had capacity to contract;
Liability of an agent or broker who negotiates an 4. That he has no knowledge of any fact which would
instrument without indorsement impair the validity of the instrument or render it
useless.
He incurs all the liabilities prescribed to a general
indorser unless he discloses the name of his principal and NOTE: Indorser’s liability as warrantor is distinct from
the fact that he is acting only as an agent (NIL, Sec. 69) his liability to pay the instrument. Even a qualified
indorser may incur liability for breach of implied
NOTE: Parol evidence is NOT admissible to relieve an warranties. As warrantor, his liability is unconditional.
agent or broker whose endorsement brings him within
the above liability. PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT
Q: Can a collecting bank debit the account of the Presentment for payment
depositor when the checks indorsed to it (bank) were
forged? It is the presentation of an instrument to the person
primarily liable for the purpose of demanding and
A: Yes, because the depositor of a check as indorser receiving payment.
warrants that it is genuine and in all respects what it
purports to be. Thus, when the checks deposited had Manner of presentment
forged indorsements and the collecting bank, as a
consequence of such forgery, was made to pay the drawee GR: Instrument must be exhibited to the person from
bank, the collecting bank can debit the account of the whom payment is demanded; when paid, it must be
depositor for his breach of warranty (Jai-Alai Corporation delivered to the person paying it (NIL, Sec. 74).
of The Philippines v. BPI, G.R. No. L-29432, August 6, 1975).
XPNs: When exhibition is excused:
Q: Phebean, the drawer issued a check to James. 1. Debtor does not demand to see the instrument and
James, subsequently indorsed it to Trude. When refuses payment on some other grounds; or
Trude is about to encash the check, the drawee Union 2. Instrument is lost or destroyed.
Bank refused to encash it due to insufficiency of
funds. Trude sued James for payment of money. James Liability of a bank paying a certificate of deposit
alleged that the suit should be dismissed because payable to bearer without requiring its surrender
Phebean is an indispensable party. Does James’
argument hold water? The bank remains liable to the holder if it paid the
certificate of deposit payable to bearer without requiring
A: No, there is no privity between the drawer and the its surrender (Far East Bank & Trust Company v. Querimit,
holder. The drawer is merely secondarily liable. As G.R. No. 148582, January 16, 2002).
indorser, the buyer warranted that upon due
presentment, the checks were to be accepted or paid, or Payee cannot claim payment for a promissory note
both, according to their tenor, and that in case they were which was stolen and as such is not in his possession
dishonored, she would pay the corresponding amount.
After an instrument is dishonored by non-payment, To make presentment for payment, it is necessary to
indorsers cease to be merely secondarily liable; they exhibit the instrument, which he cannot do because he is
become principal debtors whose liability becomes not in possession thereof.
identical to that of the original obligor (Tuazon v. Heirs of
Bartolome Ramos, G.R. No. 156262, July 14, 2005). Q:
A. AB issued a promissory note for P1,000 payable to
Q: X is the holder of an instrument payable to him (X) CD or his order on September 15, 2002. CD indorsed
or his order, with Y as maker. X then indorsed it as the note in blank and delivered the same to EF. GH
follows: “Subject to no recourse, pay to Z. Signed, X.” stole the note from EF and on September 14, 2002
When Z went to collect from Y, it turned out that Y's presented it to AB for payment. When asked by AB, GH
signature was forged. Z now sues X for collection. Will said CD gave him the note in payment for two cavans
it prosper? (2011 Bar) of rice. AB therefore paid GH P1,000 on the same date.
On September 15, 2002, EF discovered that the note
A: Yes, because X, as a qualified indorser, warrants that of AB was not in his possession and he went to AB. It
the note is genuine. was then that EF found out that AB had already made
NOTE: Presentment for payment is not necessary in order NOTE: “Last negotiation” means the
to charge the person primarily liable on the instrument. last transfer for value. Subsequent
transfers between banks for
Instance when presentment for payment is not Bill of exchange
purposes of collection are not
necessary to charge persons secondarily liable payable on
negotiations within Sec. 71.
demand
1. As to drawer, where he has no right to expect or require “Reasonable time” means not more
that the drawee or acceptor will pay the instrument than 6 months from the date of issue.
(Sec. 79, NIL). Beyond said period, the check
becomes stale and valueless and
2. As to indorser where the instrument was made or thus, should not be paid.
accepted for his accommodation and he has no reason
to expect that the instrument will be paid if presented NOTE: Every NI is payable at the time fixed therein
(NIL, Sec. 80). without grace.
3. When dispensed with under Sec. 82, NIL such as: Rules on presentment for payment when maturity
a. Where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, date is fixed
presentment cannot be made;
b. Where the drawee is a fictitious person; TIME OF MATURITY OF WHEN TO PRESENT FOR
c. By waiver of presentment, express or implied INSTRUMENT PAYMENT
On a Sunday or holiday On the next succeeding
Rule if the instrument is, by its terms, payable at a business day
special place On a Saturday On the next succeeding
business day
If the instrument is, by its terms, payable at a special place, If instrument which falls Before 12:00 noon on
and the person primarily liable is able and willing to pay due on a Saturday is Saturday, or on Monday, at
it there at maturity, such ability and willingness are payable on demand the option of the holder
equivalent to a tender of payment upon his part (Sec. 70,
NIL).
Instances when delay in making presentment is
excused
Requisites for a sufficient presentment for payment
(1994, 2002 Bar)
1. When caused by circumstances beyond the control of
the holder; and
Presentment for payment, to be sufficient, must be made:
2. Not imputable to his default, misconduct, or negligence
(NIL, Sec. 81).
Q: Is the bank liable to the payee for depositing and 1. Dead – payment must be made to his personal
encashing the crossed checks to an unauthorized representative (NIL, Sec. 76).
person?
2. Liable as partners and no place of payment specified
A: Yes, the effects of crossing a check relate to the mode – payment may be made to any of them though there has
of its presentment for payment. Under Sec. 72 of the NIL, been dissolution of the firm (NIL, Sec. 77).
presentment for payment, to be sufficient, must be made
by the holder or by some person authorized to receive on 3. Several persons, not partners, and no place of
his behalf. The checks here had been crossed and issued payment is specified – payment must be made to all of
“for payee’s account only.” This only signifies that the them (NIL, Sec. 78).
drawer had intended the same for deposit only by the 4. If the person primarily liable is absent or
person indicated (Associated Bank v. CA, G.R. No. 89802, inaccessible, then presentment must be made to any
May 7, 1992). person of sufficient discretion at the proper place of
presentment (NIL, Sec. 72[d]).
Order of preference with regard to the place of
presentment DISPENSATION WITH PRESENTMENT OF PAYMENT
Payment is made in due course when (MHG) 3. When the BOE has been dishonored by non-acceptance,
since no PP for is necessary (NIL, Sec. 151).
1. It is made at or after the date of Maturity;
2. To the Holder thereof; Instances when presentment for payment maybe
3. In Good faith and without notice that holder’s title is dispensed with
defective (NIL, Sec. 88).
1. Where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence,
NOTE: The term “in good faith” refers to the maker or presentment cannot be made;
acceptor and not to the holder. 2. Where the drawee is a fictitious person; or
3. By waiver of presentment, express or implied (NIL,
PARTIES TO WHOM PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT Sec. 82).
SHOULD BE MADE
Subject to the provisions of the law, when the instrument b. If no mail – At a convenient hour (of the sender) on
is dishonored by non-payment, an immediate right of that day, by the next mail thereafter
recourse to all parties secondarily liable thereon accrues
to the holder (NIL, Sec. 84). c. Other than by post office (e.g. personal messenger) –
Within the time that notice would have been received
NOTICE OF DISHONOR in due course of mail, if it has been deposited in the
post office within the time specified in (a) (NIL, Sec.
Notice of dishonor 104).
It is a notice given by the holder to the parties secondarily 4. Time of notice to antecedent parties – Same time for
liable, drawer and each indorser, that the instrument was giving notice that the holder has after the dishonor
dishonored by non-payment or non-acceptance by the (NIL, Sec. 107).
drawee/maker.
NOTE: Actual receipt of the party within the time
NOTE: Persons primarily liable need not be given notice specified by law is sufficient though not sent in the places
of dishonor because they are the ones who dishonored the specified above (NIL, Sec. 108).
instrument.
Instances when a negotiable instrument is considered
Purposes for requiring notice of dishonor dishonored
XPN: Delay is excused (NIL, Sec. 113,). Parties to whom notice must be given
NOTE: An instrument cannot be dishonored by non- Notice of dishonor should be given to:
payment until afterthe maturity. 1. The drawer; or
2. Indorser; or
2. Parties reside in the same place 3. His agent (NIL, Sec. 97)
Notice of dishonor inures to the benefit of: Ways to give a waiver of notice
1. All holders subsequent to the holder who has given
notice; and It can either be:
1. Express; or
2. All parties prior to the holder but subsequent to the 2. Implied (e.g. Payment by an indorser after he learns
party to whom notice has been given and against of the default of the maker; admission of liability after
whom they may have a right of recourse (NIL, Sec. 92) dishonor) (NIL, Sec. 109).
Effect of notice of dishonor if given by party entitled Parties affected by the waiver of notice
thereto
1. All parties (if embodied on the face of the
Notice of dishonor inures to the benefit of: instrument); or
1. The holder; and 2. Particular indorser (if written above the signature of
2. All parties subsequent to the party to whom notice is such indorser) (NIL, Sec. 110).
given (NIL, Sec. 93).
Waiver of protest
Effect of failure to give notice of dishonor
It is the waiver of the formal instrument executed usually
Any drawer or indorser to whom such notice is not given by a notary public certifying that the legal steps necessary
is discharged (NIL, Sec. 89) to fix the liability of the drawee and the indorsers have
been taken. Thus, it is deemed to be a waiver not only of a
NOTE: The holder of two checks which were dishonored Effect of lack of notice of dishonor on the instrument
because the drawer withdrew her funds from the bank which is payable in installments
can hold the drawer liable even if no notice of dishonor
was given to the drawer, since the drawer had no right to 1. No acceleration clause – Failure to give notice of
expect that the drawee bank would honor the checks. dishonor on a previous installment does not discharge
(State Investment House, Inc. vs. Court of Appeals, G.R. No. drawers and indorsers as to succeeding installments.
101163, January 11, 1993)
2. With acceleration clause – It depends upon whether the
Q: P authorized A to sign a negotiable instrument in clause is automatic or optional.
his (P’s) name. It reads: “Pay to B or order the sum of a. Automatic – failure to give notice of dishonor as to a
Php1 million. Signed, A (for and in behalf of P).” The previous installment will discharge the persons
instrument shows that it was drawn on P. B then secondarily liable as to the succeeding installments;
indorsed to C, C to D, and D to E. E then treated it as a b. Optional – if not exercised, the rule would be the same
bill of exchange. Is presentment for acceptance as if there is no acceleration clause. If exercised, the rule
necessary in this case? (2011 Bar) would be the same as if the installment contains an
automatic acceleration clause (Town Savings Bank v. CA,
A: No, since the drawer and drawee are the same person. G.R. No. 106011, June 17, 1993).
It is the act of surrendering a claim or right with or Effect of material alteration of a negotiable
without recompense (a PERSONAL defense). instrumentwithout the assent of all parties liable
thereon
Manner of making renunciation by the holder
1. Avoids the instrument except against:
1. Must be written a. A party who has made the alteration;
2. If oral, the instrument must be surrendered to the b. A party who authorized or assented to the alteration;
person primarily liable (NIL, Sec. 122). or
c. The indorsers who indorsed subsequent to the
Effects of renunciation alteration (because of their warranties).
1. Made in favor of principal debtor made at or after the 2. If negotiated to an HIDC, he may enforce the payment
maturity (made absolutely and unconditionally) of the thereof according to its original tenor against the person
instrument – discharges the instrument (NIL, Sec. 122). not a party to the alteration. He may also enforce payment
thereof against the party responsible for the alteration for
2. Made in favor of a secondary party may be made by the
the altered amount.
holder before, at or after maturity – discharges only the
secondary parties and all subsequent to him (NIL, Sec.
3. If negotiated to a holder not an HIDC, he cannot enforce
122).
payment against the person not a party prior to the
3. Renunciation does not affect the rights of a holder in alteration. He may, however enforce payment according
due course without notice (NIL, Sec. 120). to the altered tenor from the person who caused the
alteration and from the indorsers (NIL, Sec. 12).
Rule regarding the cancellation of an instrument
Q: Can a drawee who accepts a materially altered
It is presumed intentional. It is inoperative if check recover from the holder and the drawer? (2011
unintentional, or under a mistake or without the authority Bar)
of the holder. But where an instrument or any signature
appears to have been cancelled, the burden of proof lies A: No, he cannot recover from either of them.
on the party alleging that the cancellation was made
unintentionally, or under a mistake or without authority There is no material alteration when the serial
(NIL, Sec. 123). number of a check had been altered
Upon acceptance, the bill, in effect becomes a note. The 1. Conditional – makes payment by the acceptor dependent
drawee who thereby becomes an acceptor assumes the on the fulfillment of a condition therein stated.
liability of the maker (who has primary liability) and the
drawer, that of the first indorser. 2. Partial – an acceptance to pay part only of the amount
for which the bill is drawn.
Q: A bill of exchange states on its face: “One (1) month
after sight, pay to the order of Mr. R the amount of 3. Local – an acceptance to pay only at a particular place.
Php50,000.00, chargeable to the account of Mr. S.
Signed, Mr. T.” Mr. S, the drawee, accepted the bill 4. Qualified as to time– a bill is accepted to be paid on or
upon presentment by writing on it the words “I shall after a specified date.
pay Php30,000.00 three (3) months after sight.” May
he accept under such terms, which varies the 5. As to drawee - acceptance of some one or more of the
command in the bill of exchange? (2011 Bar) drawees but not of all (NIL, Sec. 141).
A: Yes, because the acceptance is in reality a clear assent 2. Extrinsic– the acceptance is written on a paper other
to the order of the drawer to pay. Qualified acceptance as than the bill itself. To be binding upon the acceptor:
to time is allowed (NIL, Sec. 141 [d]). a. Acceptance must be shown to the person to whom the
instrument is negotiated; and
MANNER b. Such person must take the bill for value on the faith of
such acceptance (NIL, Sec. 134).
Manner of making an acceptance
3. Virtual
Acceptance may be made a. Unconditional promise in writing to accept a bill
1. On the bill itself, b. Promise made before it is drawn
2. On a separate paper; and if on a separate paper
Effect of accepting an instrument with a qualified 1. Where bill is payable after sight, or when it is necessary
acceptance in order to fix the maturity of the instrument;
GR: When the holder takes a qualified acceptance the 2. When bill expressly stipulates that it shall be presented
drawer and indorsers are discharged from liability on the for acceptance; or
bill.
3. Where the bill is drawn payable elsewhere than at the
NOTE: The holder may refuse to take a qualified residence or place of business of the drawee (NIL, Sec. 143,
acceptance and if he does not obtain an unqualified par. 1).
acceptance, he may treat the bill as dishonored by non-
acceptance (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014). NOTE: The holder must either present it for acceptance or
negotiate it within a reasonable time, otherwise, the
XPNs: drawer and all indorsers are discharged (NIL, Sec. 144).
Failure to make such presentment will discharge the Rights of a holder when bill is not accepted
drawer from liability or to the extent of the loss caused by
the delay (NIL, Sec. 186; Republic of the Philippines vs. PNB, When a bill is dishonored by non-acceptance, an
G.R. No. L-16106, December 30, 1961). immediate right of recourse against the drawer and
indorsers accrues to the holder, and no presentment for
Instance when delay in presentment may be excused payment is necessary (NIL, Sec. 151).
Where the holder of a bill drawn payable elsewhere than Acceptance for honor
at the place of business or the residence of the drawee has
no time with the exercise of reasonable diligence, to It is an undertaking by a stranger to a bill after protest for
present the bill for acceptance before presenting it for the benefit of any party liable thereon or for the honor of
payment on the day that it falls due (NIL, Sec. 147). the person for whose account the bill is drawn which
acceptance inures to the benefit of all parties subsequent
Instances when presentment is excused to the person for whose honor it is accepted, and
conditioned to pay the bill when it becomes due if the
1. Where the drawee is dead, or has absconded, or is a original drawee does not pay it (NIL, Sec. 161).
fictitious person not having capacity to contract by bill;
Requisites of acceptance for honor (WIS)
2. Where, after exercise of reasonable diligence,
presentment cannot be made; or 1. Must be in Writing
2. Must Indicate that it is an acceptance for honor;
3. Where, although presentment has been irregular, 3. Must be Signed by the acceptor for honor (NIL, Sec. 162)
acceptance has been refused on some other ground (NIL,
Sec. 148). PROMISSORY NOTES
Instances when a bill is dishonored by non- An unconditional promise in writing made by one person
acceptance to another, signed by the maker, engaging to pay on
demand, or at a fixed or determinable future time, a sum
1. When it is duly presented for acceptance and such an certain in money to order or to bearer (NIL, Sec. 184).
acceptance is refused or cannot be obtained; or
Special types of promissory notes
2. When presentment for acceptance is excused, and the
bill is not accepted (NIL, Sec. 149). 1. Certificate of deposit – a written acknowledgment by a
bank of the receipt of money on deposit on which the bank
NOTE: It is not sufficient that presentment for acceptance promises to pay to the depositor or to him or his order or
is excused, it is also necessary that the bill remains not to some other person or to him or his order, or to a
accepted. specified person or bearer, on demand or on a fixed date,
often with interest.
Duty of the holder where bill is not accepted
2. Bonds – an evidence of indebtedness issued by a public
If within 24 hours after due presentment, the bill is not or private corporation which constitutes a promise, under
accepted, the person presenting it must treat the bill as seal, to pay money. It runs for a longer period of time than
dishonored by non-acceptance otherwise he will lose the a PN.
right of recourse against the drawer and indorsers (NIL, 3. Registered Bond – one payable only to the person whose
Sec. 150). name appears on the face of the certificate.
Rules when a bill is dishonored by non-acceptance 4. Coupon Bond – one to which are attached coupons
which entitle the holder to interest when due.
1. Right of recourse against all secondary party accrues to
the holder. 5. Bank Note – instrument issued by a bank for circulation
as money payable to bearer on demand.
2. No presentment for payment is necessary since dishonor
of the instrument by non-payment is to be expected. 6. Due Bill - PN which shows on its face that one person
acknowledges his indebtedness to another. The word
3. If the instrument is accepted after it has been dishonored “due” is commonly used.
by non-acceptance, presentment for payment is
necessary upon maturity.
8. Title-Retaining Note – an instrument used to secure the 1. The drawer and the drawee are the same person;
purchase price of goods. It ordinarily provides that title to 2. The drawee is a fictitious person;
the goods shall remain in payee’s name until the note is 3. The drawee has no capacity to contract;
paid in full. 4. The instrument is so ambiguous that there is doubt
whether it is a bill or a note (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014,
9. Collateral Note – it is used when the maker pledges citing NIL, Secs. 17[e] and 130).
securities to the payee to secure the payment of the
amount of the note. CHECKS
A: No. A certificate of deposit is defined as a written A: Yes. The premature debiting of the postdated check by
acknowledgment by a bank or banker of the receipt of a the bank which resulted to insufficiency of funds that
sum of money on deposit which the bank or banker brought about the dishonor of two checks causing the
promises to pay to the depositor, to the order of the electric supply to be cut-off and affected business
depositor, or to some other person or his order, whereby operations indicates the negligence of the bank. For its
the relation of debtor and creditor between the bank and failure to exercise extra-ordinary diligence, it should be
the depositor is created. A document to be considered a made liable in the case (Equitable PCI Bank v. Arcelito B.
certificate of deposit need not be in a specific form. Thus, Tan, G.R. No. 165339, August 23, 2010, in Divina, 2014).
a passbook issued by a bank qualifies as a certificate of
deposit drawing interest because it is considered a
written acknowledgement by a bank that it has accepted
a deposit of a sum of money from a depositor. Thus, it is
subject to documentary stamp tax (Prudential Bank v.
Commissioner of Internal Revenue, G.R. No. 180390, July 27,
2011, in Divina, 2014).
Present- Need not be Must be presented 6. Traveler’s Checks – Instruments purchased from banks
ment for presented for for acceptance in or express companies which can be used like cash upon
Accep- acceptance (NIL, certain cases (NIL, the second signature by the purchaser (De Leon, supra).
tance Sec. 185) Sec. 143)
Q: What is a crossed check? What are the effects of
crossing a check? Explain. (1991, 1994-1996, 2002,
Q: A check was dishonored due to material alteration.
2004, 2005 Bar)
The creditor then filed an action against drawee bank
for the amount. Will the action prosper?
A: A crossed check is a check with two (2) parallel lines,
written diagonally on the upper right corner thereof. It is
A: No. If a bank refuses to pay a check (notwithstanding
a warning to the drawee bank that payment must be made
the sufficiency of funds), the payee-holder cannot, as
to the right party; otherwise the bank has no authority to
provided under Sections 185 and 189 of the NIL, sue the
use the drawer's funds deposited with the bank.
bank. The payee should instead sue the drawer who might
in turn sue the bank. This is so because no privity of
To be assured that it will avoid any mistake in paying to
contract exists between the drawee-bank and the payee
the wrong party, banks adopted the policy that crossed
(Villanueva v. Nite, G.R. No. 148211, July 25, 2006).
checks must be deposited in the payee's account. When
withdrawal is made, the banks can be sure that they are
NOTE: A check of itself does not operate as an assignment
paying to the right party. The crossing becomes a warning
of any part of the funds to the credit of the drawer with
also to whoever deals with the said instrument to inquire
the bank, and the bank is not liable to the holder, unless
as to the purpose of its issuance. Otherwise, if something
and until it accepts or certifies the check (NIL, Sec. 189).
wrong happens to the payment thereof, that person
cannot claim to be a holder in due course. Hence, he is
Stopping payment
subject to the personal defense on the part of the drawer
that there is breach of trust committed by the payee in not
The drawer has the right to order the drawee to stop
complying with the drawer's instruction.
payment of a check and this right flows from the rule that
2. That the check may be negotiated only once- to one who The purpose is to insure payment to the payee. It can only
has an account with a bank; be deposited but may not be converted into cash by the
drawer. Crossing a check does not destroy its
3. That the act of crossing the check serves as a warning negotiability but the check may be negotiated only once –
to the holder that the check has been issued for definite to one who has an account with the bank (De Ocampo v.
purpose so that he must inquire if he has received the Gatchalian, supra).
check pursuant to the purpose. Otherwise, he is not an
HIDC (State Investment House v. IAC, G.R. No. 72764, July Q: PCIB filed an action against Balmaceda, it alleging
13, 1989). that between 1991 and 1993, by taking advantage of
his position as branch manager, he fraudulently
Q: Po Press issued in favor of Jose a postdated crossed obtained and encashed 31 Managers checks in the
check, in payment of newsprint which Jose promised P10,782,150.00. PCIB moved to be allowed to file an
to deliver. Jose sold and negotiated the check to Excel amended complaint to implead Rolando Ramos as
Inc. at a discount. Excel did not ask Jose the purpose one of the recipients of a portion of the proceeds from
of crossing the check. Since Jose failed to deliver the Balmacedas alleged fraud. Since Balmaceda did not
newsprint, Po ordered the drawee bank to stop file an Answer, he was declared in default. On the
payment on the check. Efforts of Excel to collect from other hand, Ramos filed an Answer denying any
Po failed. Excel wants to know from you as counsel: knowledge of Balmacedas scheme. The RTC issued a
decision in favor of PCIB. On appeal, the CA dismissed
a. What are the effects of crossing a check? the complaint against Ramos. According to the CA, the
b. Whether as second indorser and holder of the mere fact that Balmaceda made Ramos the payee in
crossed check, is it a holder in due course? some of the Managers checks does not suffice to prove
c. Whether Po’s defense of lack of consideration as that Ramos was complicit in Balmacedas fraudulent
against Jose is also available as against Excel? (1994, scheme. Is PCIB itself at fault as employer?
1995, 2005 Bar)
A: Yes. While its manager forged the signature of the
A: authorized signatories of clients in the application for
a. The effects of crossing a check are: manager’s checks and forged the signatures of the payees
thereof, the drawee bank also failed to exercise the
1. The check may not be encashed but only deposited
highest degree of diligence required of banks in the case
in the bank;
at bar. It allowed its manager to encash the Manager’s
checks that were plainly crossed checks. A crossed check
2. The check may be negotiated only once to one who
is one where two parallel lines are drawn across its face
has an account with a bank; and
or across its corner. Based on jurisprudence, the crossing
of a check has the following effects: (a) the check may not
3. The act of crossing the check serves as a warning to
be encashed but only deposited in the bank; (b) the check
the holder that the check has been issued for a definite
may be negotiated only once — to the one who has an
purpose so that he must inquire if he has received the
account with the bank; and (c) the act of crossing the
check pursuant to that purpose, otherwise he is not a
check serves as a warning to the holder that the check has
holder in due course.
been issued for a definite purpose and he must inquire if
he received the check pursuant to this purpose;
b. Excel Inc. is not a holder in due course. The act of
otherwise, he is not a holder in due course. In other words,
crossing the check imposes upon the holder thereof the
the crossing of a check is a warning that the check should
duty to ascertain the indorser’s, title to the check or the
be deposited only in the account of the payee. When a
nature of his possession or the purpose for which it was
check is crossed, it is the duty of the collecting bank to
issued. Excel is guilty of gross negligence amounting to
ascertain that the check is only deposited to the payee’s
legal absence of good faith for its failure to inquire from
account. In complete dis-regard of this duty, PCIB’s
Jose the purpose for which the three checks were crossed
systems allowed Balmaceda to encash 26 Manager’s
despite the warning of the crossing, hence, it is not
checks which were all crossed checks, or checks payable
deemed a holder in due course.
to the “payee’s account only.” (PCIB v. Balmaceda and
Ramos, G.R. No. 158143 September 21, 2011, in DIvina,
c. Yes, the defense of lack of consideration as against Jose
2014).
is also available as against Excel. For not being a holder
in due course, Excel is subject to personal defenses as if
Rule on crossed check with notataion “Account Payee
the check were non-negotiable, such as lack of
Only”
consideration between Po Press and Jose. In this case,
Jose’s failure to deliver the newsprint resulted in the
A crossed check with the notation account payee only can
absence of consideration for the issuance of the check.
only be deposited in the named payees account. It is gross
negligence for a bank to ignore this rule solely on the basis
Q: On Oct 12, 1993, Chelsea Straights, a corporation 1. The check is not presented within a reasonable time
engaged in the manufacture of cigarettes, ordered after its issue;
from Moises 2,000 bales of tobacco. Chelsea issued to 2. The drawer suffers loss; and
Moises two crossed checks postdated 15 Mar 94 and 3. The loss suffered by the drawer is attributable to the
15 Apr 94 in full payment therefor. On 19 Jan 94 delay (De Leon, 2010).
Moises sold to Dragon Investment House at a discount
the two checks drawn by Chelsea in his favor. Memorandum check
Moises failed to deliver the bales of tobacco as agreed
despite Chelsea’s demand. Consequently, on 1 Mar 94 A memorandum check is an evidence of debt against the
Chelsea issued a “stop payment” order on the 2 checks drawer and although may not be intended to be
issued to Moises. Dragon, claiming to be a holder in presented, has the same effect as an ordinary check and if
due course, filed a complaint for collection against passed on to a third person, will be valid in his hands like
Chelsea for the value of the checks. Rule on the any other check (People v. Nitafan, G.R. No. 75954, October
complaint of Dragon. Give your legal basis. (1995 Bar) 22, 1992).
A: The complaint should be dismissed. The act of crossing PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT
the check imposes upon the holder thereof the duty to
ascertain the indorser’s, in this case Moises’ title to the TIME
check or the nature of his possession. Failing in this
respect, Dragon cannot be deemed a holder in due course A check must be presented for payment within a
and as such, Moises is subject to personal defenses as if reasonable time after its issue (NIL, Sec. 186).
the check were non-negotiable, such as lack of
consideration between Chelsea and Moises for Moises’ EFFECTS OF DELAY
failure to deliver the bales of tobacco. There being no
consideration for the issuance of the check, Chelsea Effects of delay
cannot thus be made liable to pay the face value of the
check and this constitutes a defense not only against 1. The drawer will be discharged from liability thereon to
Moises but even against Dragon who is not a holder in due the extent of the loss caused by the delay. (ibid.)
course. 2. The indorser shall be discharged from liability (PNB vs.
Seeto, G.R. No. L-4388, August 13, 1952).
Q: On March 1, 1996, Pentium Company ordered a
computer from CD Bytes, and issued a crossed check NOTE: PP is not dispensed with by Sec. 186 of the NIL.
in the amount of P30,000 post-dated Mar 31, 1996. Hence, if there is no PP, the drawer cannot be held
Upon receipt of the check, CD Bytes discounted the irrespective of the loss or injury suffered by the payee (Pio
check with Fund House. On April 1, 1996, Pentium Barretto Realty Corp. v. CA, G.R. No. 132362, June 28, 2001).
stopped payment of the check for failure of CD Bytes
to deliver the computer. Thus, when Fund House
deposited the check, the drawee bank dishonored it.
A: If the debtor was prejudiced by the creditor's Laws governing contracts of insurance in the
unreasonable delay in presentment. Acceptance of a Philippines
check implies an undertaking of due diligence in
presenting it for payment. If no such presentment was 1. R.A. 10607
made, the drawer cannot be held liable irrespective of loss 2. New Civil Code
or injury sustained by the payee. Payment will be deemed 3. Special Laws
effected and the obligation for which the check was given
as conditional payment will be discharged (Pio Barretto CONCEPT OF INSURANCE
Realty Corp. v. CA, supra).
Contract of insurance
Q: To ensure payment and as a business practice, SMC
required Puzon to issue postdated checks equivalent It is an agreement whereby one undertakes for a
to the value of the products purchased on credit consideration to indemnify another against the loss,
before the same were released to him. Said checks damage or liability arising from an unknown or
were returned to Puzon when the transactions contingent event (IC, Sec. 2[a]).
covered by these checks were paid or settled in full.
Puzon purchased products on credit and issued to NOTE: A contract of insurance, to be binding from the
SMC, two (2) BPI checks to cover the said transaction. date of application, must have been a completed contract
During on of his visits to the SMC Paranaque Sales (Perez vs. CA, GR No. 112329, January 28, 2000). Thus, it
Office, he allegedly requested to see BPI Check No. must have all the essential elements of a valid contract as
17657. However, when he got hold of BPI Check No. enumerated in Art. 1318 of the New Civil Code:
27903 which was attached to a bond paper together
with BPI Check No. 17657, he allegedly immediately 1. Subject matter in which the insured has an insurable
left the office with his accountant, bringing the checks interest;
with them. SMC sent a letter to Puzon, demanding the 2. Consideration, which is the premium paid by the
return of the said checks. Puzon ignored the demand insured, for the insurer’s promise to indemnify the former
hence SMC filed a complaint against him for theft. The upon the happening of the event or peril insured against;
investigating prosecutor recommended the dismissal
of the case for lack of evidence. On appeal, the CA 3. Meeting of minds of the parties.
agreed with the prosecutor. Were the prosecutor and
the DOJ correct in finding no probable cause for theft? “Doing an insurance business” or “transacting an
insurance business”
A: Yes. If the subject check was given by Puzon to SMC in
payment of the obligation, the purpose of giving effect to The term “doing an insurance business” or “transacting an
the instrument is evident thus title to or ownership of the insurance business” means: (ISRA)
check was transferred upon delivery. However, if the 1. Making or proposing to make, as Insurer, any insurance
check was not given as payment, there being no intent to contract;
give effect to the instrument, then ownership of the check 2. Making or proposing to make, as Surety, any contract of
was not transferred to SMC. suretyship as a vocation and not as merely incidental to
any other legitimate business or activity of the surety;
The evidence of SMC failed to establish that the check was 3. Doing any kind of business, including a reinsurance
given in payment of the obligation of Puzon. There was no business, specifically Recognized as constituting the
provisional receipt or official receipt issued for the doing of an insurance business.
amount of the check. What was issued was a receipt for 4. Doing or proposing to do any business in substance
the document, a POSTDATED CHECK SLIP. equivalent to Any of the foregoing in a manner designed
to evade the provisions of the Insurance Code (Sec. 2[b],
Furthermore, SMC’s demand letter sent to Puzon states: ibid).
“As per company policies on receivables, all issuances are
to be covered by post-dated checks. However, you have NOTE: In the application of the provisions of the
deviated from this policy by forcibly taking away the Insurance Code, the fact that no profit is derived from the
check you have issued to us to cover the December making of the insurance contracts, agreements or
issuance. Notably, the term payment was not used instead transactions or that no separate or direct consideration is
the terms covered and cover were used” (San Miguel received therefor, shall NOT be deemed conclusive to
Corporation v. Bartolome Puzon, Jr., G.R. No. 167567, show that the making thereof does not constitute the
September 22, 2010). doing or transacting of an insurance business (Ibid).
Insurance as contracts of adhesion (Fine Print Rule) Every corporation, partnership, or association duly
authorized (by the Insurance Commission) to transact
While generally, stipulations in a contract come about insurance business may be an insurer (IC, as amended by
after deliberate drafting by the parties thereto, there are RA 10607, Sec. 6).
certain contracts almost all the provisions of which have
been drafted only by one party, usually a corporation. NOTE: The term “insurer” no longer includes
Such contracts are called contracts of adhesion, because “individuals” under RA 10607. Hence, an individual
the only participation of the other party is the signing of natural person is no longer allowed to be an insurer.
his signature or his 'adhesion' thereto. Insurance However, it includes the following:
contracts fall into this category (Sweet Lines, Inc. vs. Teves,
GR No. L-37750, May 19, 1978). An illustration of a 1. “Professional reinsurer” as any person, partnership,
contract of adhesion is when the insurer used “fine print” association or corporation that transacts solely and
letters in conditions stated in a contract of insurance exclusively reinsurance business in the Philippines.
(Ibid). 2. “Mutual Insurance Companies” are also included. The
law also provides for the procedure for mutualization of
A contract of insurance is a contract of adhesion. So when domestic stock life insurance companies. A new provision
the terms of the insurance contract contain limitations on on RA 10607 is on demutualization or conversion of
liability, courts should construe them in such a way as to mutual insurance companies into stock corporations (IC,
preclude the insurer from non-compliance with his as amended by RA 10607, Sec. 280).
obligation (Alpha Insurance and Surety Co. vs. Castor, GR
No. 198174, September 2, 2013, in Divina 2014). 3. Cooperatives are now expressly included in the term
“insurer” or “insurance company.” However, the
Rules in the construction or interpretation of cooperative must:
insurance contracts a. Have a sufficient capital and asset required under
the Insurance Code and the pertinent regulations
By reason of the exclusive control of the insurance issued by the Commission (IC, as amended, Sec. 192).
company over the terms and phraseology of the contract,
the ambiguity must be held strictly against the insurer b. Have a certificate of authority to operate issued by
and liberally in favor of the insured (Qua Chee Gan v Law the Commission which should be renewed every year
Union and Rock Insurance, supra).However, if the terms, (IC, as amended, Sec. 193, Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
which the parties themselves have used, are clear and
unambiguous, they must be taken and understood in their Q: Philippine Health Care Providers, Inc. is engaged in
plain, ordinary and popular sense (Sun Life Office, Ltd. vs. operating a prepaid group practice health care
CA, G.R. No. 92383, July 17, 1992). delivery system or a health maintenance organization
(HMO) to take care of the sick and disabled persons
The phraseology used in medical or hospital service enrolled in the health care plan. Individuals enrolled
contracts, such as “standard charges”, must be liberally in its health care programs pay an annual
construed in favor of the subscriber, and if doubtful or membership fee and are entitled to various medical
reasonably susceptible of two interpretations, the services provided by its duly licensed physicians,
construction conferring coverage is to be adopted, and specialists and other professional technical staff
exclusionary clauses of doubtful import should be strictly participating in the group practice health delivery
construed against the provider (Fortune Medicare Inc. vs. system at a hospital or clinic operated or accredited
Amorin, G.R. No. 195872, March 12, 2014, in Divina 2014).
Philippine Health Care Providers appears to provide NOTE: Prior to the effectivity of the Insurance Code of
insurance-type benefits to its members (with respect to 2013, the term used was “husband” instead of “spouse”
its curative medical services), but these are incidental to (IC, Sec. 3).
the principal activity of providing them medical care. The
"insurance-like" aspect of Philippine Health Care Effect of death of policy’s original owner
Providers’ business is miniscule compared to its
noninsurance activities. Therefore, since it substantially All rights, title and interest in the policy of insurance
provides health care services rather than insurance taken out by an original owner on the life or health of the
services, it cannot be considered as being in the insurance person insured shall automatically vest in the latter upon
business (Philippine Health Care Providers, Inc., v. the death of the original owner, unless otherwise
Commissioner of Internal Revenue, G.R. No. 167330, provided for in the policy (IC, Sec. 3).
September 18, 2009).
NOTE: Prior to the effectivity of the Insurance Code of
Persons who may be insured (2000 Bar) 2013, the term used was “minor” instead of “the person
insured.” A minor cannot enter into any contract of
Anyone except a public enemy may be insured (IC, Sec. 7). insurance with any insurance company.
NOTE: A public enemy is a nation at war with the Games of chances cannot be insured
Philippines and every citizen or subject of such nation. It
does not include mobs, thieves or robbers (Bouvier’s Law An insurance for or against the drawing of any lottery, or
Dictionary). for or against any chance or ticket in a lottery drawing a
prize is not authorized (IC, Sec. 4).
NOTE: If majority of the stockholders of the respondent
corporation were German subjects who became an enemy ELEMENTS OF CONTRACT OF INSURANCE
corporation upon the outbreak of the war between the (SPEAR)
United States and Germany, it stands to reason that an
insurance policy ceases to be allowable as soon as an 1. Scheme to distribute losses – Such assumption of risk is
insured becomes a public enemy. The respondent having part of a general scheme to distribute actual losses
become an enemy corporation on December 10, 1941, the among a large group or substantial number of persons
insurance policy issued in its favor on October 1, 1941, by bearing a similar risk.
a Philippine corporation had ceased to be valid and
enforceable, and since the insured goods were burned 2. Payment of premium – As consideration for the insurer’s
after December 10, 1941, and during the war, the promise, the insured makes a ratable contribution
respondent was not entitled to any indemnity under said called “premium,” to a general insurance fund.
policy from the petitioner. However, elementary rules of
justice (in the absence of specific provision in the 3. Existence of insurable interest – The insured possesses
Insurance Law) require that the premium paid by the an interest of some kind susceptible of pecuniary
respondent for the period covered by its policy from estimation, known as “insurable interest.”
December 11, 1941, should be returned by the petitioner
(Filipinas Compaña de Seguros v. Christern, Huenfeld and NOTE: In general (except in life insurance policies), a
Co., Inc., G.R. No. L-2294 May 25, 1951). person is deemed to have an insurable interest in the
subject matter insured where he has a relation or
Subject matter of a contract of insurance connection with or concern in it that he will derive
pecuniary benefit or advantage from its preservation
Anything having an appreciable pecuniary value, which is and will suffer pecuniary loss from its destruction or
subject to loss or deterioration or of which one may be injury by the happening of the event insured against.
deprived so that his pecuniary interest is or may be
prejudiced. A life insurance policy may be taken by the creditor on the
life of the debtor to the extent of the debt owed by the
debtor.
GR: In the usual form of a marine policy, the risks insured Q: A marine insurance policy on a cargo states that
against are only “perils of the sea”. “the insurer shall be liable for losses incident to perils
of the sea.” During the voyage, seawater entered the
NOTE: The insured is bound to prove that the cause of the compartment where the cargo was stored due to the
loss is a peril of the sea. defective drainpipe of the ship. The insured filed an
action on the policy for recovery of the damages
XPN: When the insurance is an “all risk policy” and thus caused to the cargo. May the insured recover
covers even “perils of the ship”. damages? (1998 Bar)
XPN to XPN: When the risks are expressly excepted by A: No. The proximate cause of the damage to the cargo
the “all risk policy”. insured was the defective drainpipe of the ship. This is
peril of the ship, and not peril of the sea. The defect in the
NOTE: The burden rests on the insurer to prove that the drainpipe was the result of the ordinary use of the ship.
loss is caused by a risk that is excluded (Sundiang Sr. & To recover under a marine insurance policy, the
Aquino, 2014, citing Go Tiaco Y Hermanos vs. Union proximate cause of the loss or damage must be peril of the
Insurance Society of Canton, G.R. No. 13983, Sept. 1, 1919; sea.
Filipino Merchants Ins. Co. vs. CA, G.R. No. 85141, November
28, 1989; and Choa Tiek Seng vs. CA, G.R. No. 85407, March “All risks” marine insurance policy
15, 1990
GR: It is that which insures against allcauses of
“Perils of the sea or perils of navigation” (1998 Bar) conceivable loss or damage.
“Perils of the ship” NOTE: An “all risks” policy grants greater protection than
that afforded by the “perils clause” (De Leon, supra).The
It is a loss which, in the ordinary course of events, results insured under an "all risks insurance policy" has the initial
from the (NON): burden of proving that the cargo was in good condition
1. Natural and inevitable action of the sea; when the policy attached and that the cargo was damaged
2. Ordinary wear and tear of the ship; when unloaded from the vessel; thereafter, the burden
3. Negligent failure of the ship’s owner to provide the then shifts to the insurer to show the exception to the
vessel with proper equipment to convey the cargo coverage (Filipino Merchants Insurance Co. vs. CA, supra).
under ordinary conditions.
Extent of the insurable interest
Q: Remington Industrial Sales Corporation
(Remington) shipped on board a vessel, seamless 1. Ship owner
steel pipes from Japan to the Philippines and insured a. Over the value of the vessel, even when it has been
the shipment with Cathay Insurance Co. (Cathay). chartered by one who covenants to pay him its value in
Upon receipt of said shipment, losses and damages case of loss. In such a case, the insurer shall be liable for
were discovered. Upon demand under the insurance only that part of the loss which the insured cannot
contract, it was denied by Cathay. Remington recover from the charterer (IC, Sec. 102).
contends that the rust on the seamless still pipes is b. If hypothecated by a bottomry loan, the insurable
not an inherent vice of the shipment, thus the same is interest is only the excess of the value of the vessel over
considered as a peril of the sea. Cathay, on the other the amount secured by bottomry (IC, Sec. 103).
hand claims that the loss was occasioned by an c. He also has an insurable interest on expected
inherent defect or vice in the insured article. Is the freightage (IC, Sec. 104).
“rusting” of the seamless steel pipes considered as a
“peril of the sea”? 2. Cargo owner – over the cargo and expected profits (IC,
Sec. 107).
A: Yes. The rusting of steel pipes in the course of a voyage
is a “peril of the sea” in view of the toll onthe cargo of 3. Charterer
Insurable interest in expected freightage in a charter a. all the expenses attendant upon a loss which forces the
party exists from the time the vessel has broken ground ship into port to be repaired; and
on the chartered voyage (IC, Sec. 106). b. expenses incurred, where it is stipulated in the policy
that the insured shall labor for the recovery of the
Insurable interest in expected freightage if there is no property (IC, Sec. 165).
charter party
NOTE: Insurer is liable for such expense, in either case,
If a price is to be paid for the carriage of goods, insurable being in addition to a total loss, if that afterwards occurs
interest in expected freightage exists when they are (ibid).
actually on board, or there is some contract for putting
them on board, and both ship and goods are ready for the Concealment in marine insurance
specified voyage (ibid).
It is the failure to disclose any material fact or
Instances when there is no insurable interest in circumstance which in fact or law is within, or which
freight ought to be within the knowledge of one party and of
which the other has no actual or presumptive knowledge
1. When there is no contract and no part of the goods (De Leon, 2010).
expected to be carried are on board, although there
are goods ready for shipment or the master is NOTE: Information of the belief or expectation of a third
provided with funds for the purpose of purchasing a person, in reference to a material fact, is material (IC, Sec.
cargo. 110).
2. Where the vessel is a mere “seeking ship”, the owner
has no insurable interest in freight to be earned on Presumption of knowledge of prior loss in marine
goods not loaded. insurance
NOTE: A “seeking ship” is a vessel looking for cargo to be A person insured by a contract of marine insurance is
transported (De Leon, 2010). presumed to have knowledge, at the time of insuring, of a
prior loss, if the information might possibly have reached
him in the usual mode of transmission and at the usual
Implied warranties in marine insurance (SINAI) Effect of the admission of seaworthiness by the
(2000 Bar) insurer
1. Seaworthiness (IC, Sec. 115 to 121); If the policy provides that the seaworthiness of the vessel
as between insured and insurer is admitted, the issue of
2. Non-engagement from Illegal venture; seaworthiness cannot be raised by the insurer without
showing concealment or misrepresentation by the
Effect if unseaworthiness is unknown to the owner of Instances when deviation is proper (2000, 2005 Bar)
the cargo
1. When caused by circumstances over which neither
It is immaterial in ordinary marine insurance and may not the master nor the owner of the ship has any control;
be used by him as a defense in order to recover on the 2. When necessary to comply with a warranty, or to
marine insurance policy. It becomes the obligation of a avoid a peril, whether or not peril is insured against;
cargo owner to look for a reliable common carrier, which 3. When made in good faith, and upon reasonable
keeps its vessels in seaworthy conditions. The shipper grounds of belief in its necessity to avoid a peril; or
may have no control over the vessel but he has control in 4. When made in good faith, for the purpose of saving
the choice of the common carrier that will transport his human life or relieving another vessel in distress (IC,
goods (Roque v. IAC, G.R. No. L- 66935, Nov. 11, 1985). Sec. 126).
It is a departure from the course of the voyage insured, NOTE: Complete physical destruction is not essential to
mentioned in Sec. 123 and Sec. 124, or an unreasonable constitute actual total loss.
1. Gross or general averages – damages or expenses which It is equivalent to a transfer by the insured of his interest,
are deliberately caused by the master of the vessel or to the insurer, with all the chances of recovery and
upon his authority, in order to save the vessel, her cargo indemnity (Sec. 148, ibid).
or both at the same time from a real and known risk
(Code of Commerce, Art. 811). Requisites of valid abandonment
NOTE: This kind of average must be borne equally by 1. There must be an actual relinquishment by the
all of the interests concerned in the venture (De Leon, person insured of his interest in the thing insured
2010). (Sec. 140, ibid).
2. Simple or particular averages – they include all damages 2. There must be a constructive total loss (Sec. 141,
and expenses caused to the vessel or to her cargo which ibid).
have not inured to the common benefit and profit of all
the persons interested in the vessel and her cargo (Code 3. The abandonment must neither be partial nor
of Commerce, Art. 809). conditional (Sec. 142, ibid).
NOTE: This kind of average is suffered by and borne 4. It must be made within a reasonable time after
alone by the owner of the cargo or of the vessel, as the receipt of reliable information of the loss (Sec. 143,
case may be (De Leon, 2010). ibid).
Requisites to the right to claim general average 5. It must be factual (Sec. 144, ibid).
contribution
6. It must be made by giving notice thereof to the
a. There must be a common danger to the vessel or cargo; insurer which may be done orally or in writing;
Provided, that if the notice be done orally, a written
b. Part of the vessel or cargo was sacrificed deliberately; notice of such abandonment shall be submitted
c. The sacrifice must be for the common safety or for the within 7 days from such oral notice (Sec. 145, ibid).
benefit of all;
7. The notice of abandonment must be explicit and
d. It must be made by the master or upon his authority; must specify the particular cause of abandonment
(Sec. 146, ibid).
e. It must be successful, i.e. Resulted in the saving of the
vessel or cargo; and NOTE: Such notice must state only enough to show that
there is probable cause for abandonment, but need not be
f. It must be necessary (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014). accompanied with proof of interest or of loss.
Liability of the insurer as to averages Person who may make notice of abandonment
GR: The marine insurer is liable both for general average The abandonment need not necessarily be made by the
and particular average loss. insured but may be made by an authorized agent, and an
agent having an authority to insure has prima facie an
XPN: When there is “Free From Particular Average” authority to abandon (De Leon, 2010).
Clause in the policy making the insurer liable only for
general average. Person to whom notice of abandonment may be made
NOTE: Free From Particular Average Clause (FFPA To the insurer or his authorized agent or the broker who
Clause) - A clause agreed upon in a policy of marine is the agent for both parties (ibid).
insurance in which it is stated that the insurer shall not be
liable for a particular average. Forms of acceptance of abandonment
XPN to XPN: When particular average loss has the 1. Express
effect of depriving the insured of the possession at the 2. Implied from the conduct of the insurer
port of destination of the whole of the thing insured
(IC, Sec. 138). NOTE: Mere silence of the insurer for unreasonable
length of time after notice shall be construed as an
Abandonment acceptance (IC, Sec. 152).
It is the act of the insured by which, after a constructive Effects of acceptance of abandonment
total loss he declared the relinquishment to the insurer of
his interest in the thing insured (Sec. 140, ibid). 1. The insurer becomes at once liable for the whole
amount of the insurance and also becomes entitled to
Friendly fire v. Hostile fire 1. The use or condition of the thing is specially limited
or stipulated in the policy;
FRIENDLY FIRE HOSTILE FIRE
Fire that burns in a place Fire that escapes and 2. Such use or condition is altered;
where it is supposed to burns in a place where it
burn. is not supposed to be. It 3. The alteration is made without the consent of the
E.g. Gas stove, fire place may also refer to fire that insurer;
started out as a friendly
fire but escapes from its 4. The alteration is made by means within the control
original place or it of the insured; and
becomes too strong as it
becomes out of control 5. The alteration increases the risk (IC, Sec. 170).
(Sundiang Sr. & Aquino,
2014). 6. There must be a violation of a material policy
provision (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
Ocean Marine Insurance v. Fire Insurance
NOTE: A contract of fire insurance is not affected by any
OCEAN MARINE FIRE act of the insured subsequent to the execution of the
A policy of insurance on a Where the hazard is fire policy, which does not violate its provisions even though
vessel engaged in alone and the subject is an it increases the risk and is the cause of the loss (IC, Sec.
navigationis a contract of unfinished vessel, never 172).
marine insurance afloat for a voyage, the
although it insures contract to insure is a fire Q: United Merchants Corporation (UMC)’s General
against fire risks only. risk, especially in the Manager Alfredo Tan insured UMC’s stocks in trade of
absence of an express Christmas lights against fire with Country Bankers
agreement that it shall Insurance Corporation (CBIC). Unfortunately, a fire
have the incidents of gutted the warehouse rented by UMC. When UMC
marine policy, or where it demanded for payment under the insurance policy,
insures materials in a CBIC rejected its claim due to breach of Condition No.
shipyard for use in 15 of the policy which states that if the claim be in any
constructing vessels. respect fraudulent, or if any false declaration be made
or used in support thereof, all the benefits under the
Also where a policy policy shall be forfeited.CBIC contends that because
insures against fire, a arson and fraud attended the claim, UMC is not
vessel while moored and entitled to recover under Condition No. 15 of the
in use as a hospital. insurance policy. Is UMC is entitled to claim from CBIC
the full coverage of its fire insurance policy?
(De Leon, 2010).
A: No. The Insurance Code provides that a policy may
Marine v. Fire insurance declare that a violation of specified provisions thereof
shall avoid it. Thus, in fire insurance policies, which
Marine Insurance Fire Insurance contain provisions such as Condition No. 15 of
Rules on constructive Not in a fire insurance theinsurance policy, a fraudulent discrepancy between
total loss (IC, Secs. 133, the actual loss and that claimed in the proof of loss voids
141) and abandonment the insurance policy. Mere filing of such a claim will
(IC, Sec. 140) apply exonerate the insurer (United Merchants Corporation v.
Country Bankers Insurance Corporation, G.R. No. 198588,
In case of partial loss of a The insured may only July 11, 2012).
thing insured for less than become a co-insurer if
its actual value, the expressly agreed upon by Q: On May 13, 2014, Freedom Insurance Company
insured in a marine policy the parties (IC, Sec. 174) (Freedom) issued Fire Insurance Policy to BCP
is a co-insurer of the Corporation for the latter’s machineries and
uninsured portion (IC, equipment located at Tower 1 Building located in
Sec. 159) Concepcion, Tarlac which was used as a factory for
(De Leon, 2010). automotive parts. The insurance, which was for 10
million and effective for a period of one year, was
procured by BCP Corporation for Rizal Commercial
Banking Corporation (RCBC), the mortgagee of the
insured machineries and equipment. On October 12,
2014, the insured machineries were totally lost by
A: Yes. The policy stipulated that the insured properties NOTE: A co-insurance cannot exist in fire insurance if
were located at the Tower1 Building but BCP Corporation there is no stipulation to that effect.
transferred the machineries without the consent of
Freedom. The alteration of the location increased the risk Option to rebuild clause
of loss. The transfer affected Freedom’s ability to control
the risk by guarding against the risk brought about by the It gives the insurer the option to rebuild the destroyed
change in condition, specifically the change in the location property instead of paying the amount of the loss or
of the risk. Tower 2 Building was not the location damage, notwithstanding a fixed valuation in the policy
stipulated in the policy. There being an unconsented (IC, Sec. 174). This clause serves to protect the insurer
removal, the transfer was at BCP’s own risk and it must against unfairness in the appraisal and award rendered
suffer the consequences of the fire (Malayan Insurance by a packed board of arbitrators, or in the proof of loss.
Company, Inc. v. PAP Co., Ltd. G.R. No. 200784, August 7,
2013). NOTE: The insurer must exercise his option to rebuild
within the time stipulated in the policy, or in the absence
Effect when the insured has no control or knowledge of stipulation, within a reasonable time. The choice by the
of the alteration insurer shall produce no effect except from the time it has
been communicated to the insured (Article 1201, NCC).
GR: The insurer is not relieved from liability if the acts or
circumstances by which the risk is increased are Unless the policy has limited the cost of rebuilding to the
occasioned by accident, or a cause over which the insured amount of the insurance, the insurer, after electing to
has no control. rebuild, can be compelled to perform his undertaking,
even though the cost may exceed the original amount of
XPNs: insurance (De Leon, 2010).
1. Actually known to the insured or
2. Insured is presumed to know of the alteration when the Insured can pledge, hypothecate or transfer a fire
acts or circumstances, permanently and substantially insurance policy or rights thereunder
affects the conditions of the property so as to constitute
an increase in risk (De Leon, supra, 2010). He may do so after a loss has occurred and even without
the consent of, or notice to, the insurer. In such a case, it is
not the personal contract which is being assigned, but a
Measure of indemnity in open and valued policies in claim under or a right of action on the policy against the
fire insurance insurer (De Leon, 2010).
OPEN POLICIES VALUED POLICIES Limitation to the right of the insured in pledging,
The expense it would be to The parties are bound by hypothecating or transferring his right under a fire
the insured at the time of the valuation, in the insurance policy
the commencement of the absence of fraud.
fire to replace the thing Section 175 of the Insurance Code prohibits the exercise
lost or injured in the of this right in the case where the pledging, hypothecating,
condition in which it was or transferring is made to any person, firm or company
at the time of the injury. who acts as agent for or otherwise represents the insurer.
In an open policy, the NOTE: Any such pledge, etc. shall be void and of no effect
actual loss, as determined, insofar as it may affect other creditors of the insured
will represent the total (ibid).
indemnity due the insured
except only that the total CASUALTY INSURANCE
indemnity shall not exceed
the total value of the policy It is an insurance covering loss or liability arising from
(Sundiang Sr. & Aquino 2014, citing Development accident or mishap, excluding certain types of loss which
Insurance Corporation v. IAC, G.R. No. 713610, July 19, by law or custom are considered as falling exclusively
1986).
Source of liability of third party liability insurance Liabilities arising out of acts of negligence, which are
(1996, 2000 Bar) also criminal, are also insurable on the ground that such
acts are accidental. Thus, a motor insurance policy
The direct liability of the insurer under indemnity covering the insured’s liability for accidental injury
contract against third party liability does not mean that caused by his negligence, even though gross and attended
the insurer can be held solidarily liable with the insured. by criminal consequences such as homicide through
The insurer’s liability is based on contract; that of the reckless imprudence, will not be void as against public
insured is based on tort. (Figuracion vda. De Maglana, et. policy. But liability consequences of deliberate criminal
al. v. Hon. Francisco Consolacion, G.R. No. 60506, August 6, acts are not insurable (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
1992).
“No action” clause
Q: Lawrence, a boxer, is a holder of an accident
insurance policy. In a boxing match, he died after It is a requirement in a policy of liability insurance which
being knocked out by the opponent. Can his father provides that suit and final judgment be first obtained
who is a beneficiary under said insurance policy against the insured, that only thereafter can the person
successfully claim indemnity from the insurance injured recover on the policy. It expressly disallows suing
company? (1990 Bar) the insurer as co-defendant (Guingon v. Del Monte, supra).
A: Yes. Clearly, the proximate cause of death was the NOTE: A “no action” clause must yield to the provisions of
boxing contest. Death sustained in a boxing contest is an the Rules of Court regarding multiplicity of suits (Shafer v.
accident (De la Cruz v. Capital Insurance & Surety Co., G.R. RTC Judge, supra.).
No. L-21574, June 30, 1966).
The liability of the surety or sureties shall be: 5. If the non-acceptance of the bond be due to the fault
1. Solidary – Joint and several with the obligor and or negligence of the surety, no service fee, stamps, or
taxes imposed shall be collected by the surety; and
2. Limited or fixed – Limited to the amount of the bond
(It cannot be extended by implication). 6. In the case of continuing bond (for a term longer than
one year or with no fixed expiration date), the obligor
3. Contractual – It is determined strictly by the terms of shall pay the subsequent annual premium as it falls
the contract of suretyship in relation to the principal due until the contract is canceled (IC, Sec. 179) (De
contract between the obligor and the obligee (IC, Sec. Leon, 2010).
178).
NOTE: By law and by the specific contract involved in this
Suretyship v. Property Insurance case, the effectivity of the bond required for the obtention
of a license to engage in the business of receiving rice for
SURETYSHIP PROPERTY INSURANCE storage is determined not alone by the payment of
It is an accessory contract. The principal contract premiums but principally by the Administrator of the
itself. NFA. A continuing bond, as in this case where, there is no
There are three parties: There are only two parties: fixed expiration date, may be cancelled only by the
the surety, obligor/debtor, insurer and insured obligee, which is the NFA, by the Insurance
and the obligee/creditor. Commissioner, and by the court. (Country Bankers
More of a credit Generally a contract of Insurance Corporation vs. Lagman, G.R. No. 165487, July 13,
accommodation with the indemnity 2011, in Divina, 2014).
surety assuming primary
liability Types of surety bonds
Surety is entitled to No right of recovery for the
reimbursement from the loss the insurer may 1. Contract bonds – These are connected with construction
principal and his sustain except when the and supply contracts. They are for the protection of the
guarantors for the loss it insurer is entitled to owner against a possible default by the contractor or
may suffer under the subrogation. his possible failure to pay materials, men, laborers and
contract. sub-contractors.The position of surety, therefore, is to
A bond may be canceled by May be canceled answer for a failure of the principal to perform in
or with the consent of the unilaterally either by the accordance with the terms and specifications of the
obligee or by the insured or by the insurer on contract.There may be two bonds:
commissioner or by the grounds provided by law. a. Performance bond – One covering the faithful
court. performance of the contract; and
b. Payment bond – One covering the payment of
Requires acceptance of the Does not need acceptance
obligee before it becomes of any third party. laborers and material men.
valid and enforceable.
2. Fidelity bonds –They pay an employer for loss growing
A risk-shifting device, the A risk-distributing device,
out of a dishonest act of his employee. For the purposes
premium paid being in the the premium paid being
of underwriting, they are classified as:
nature of a service fee. considered a ratable
a. Industrial bond – One required by private
contribution to a common
employers to cover loss through dishonesty of
fund.
employees; and
(De Leon, 2010).
Measure of indemnity under a policy of insurance A: A.The insurer will be liable under Sec. 183 of the
upon life or health Insurance Code. The suicide is committed after the policy
has been in force for a period of 2 years from the date of
GR: The measure of indemnity under a policy of insurance its issue.
upon life or health is the sum fixed in the policy.
Life insurance v. Fire/Marine insurance
XPN: The interest of a person insured is susceptible of
exact pecuniary measurement (IC, Sec. 186). FIRE/MARINE
LIFE INSURANCE
INSURANCE
Liability of the insurer in case of suicide It is a contract of
It is a contract of
investment not contract of
The insurer shall be liable in case of suicide by the insured indemnity.
indemnity.
if: Always regarded as valued
1. The suicide is committed after the policy has been in May be open or valued.
policy.
force for a period of 2 years from the date of its issue May be transferred or The transferee or
or of its last reinstatement. assigned to any person assignee must have an
2. The suicide is committed within a shorter period as even if he has no insurable insurable interest in the
provided in the policy. interest. thing insured.
3. The suicide is committed in the state of insanity The consent of the insurer
regardless of the date of commission (IC, Sec. 183) Consent, in the absence
is not essential to the
of waiver by the insurer,
validity of the assignment
Q: Sun Insurance Co. issued to Tan a life policy having is essential in the
of a life policy unless
this provision: “the company shall not be liable in assignment of the policy.
expressly required.
respect of ‘bodily injury’ consequent upon the insured Insurable interest in the
person who willfully exposes himself to needless Insurable interest in the
property insured must
peril except in an attempt to save human life". Tan life or health of the person
exist not only when the
designated his wife, Beverly as beneficiary. insured need not exist
insurance takes effect but
after the insurance takes
also when the loss
One evening, Tan, while playing with his hand gun, effect or when loss occurs.
occurs.
suddenly stood in front of his secretary and pointed
Insurable interest need Insurable interest must
the gun at her. Startled, she pushed the gun aside and not have any legal basis. have a legal basis.
said that it may be loaded. Thus, Tan, to assure her
Contingency that is
that it was not loaded, pointed it at his temple. The
contemplated is a certain The contingency insured
next moment, there was an explosion and Tan
event, the only uncertainty against may or may not
slumped to the floor lifeless.
being the time when it will occur.
take place.
Beverly, then claimed the proceeds from Sun
The liability of the insurer
Insurance, but the latter rejected her claim on the Liability is uncertain
to make payment is
ground that the death of Tan was not accidental. because the happening of
certain, the only uncertain
Beverly sued the insurer. Will Beverly’s claim the peril insured against
element being when such
prosper? (1993, 1994 Bar) is uncertain.
payment must be made.
A: Beverly can recover the proceeds of the policy from the May be terminated by the
May be cancelled by
insurer. The death of the insured was not due to suicide insured but cannot be
either party and is
or willful exposure to needless peril which are excepted cancelled by the insurer
usually for a term of one
risks. The insured’s act was purely an act of negligence and is usually a long term
year
which is covered by the policy and for which the insured contract.
got the insurance for his protection. In fact, he removed The “loss” to the
the magazine from the gun and when he pointed the gun beneficiary caused by the The reverse is generally
to his temple he did so because he thought that it was safe death of the insured can true of the loss of
for him to do so. He did so to assure his sister that the gun seldom be measured property, i.e., it is capable
was harmless. There is none in the policy that would accurately in terms of cash of pecuniary estimation.
relieve the insurer of liability for the death of the insured value.
GR: Upon receipt of the notice of such cancellation, the NOTE: The claimant is not free to choose from which
Land Transportation Office shall order the immediate insurer he will claim the "no fault indemnity," as the law,
confiscation of the plates of the motor vehicle concerned. by using the word "shall”, makes it mandatory that the
claim be made against the insurer of the vehicle in which
XPNs: No confiscation will be ordered if said Office the occupant is riding, mounting or dismounting from.
receives any of the following: That said vehicle might not be the one that caused the
accident is of no moment since the law itself provides that
1. An evidence or proof of a new and valid CMVLI cover the party paying may recover against the owner of the
which may be either an insurance policy or guaranty in vehicle responsible for the accident (Perla Compania de
cash or surety bond; Seguros, Inc. v. Ancheta, G.R. No. L-49599, August 8, 1988).
2. A signed duplicate of an endorsement or addendum This no-fault claim does NOT apply to property damage. If
issued by the insurance company concerned showing the total indemnity claim exceeds P15, 000 and there is
revival or continuance of the CMVLI cover; or controversy in respect thereto, the finding of fault may be
availed of by the insurer only as to the excess. The first
3. A certification issued by the Insurance Commissioner to P15, 000 shall be paid without regard to the fault (CMVLI,
the effect that a cash deposit in the amount required as supra).
limit of indemnity has been made with him by the MVO or
LTO (CMVLI, supra, IC, Sec. 393). Q: X is a passenger of a jeepney for hire being driven
by Y. The jeepney collided with another passenger
“Own damage” coverage jeepney being driven by Z who was driving recklessly.
As a result of the collision, X suffered injuries. Both
It simply meant that the insurer had assumed to passenger jeepneys are covered by Comprehensive
reimburse the costs for repairing the damage to the Motor Vehicular Insurance Coverage. If X wants to
insured vehicle, as opposed to damage to third party claim under the "no fault indemnity clause", his claim
vehicle/property. The phrase “own damage” does not will lie (2012 Bar)
mean damage to the insured car caused by the assured
itself, instead, of third parties (Pan Malayan Insurance A: Against the insurer of the passenger jeepney driven by
Corporation v. Court of Appeals, supra) Y because X was his passenger. The Insurance Code states
that in the case of an occupant of a vehicle, the claim shall
No fault indemnity clause (1994 Bar) lie against the insurer of the vehicle in which the occupant
is riding, mounting or dismounting from.
It is a clause where the insurer is required to pay a third
party injured or killed in an accident without the necessity
of proving fault or negligence on the part of the insured.
There is a stipulated maximum amount to be recovered.
2. Any person who drives on his order or with his Limitations with respect to compulsory motor vehicle
permission; provided, that the person driving is liability insurance over solicitation
permitted to drive the motor vehicle in accordance with
the law, and is not disqualified (Villacorta v. Insurance 1. No government office or agency having the duty of
Commissioner, G.R. No. 54171, October 28, 1980). implementing the provisions of the Insurance Code on
CMVLI shall act as agent in procuring the insurance
NOTE: The main purpose of this clause is to require a policy or surety bond required;
person other than the insured, who drives the car on the
insured’s order or with his permission, to be duly licensed 2. No official or employee of such office or agency shall
drivers and have no disqualification to drive a motor similarly act as such agent; and
vehicle (Villacorta v. Insurance Commission, G.R. No. L-
54171, October 28, 1980). 3. The commission of an agent procuring the
corresponding insurance policy or surety bond shall in
An Irish citizen whose 90-day tourist visa had expired, no case exceed 10% of the amount of premiums
cannot recover on his car insurance policy, not being therefore (IC, Sec. 400).
authorized to drive a motor vehicle without a Philippine
driver’s license (Stokes v. Malayan Insurance Co., Inc. G.R. Q: When a passenger jeepney, insured but with an
No. L-34768, February 24, 1984). authorized driver’s clause and was driven by a driver
who only holds a Traffic Violation Report (TVR)
A driver with an expired Traffic Violation Receipt or because his license was confiscated, met an accident,
expired Temporary Operator’s permit is not considered may the owner of the jeepney claim from the
an authorized driver within the meaning of the insurance insurance company? (2003 Bar)
policy. The Traffic Violation Receipt is coterminous with a
confiscated license under the Motor Vehicle Law A: Yes. The fact that the driver was merely holding a TVR
(Gutierrez v. Capital Insurance & Surety Co., Inc., G.R. No. L- does not violate the condition that the driver should have
26287, June 29, 1984) a valid and existing driver’s license. Besides, such a
condition should be disregarded because what is involved
Theft clause is a passenger jeepney, and what is involved here is not
own damage insurance but third party liability where the
It is that which includes theft as among the risks insured injured party is a third party not privy to the contract of
against. Where a car is unlawfully and wrongfully taken insurance.
without the knowledge and consent of the owner, such
taking constitutes “theft” and it is the theft clause, not the MICROINSURANCE
authorized driver clause which should apply (Perla
Compania de Seguros, Inc. v. CA, supra). It is a financial product or service that meets the risk
protection needs of the poor where:
The “Theft Clause” of a comprehensive motor vehicle
insurance policy has been interpreted by the Court in a. The amount of contributions, premiums, fees or
several cases to cover situations like (1) when one takes charges, computed on a daily basis, does not exceed seven
the motor vehicle of another without the latter’s consent and a half percent (7.5%) of the current daily minimum
even if the motor vehicle is later returned, there is theft- wage rate for nonagricultural workers in Metro Manila;
there being intent to gain as the use of the thing and
unlawfully taken constitutes gain or (2) when there is
taking of a vehicle by another person without the b. The maximum sum of guaranteed benefits is not more
permission or authority from the owner thereof. than one thousand (1000) times of current daily minimum
(Paramount Insurance vs. Spouses Remondeulaz, G.R. No. wage rate for nonagricultural workers in Metro Manila
173773, November 28, 2012). (IC, Sec. 187).
2. That the policy shall be received as proof of such Under the Article 739 of the New Civil Code, the following
interest, and are prohibited designation of beneficiaries:
1. Those made between persons who were guilty
3. Every policy executed by way of gaming or wagering (finding of guilt in a civil case is sufficient) of
is VOID (ICC, Sec. 25). adultery or concubinage at the time of donation
NOTE: The Insurance Code provides that a policy may 2. Those made between persons found guilty of the
declare that a violation of specified provisions thereof same criminal offense, in consideration thereof
shall avoid it. Thus, in fire insurance policies, which
contain provisions that if the claim be in any respect 3. Those made to a public officer or his wife,
fraudulent or if any false declaration be made or used in descendants or ascendants by reason of his office.
support thereof, all the benefits under the policy shall be
forfeited, a fraudulent discrepancy between the actual NOTE: The designation of the above-enumerated persons
loss and that claimed in the proof of loss voids the is void but the policy is binding. The estate will get the
insurance policy. Mere filing of such a claim will exonerate proceeds (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2009).
the insurer (United Merchants Corporation vs. Country
Bankers Insurance Corporation, G.R. No. 198588, July 11, Q: Can a common-law wife named as beneficiary in
2012). the life insurance policy of a legally married man
claim the proceeds thereof in case of death of the
IN LIFE/ HEALTH latter?
Two general classes of life policies A: No. Under Article 2012 of the New Civil Code, any
person who is forbidden from receiving any donation
1. Insurance upon one’s life – are those taken out by the under Article 739 cannot be named beneficiary of a life
insured upon his own life (IC, Section 10[a]) for the benefit insurance policy by the person who cannot make a
of himself, or of his estate, in case it matures only at his donation to him. Common-law spouses are, definitely,
death, for the benefit of third person who may be barred from receiving donations from each other. In
designated as beneficiary (1997, 2000, 2002 Bar). essence, a life insurance policy is no different from a civil
donation insofar as the beneficiary is concerned. Both are
founded upon the same consideration: liberality. A
Effect if the beneficiary willfully brought about the A: The estate is entitled to claim for the proceeds of the
death of the insured (2008 Bar) insurance policy. As a general rule, the insured may
designate anyone he wishes to be his/her beneficiary.
GR: The interest of a beneficiary in a life insurance policy However, Art. 2012 of the Civil Code, which applies
shall be forfeited when the beneficiary is the principal, suppletorily to the Insurance Code, provides that any
accomplice, or accessory in willfully bringing about the person who is forbidden from receiving any donation
death of the insured. In such a case, the share forfeited under Art. 739 cannot be named beneficiary of a life
shall pass on to the other beneficiaries, unless otherwise insurance policy by the person who cannot make any
disqualified. In the absence of other beneficiaries, the donation to him, according to said article. Art. 739
proceeds shall be paid in accordance with the policy specifically bars the donations as between persons who
contract. If the policy contract is silent, the proceeds shall were guilty of adultery or concubinage. Since Purita is a
be paid to the estate of the insured (Sec. 12, ibid). common-law wife of Juan, she falls squarely in to this
category therefore she is disqualified to receive insurance
NOTE: The rule provided was an amendment stated in the proceeds and when this happens, the estate of the
Insurance Code of 2013. deceased is the one entitled to the proceeds (Insular Life
Assurance Company, Ltd. vs. Capronia Ebrado, supra).
XPNs:
1. The beneficiary acted in self-defense; IN PROPERTY
2. The insured’s death was not intentionally caused (2000 Bar)
(e.g., thru accident);
3. Insanity of the beneficiary at the time he killed the Every interest in property, whether real or personal, or
insured. any relation thereto, or liability in respect thereof, of such
nature that contemplated peril might directly damnify the
Q: X is the common law wife of Y. Y loves X so much insured, is insurable interest (IC, Sec. 13).
that he took out a life insurance on his own life and
made her the sole beneficiary. Y did this to ensure Insurable interest in property may consist of the
that X will be financially comfortable when he is gone. following (1991 Bar):
Upon the death of Y, -(2012 Bar)
1. An existing interest – The existing interest in the
property may be legal or equitable title.
Nature of the liability of the several insurers in double A clause in the policy that provides that the policy shall be
insurance (2005 Bar) void if the insured procures additional insurance without
the consent of the insurer (Pioneer Insurance and Surety
In double insurance, the insurers are considered as co- Corp vs. Yap, G.R. No. L-36232, December 19, 1974).
insurers. Each one is bound to contribute ratably to the
loss in proportion to the amount for which he is liable Q: Wyeth Philippines, Inc. (Wyeth) procured amarine
under his contract. This is known as the “principle of policy from Philippines First Insurance Co., Inc.
contribution” or “contribution clause” (IC, Sec. 96 [e]). (Philippines First) to secure its interest over its own
products while the same were being transported or
Overinsurance shipped in the Philippines. Thereafter, Wyeth
executed its annual contract of carriage with
There is overinsurance whenever the insured obtains a Reputable Forwarder Services, Inc. (Reputable).
policy in an amount exceeding the value of his insurable Under the contract, Reputable undertook to answer
interest (Perez, 2006). for all risks with respect to the goods and shall be
liable to Wyeth, for the loss, destruction, or damage of
Double Insurance v. Over Insurance the goods/products due to any and all causes
whatsoever, including theft, robbery, flood, storm,
DOUBLE INSURANCE OVER INSURANCE earthquakes, lightning, and other force majeure
There may be no over When the amount of the while the goods/products are in transit and until
insurance as when the insurance is beyond the actual delivery to the customers, salesmen, and
sum total of the amounts value of the insured’s dealers. The contract also required Reputable to
of the policies issued insurable interest. secure an insurance policy on Wyeth’s goods.Thus,
does not exceed the Reputable signed a Special Risk Insurance Policy (SR
insurable interest of the Policy) with Malayan Insurance Co., Inc., (Malayan)
insured. for the amount of P1,000,000.00. Is there is double
insurance (as prohibited in Section 5 of the SR policy
Two or more insurers. There may be only one between Malayan and Reputable) so as to preclude
insurer, with whom the Philippine First from claiming indemnity from
insured takes insurance Malayan?
An insurer may provide that the insured may not Waiver of violation
procure additional insurance
When the insurer, with the knowledge of the existence of
The insurer may insert an “other insurance clause” which other insurances, which the insurer deemed a violation of
will prohibit double insurance. The rationale is to prevent the contract, preferred to continue the policy, its action
the danger that the insured will over insure his property amounted to a waiver of annulment of the contract(Perez,
and thus avert the possibility of perpetration of fraud 2006 citing Gonzales Lao v. Yek Tong Lin Fire & Marine Ins.
(ibid). It is lawful and specifically allowed under Sec. 75 of Co., G.R. No. L-33131, December 13, 1930).
the Insurance Code which provides that “a policy may
declare that a violation or a specified provision thereof MULTIPLE OR SEVERAL INTERESTS ON SAME
shall avoid it, otherwise the breach of an immaterial PROPERTY
provision does not avoid it.”
Instances where more than one insurable interest
Absence of notice of existence of other insurance may exist in the same property
constitutes fraud
1. In trust, both trustor and trustee have insurable interest
When the insurance policy specifically requires that over the property in trust.
notice should be given by the insured of the existence of 2. In a corporation, both the corporation and its
other insurance policies upon the same property, the total stockholders have insurable interest over the assets.
absence of such notice nullifies the policy. Such failure 3. In partnership both the firm and partners have insurable
to give notice of the existence of other insurance on the interest over its assets.
same property when required to do so constitutes 4. In assignment both the assignor and assignee have
deception and it could be inferred that had the insurer insurable interest over the property assigned.
known that there were many other insurance policies on 5. In lease, the lessor, lessee and sub-lessees have insurable
the same property, it could have hesitated or plainly interest over the property in lease.
desisted from entering into such contract (Perez, 2006). 6. In mortgage, both the mortgagor and mortgagee have
Cancellation of policy of insurance by reason of over insurable interest over the property mortgaged.
insurance
Insurable interest of mortgagor and mortgagee in
Sec. 64 of the Insurance Code of 2013 provides that upon case of a mortgaged property are NOT the same
discovery of other insurance coverage that makes the (1999, 2010 Bar)
total insurance in excess of the value of the property
insured, the insurer may cancel such policy of insurance; Each has an insurable interest in the property mortgaged
provided there is prior notice and such circumstance and this interest is separate and distinct from the other.
occurred after the effective date of the policy. Therefore, insurance taken by one in his name only and in
his favor alone does not inure to the benefit of the other.
Q: The Peninsula Insurance Company offered to The same is not open to objection that there is double
insure Francis' brand new car against all risks in the insurance (RCBC vs. CA, 289 G.R. Nos. 128833-34, 128866,
sum of P1 Million for 1 year. The policy was issued April 20, 1998; IC, Sec. 8).
with the premium fixed at P60,000.00 payable in 6
months. Francis only paid the first two months
installments. Despite demands, he failed to pay the
subsequent installments. Five months after the
issuance of the policy, the vehicle was carnapped.
1. Mortgagor – The mortgagor of property, as owner, has Effects of “mortgage redemption” insurance procured
an insurable interest to the extent of its value even by the mortgagor
though the mortgage debt equals such value.
2. Mortgagee –The mortgagee as such has an insurable A“mortgage redemption insurance” is simply a kind of life
interest in the mortgaged property to the extent of the insurance procured by the mortgagor with the mortgagee
debt secured; such interest continues until the as beneficiary up to the extent of the mortgage
mortgage debt is extinguished (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, indebtedness. Its rationale is to give protection to both the
2014). mortgagee and the mortgagor. In case the mortgagor-
insured dies, the proceeds of such insurance will be
NOTE: In case of an insurance taken by the mortgagee applied to the payment of the mortgage debt to the
alone and for his benefit, the mortgagee, after recovery mortgagee, thereby relieving the heirs of the mortgagor of
from the insurer, is not allowed to retain his claim against the burden of paying the debt (Perez, 2006 citing Great
the mortgagor but it passes by subrogation to the insurer Pacific Assur. Corp. v. Court of Appeals, et. al., G.R. No.
to the extent of the insurance money paid (De Leon, 2010). 113899, October 13, 1999).
The mortgagee may be made a beneficial payee through It is a clause that states that the acts of the mortgagor do
any of the following: not affect the mortgagee. The purpose of the clause is to
1. He may become the assignee of the policy with the make a separate and distinct contract of insurance on the
consent of the insurer interest of the mortgagee (De Leon, 2010).
2. He may be the mere pledgee without such consent
3. A rider making the policy payable to the mortgagee “as Open or loss-payable mortgage clause
his interest may appear” may be attached
4. A “standard mortgage clause” containing a collateral It is a clause which provides for the payment of loss, if any,
independent contract between the mortgagee and the to the mortgagee as his interest may appear and under it,
insurer may be attached the acts of the mortgagor affect the mortgagee (ibid).
5. The policy, though, by its terms payable absolutely to
the mortgagor; may have been procured by a In a policy obtained by the mortgagor with loss payable
mortgagor under a contract duty to insure for the clause in favor of the mortgagee as his interest may
mortgagee’s benefit, in which the mortgagee acquires appear, the mortgagee is only a beneficiary under the
an equitable lien upon the proceeds (ibid.). contract, and recognized as such by the insurer but not
made a party to the contract itself. This kind of policy
Insurance procured by mortgagor for benefit of covers only such interest as the mortgagee has at the
mortgagee, or policy assigned to mortgagee issuance of the policy (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014,
Geagonia v. CA, supra).
1. The contract is deemed to be upon the interest of the
mortgagor; hence he does not cease to be party to the PERFECTION OF THE INSURANCE CONTRACT
contract;
2. Any act of the mortgagor prior to the loss, which Policy of insurance
would otherwise avoid the insurance affects the
mortgagee even if the property is in the hands of the It is the written instrument in which the contract of
mortgagee; insurance is set forth (IC, Sec. 49.). It is the written
3. Any act which under the contract of insurance is to document embodying the terms and stipulations of the
be performed by the mortgagor may be performed by contract of insurance between the insured and insurer.
the mortgagee with the same effect;
4. In case of loss, the mortgagee is entitled to the NOTE: The policy is not necessary for the perfection of the
proceeds to the extent of his credit at the time of loss contract (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
and
5. Upon recovery by the mortgagee to the extent of his Form of an insurance contract
credit, the debt is extinguished (ibid., citing IC, Sec. 8).
1. The policy shall be in printed form which may
NOTE: The rule on subrogation by the insurer to the right contain blank spaces to be filled in;
of the mortgagee does not apply in this case. 2. Any rider, clause, warranty or endorsement
Assignment of policy to mortgagee is not a payment purporting to be part of the contract of insurance and
which is pasted or attached to said policy is not binding
The assignment is merely to afford the mortgagee a on the insured, unless the descriptive title or name of the
greater security for the settlement of the mortgagor’s rider, clause, warranty or endorsement is also mentioned
obligation and should not be construed as payment in just and written on the blank spaces provided in the policy.
the same way that delivery of negotiable instruments
NOTE: Notwithstanding the foregoing, the policy may be 3. No separate premium (separate from the policy or
in electronic form subject to the pertinent provisions of main contract) is required for the cover note;
Republic Act No. 8792, otherwise known as the
‘Electronic Commerce Act’ and to such rules and 4. The cover note may be canceled by either party upon
regulations as may be prescribed by the Commissioner prior notice to the other of at least seven (7) days;
(IC, Sec. 50).
5. The policy should be issued within sixty (60) days
Types of policy of insurance after the issuance of the cover note;
1. Open – one in which the value of the thing insured is 6. The sixty (60)-day period may be extended upon
not agreed upon, and the amount of the insurance merely written approval of the Insurance Commission; and
represents the insurer’s maximum liability. The value of
such thing insured shall be ascertained at the time of the 7. The written approval of the Insurance Commission is
loss (IC, Sec. 60). dispensed with upon the certification of the president,
2. Valued – is one which expresses on its face an vice-president or general manager of the insurer that the
agreement that the thing insured shall be valued at a risk involved, the values of such risks and premium
specific sum (IC, Sec. 61). therefor, have not as yet been determined or established
3. Running – one which contemplates successive and the extension or renewal is not contrary to or is not
insurances, and which provides that the object of the for the purpose of violating the Insurance Code or any rule
policy may be from time to time defined, especially as to (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
the subjects of insurance, by additional statements or
indorsements (IC, Sec. 62). OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE/CONSENSUAL
Persons who wish to be insured may get protection before A: No, since X had no knowledge of the insurer's
the perfection of the insurance contract by securing a acceptance of his application before he died. What is being
cover note. The cover note issued by the insurer shall be followed in insurance contracts is what is known as the
deemed an insurance contract as contemplated under “cognition theory”.
Section 1(1) of the Insurance Code subject to the
following rules: NOTE: Where the applicant died before he received notice
of the acceptance of his application for the insurance,
Non-payment of the first premium unless waived, NOTE: But the insurer will not be deemed to have waived
prevents the contract from becoming binding his privilege of forfeiture by mere inaction or silence if the
notwithstanding the acceptance of the application or the ground be default in the payment of premiums, going as it
issuance of the policy. But nonpayment of the balance of does to the whole consideration inducing the insurer to
the premium due does not produce the cancellation of the enter into the contract (De Leon, 2010).
contract.
While the insured has the privilege of continuing the
Non-payment of the subsequent premiums does not affect policy in force by making premium payments, the insurer
the validity of the contracts unless, by express stipulation, cannot ordinarily force the insured to make these
it is provided that the policy shall in that event be payments (De Leon, 2010).
suspended or shall lapse (De Leon, 2010). Effect of acceptance of premium
NOTE: In case of individual life or endowment insurance Acceptance of premium within the stipulated period for
and group life insurance, the policyholder is entitled to a payment thereof, including the agreed grace period,
grace period of either 30 days or 1 month within which merely assures continued effectivity of the insurance
the payment of any premium after the first may be made policy in accordance with its terms (Stoke v. Malayan
(IC, Secs. 233[a], 234[a]). Insurance Co., Inc., G.R. No. L-34768, February 28, 1984).
In case of industrial life insurance, the grace period is 4 Payment of the premium to agent of the insurance
weeks, where premiums are payable monthly, either 30 company is binding on it (Malayan Insurance v. Arnaldo
days or 1 month (IC, Sec. 236 [a]). G.R. No.L-67835, October 12, 1987 and Areola v. CA G.R. No.
95641, September 22, 1994). If an insurance company
Q: If the applicant failed to pay premium and instead delivers a policy to an insurance broker, it is deemed to
executed a promissory note in favor of the insurer have authorized him to receive the payment of the
payable within 30 days which was accepted by the premium (Sec. 306, South Sea v. CA G.R. No. 102253, June 2,
latter, is the insurer liable in case of loss? 1995; American Home Assurance v. Chua, G.R. No. 130421,
June 28, 1999).
A: Yes, the insurer is liable because there has been a
perfected insurance contract. The insurer accepted the An acknowledgment in a policy of the receipt of the
promise of the applicant to pay the insurance premium premium is conclusive evidence of its payment for the
within thirty 30 days from the effective date of policy. By purpose of making the policy binding despite a stipulation
so doing, it has implicitly agreed to modify the tenor of the that it will not be binding until the premium is actually
insurance policy and in effect, waived any provision paid (IC, Sec. 78; American Home v. Chua, supra).
therein that it would only pay for the loss or damage in
case the same occurs after the payment of the premium. Effect of payment of premium by post-dated check
Considering that the insurance policy is silent as to the Delivery of a promissory note or a check will not be
mode of payment, insurer is deemed to have accepted the sufficient to make the policy binding until the said note or
promissory note in payment of the premium. This check has been converted into cash. This is consistent
rendered the policy immediately operative on the date it with Article 1249 of the New Civil Code.
was delivered (Capital Insurance & Surety Co. Inc. v. Plastic
Era Co., Inc. G.R. No. L-22375, July 18, 1975). NOTE: Payment by means of a check or note, accepted by
the insurer, bearing a date prior to the loss, assuming
Rule on non-payment of premiums by reason of availability of the funds thereof, would be sufficient even
fortuitous event if it remains unencashed at the time of the loss. The
subsequent effects of encashment would retroact to the
GR: Non-payment of premiums does not merely suspend date of the instrument and its acceptance by the creditor
but put an end to an insurance contract since the time of (2007 Bar).
the payment is peculiarly of the essence of the contract
(De Leon, 2010). Non-payment of the premium will not entitle the
insurer to recover the premium from the insured
XPN:
A: Yes, when insured and insurer have agreed to the 1. The credit extension must be provided for under the
payment of premium by installments and partial payment broker and agency agreements;
has been made at the time of loss, then the insurer 2. The credit extension to a duly licensed intermediary
becomes liable. When the car loss happened on the 5th should not exceed ninety (90) days from date of
month, the six months agreed period of payment had not issuance of the policy (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
yet elapsed. The owner may recover from Peninsula
Insurance Company, but the latter has the right to deduct Employees of the Republic of the Philippines, including its
the amount of unpaid premium from the insurance political subdivisions and instrumentalities, and
proceeds. government-owned or -controlled corporations, may pay
their insurance premiums and loan obligations through
“Cash and carry” rule (2003 Bar) salary deduction: Provided, That the treasurer, cashier,
paymaster or official of the entity employing the
GR: No policy or contract of insurance issued by an government employee is authorized, notwithstanding the
insurance company is valid and binding unless and until provisions of any existing law, rules and regulations to the
the premium thereof has been paid. Any agreement to the contrary, to make deductions from the salary, wage or
contrary is void. income of the latter pursuant to the agreement between
the insurer and the government employee and to remit
XPN: A policy is valid and binding even when there is non- such deductions to the insurer concerned, and collect
payment of premium: such reasonable fee for its services (IC, Sec. 78,). This is a
new provision.
1. In case of life or industrial life policy whenever the
grace period provision applies, or whenever under the
Q: Stable Insurance Co. (SIC) and St. Peter
broker and agency agreements with duly licensed
Manufacturing Co. (SPMC) have had a long-standing
intermediaries, a ninety (90)-day credit extension is
insurance relationship with each other; SPMC secures
given. No credit extension to a duly licensed the comprehensive fire insurance on its plant and
intermediary should exceed ninety (90) days from date facilities from SIC. The standing business practice
of issuance of the policy (IC, Sec. 77). between them has been to allow SPMC a credit period
2. When there is acknowledgment in a policy of a receipt of 90 days from the renewal of the policy within which
of premium, which the law declares to be conclusive to pay the premium.
evidence of payment, even if there is stipulation therein
that it shall not be binding until the premium is actually Soon after the new policy was issued and before
paid. This is without prejudice however to right of premium payments could be made, a fire gutted the
insurer to collect corresponding premium (Sec. 77, covered plant and facilities to the ground. The day
ibid). after the fire, SPMC issued a manager's check to SIC
for the fire insurance premium, for which it was
3. When there is an agreement allowing the insured to pay issued a receipt; a week later SPMC issued its notice
the premium in installments and partial payment has of loss. SIC responded by issuing its own manager's
been made at the time of loss (Makati Tuscany check for the amount of the premiums SPMC had paid,
Condominium Corp. v. CA, G.R. No. 95546, Nov. 6, 1992, and denied SPMC's claim on the ground that under the
2006, 2007 Bar). "cash and carry" principle governing fire insurance,
4. When there is an agreement to grant the insured credit no coverage existed at the time the fire occurred
extension for the payment of the premium. (Art. 1306, because the insurance premium had not been paid.Is
NCC), and loss occurs before the expiration of the credit SPMC entitled to recover for the loss from SIC? (2003,
term (UCPB General Insurance v. Masagana Telemart, 2013 Bar)
G.R. No. 137172, Apr. 4, 20012006, 2007 Bar).
A: St. Peter Manufacturing Company is entitled to recover
5. When estoppel bars the insurer to invoke non-recovery for the loss from Stable Insurance Company. Stable
on the policy. Insurance Company granted a credit term to pay the
6. When the public interest so requires, as determined by premiums. This is not against the law, because the
the Insurance Commissioner standing business practice of allowing St. Peter
Manufacturing Company to pay the premiums after 60 or
90 days, was relied upon in good faith by SPMC. Stable
Insurance Company is in estoppels (UCPB General
When the policy contains such written acknowledgment, Purpose of the reinstatement provision
it is presumed that the insurer has waived the condition
of prepayment. It hereby creates a legal fiction of The purpose of the provision is to clarify the
payment. The presumption is however, extended only to requirements for restoring a policy to premium-paying
the question of the binding effect of the policy. status after it has been permitted to lapse.
As far as the payment of the premium itself is concerned, Period within which the holder of the policy is
the acknowledgment is only a prima facie evidence of the entitled to reinstatement of the contract
fact of such payment. The insurer may still dispute its
acknowledgment but only for the purpose of recovering The law requires that the policy owner be permitted to
the premium due and unpaid. Whether payment was reinstate the policy, subject to the violations specified,
indeed made is a question of fact. any time within three (3) years from the date of default
of premium payment. A longer period, being more
NON-DEFAULT OPTIONS IN LIFE INSURANCE favorable to the insured, may be used.
Devices used to prevent the forfeiture of a life Reinstatement of a lapsed policy is not an absolute
insurance after the payment of the first premium right of the insured
1. Grace period – After the payment of the first premium, Reinstatement is not an absolute right of the insured, but
the insured is entitled to a grace period of 30 days discretionary on the part of the insurer, which has the
within which to pay the succeeding premiums (Sec. 233 right to deny reinstatement if it were not satisfied as to
[a], ibid). the insurability of the insured, and if the latter did not
pay all overdue premiums and other indebtedness to the
2. Cash surrender value – The amount the insurer agrees insurer (McGuire vs. Manufacturer’s Life Ins. Co., G.R. No.
to pay to the holder of the policy if he surrenders it and
L-3581, September 21, 1950).
releases his claim upon it (Cyclopedia Law Dictionary,
3rd ed.).
Evidence of insurability
3. Extended insurance – It is where the insured is given a
right, upon default, after payment of at least three full Evidence of Insurability is broader phrase than
annual premiums (IC, Sec. 233 [f]) to have the policy “Evidence of Good Health” and includes such other
continued in force from the date of default for a time factors as the insured’s occupation, habits, financial
either stated or equal to the amount as the net value of condition, and other risk selection factors.
the policy taken as a single premium, will purchase (De
Leon, 2010). Q: A life insurance policy lapsed. The insured applied
for reinstatement of the policy and paid only a part
4. Paid up Insurance – The insured is given a right, upon of the overdue premiums. Subsequently, the insured
default, after the payment of at least three annual died. Was the insurer liable?
premiums to have the policy continued in force from
the date of default for the whole period of the insurance A. The insurer is not liable as the policy was not
without further payment of premiums (ibid). It results reinstated. The failure to pay the balance of the overdue
to a reduction of the original amount of insurance, but premiums prevented reinstatement and recovery of the
for the same period originally stipulated (6 Couch 2d., face value of the policy (Andres vs. Crown Life Ins. Co., 55
355; 37 C.J.S. 364). O.G. 3483).
5. Automatic Loan Clause – A stipulation in the policy
providing that upon default in payment of premium, the Q: Eulogio took out a life insurance policy which
same shall be paid from the loan value of the policy until contained a provision which allows for
that value is consumed. In such a case, the policy is reinstatement any time within three years after it
continued in force as fully and effectively as though the lapsed. Eulogio paid the premiums due on the first
premiums had been paid by the insured from funds two months. However, he failed to pay subsequent
derived from other sources (6 Couch 2d., 383). premiums. One month after the policy lapsed, he
filed an application for the reinstatement of his
6. Reinstatement – Provision that the holder of the policy policy. He deposited the overdue premiums and
shall be entitled to reinstatement of the contract at signed a reinstatement policy stating that the
anytime within 3 years from the date of default in the
Instances when the insured entitled to recover 1. If the peril insured against has existed, and the insurer
premiums already paid or a portion thereof (2000 has been liable for any period, the peril being entire and
Bar) indivisible (IC, Sec. 81);
2. In life insurance policies (IC, Sec. 80 [b]);
1. Whole: 3. If the policy is annulled, rescinded or if a claim is
a. When no part of the thing insured has been exposed to denied by reason of fraud (IC, Sec. 82);
any of the perils insured against (IC, Sec. 80). 4. If contract is illegal and the parties are in pari delicto.
b. When the contract is voidable because of the fraud or
misrepresentations of the insurer of his agent (IC, Sec. Q: Teodoro Cortez, applied for a 20-year endowment
82). policy with Great Pacific Insurance Corporation
c. When the insurance is voidable because of the (Great Pacific). His application, with the requisite
existence of facts of which the insured was ignorant medical examination, was accepted and approved by
without his fault (IC, Sec. 82). the Great Pacific and in due course, an endowment
d. When the insurer never incurred any liability under policy was issued in his name. Thereafter, Great
the policy because of the default of the insured other than Pacific advised Cortez that the policy was not in force.
actual fraud (IC, Sec. 82). To make it enforceable and operative, Cortez was
e. When rescission is granted due to insurer’s breach of asked to remit the balance to complete his initial
contract (IC, Sec. 74). annual premium and to see Dr. Felipe V. Remollo for
another full medical examination at his own expense.
NOTE: When the contract is voidable, a person insured is Because of this, Cortez informed that it that he was
entitled to a return of the premium when such contract is cancelling the policy and he demanded the return of
subsequently annulled under the provisions of the New his premium plus damages. Great Pacific ignored his
Civil Code. demand. Is Cortez is entitled to a refund of his
premium?
A person insured is not entitled to a return of premium if
the policy is annulled, rescinded or if a claim is denied by A: Yes. Great Pacific should have informed Cortez of the
reason of fraud (IC, Sec. 82). deadline for paying the first premium before or at least
upon delivery of the policy to him, so he could have
Q: Ngo Hing filed an application with the Great Pacific Right to information of material facts may be waived:
Life Assurance Company (Pacific Life) for a twenty- 1. By the terms of the contract
year endownment policy on the life of his one-year 2. By the failure to make an inquiry as to such facts,
old daughter Helen Go. Ngo Hing supplied the where they are distinctly implied in other facts from
essential data and filed the application to Mondragon, which information is communicated (IC, Sec. 33).
the branch manager.After sometime, Helen Go died of
influenza with complication of bronchopneumonia. Rules on concealment
Thereupon, Ngo Hing sought the payment of the
proceeds of the insurance, but having failed in his 1. If there is concealment under Section 27, the remedy
effort, he filed the action for the recovery of the same. of the insurer is rescission since concealment vitiates the
Did Ngo Hing concealed the state of health and contract of insurance (1996 Bar).
physical condition of Helen Go, which rendered void
the binding receipt? 2. The party claiming the existence of concealment
must prove that there was knowledge of the fact
A: Ngo Hing intentionally concealed the state of health of concealed on the part of the party charged with
his daughter Helen Go. He was fully aware that his child concealment.
Defenses that are not barred by incontestability The insurer took into consideration the condition of the
clause property at the time of effectivity of the policy.
It is the more or less formal evidence given the company 2. If the policy matures by the death of the insured, within
by the insured or claimant under a policy of the sixty (60) days after presentation of the claim and filing
occurrence of the loss, the particulars thereof and the data of the proof of the death of the insured (Sundiang Sr. &
necessary to enable the company to determine its liability Aquino, 2014; IC, Section 248).
and the amount thereof.
Claims settlement in property insurance
Time for payment of claims
1. Proceeds shall be paid within thirty (30) days after
LIFE POLICIES NON-LIFE POLICIES proof of loss is received by the insurer and
1. Maturing upon the The proceeds shall be ascertainment of the loss or damage is made either
expiration of the term– paid within 30 days after by agreement or by arbitration.
the proceeds are the receipt by the insurer
immediately payable to of proof of loss and 2. If no ascertainment is made within sixty (60) days
the insured, except if ascertainment of the loss after receipt of proof of loss, it shall be paid within
proceeds are payable in or damage by agreement ninety (90) days after such receipt (Sundiang Sr. &
installments or annuities of the parties or by Aquino, 2014; IC, Sec. 249).
which shall be paid as arbitration but not later
they become due. than 90 days from such UNFAIR CLAIMS SETTLEMENT; SANCTIONS
receipt of proof of loss,
2. Maturing at the death whether or not Unfair settlement practices (MAI-GL)
of the insured, occurring ascertainment is had or
prior to the expiration of made (IC, Sec. 249). The following constitutes unfair settlement practices:
the term stipulated – the 1. Knowingly misrepresenting to claimants pertinent
proceeds are payable to facts or policy provisions relating to coverage at
the beneficiaries within issue;
60 days after
presentation of claim and 2. Failing to acknowledge with reasonable promptness
filing of proof of death pertinent communications with respect to claims
(IC, Sec. 248). arising under its policies;
Claim settlement is the indemnification of the suffered by 4. Not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt,
the insured. The claimant may be the insured or fair and equitable settlement of claims submitted in
reinsured, the insurer who is entitled to subrogation, or a which liability has become reasonably clear; or
third party who has a claim against the insured.
5. Compelling policyholders to institute suits to recover
Purpose of the rule amounts due under its policies by offering without
justifiable reason substantially less than the amounts
To eliminate unfair claim settlement practices. ultimately recovered in suits brought by them.
Rules in claim settlement Sanction for the insurance companies which engaged
to unfair settlement practices
1. No insurance company doing business in the
Philippines shall refuse, without justifiable cause, to The suspension or revocation of an insurance company’s
pay or settle claims arising under coverages provided certificate of authority (IC, Sec 247).
by its policies, nor shall any such company engage in
unfair claim settlement practices.
5. Life insurance
Contracts of transportation, whether by land, sea or air, if In their defense, the Pereñas adduced evidence to
within the Philippines or if the transportation of goods be show that they had exercised the diligence of a good
from a foreign country to the Philippines shall be father of the family in the selection and supervision of
governed by the following laws, arranged by order of Alfaro, by making sure that Alfaro had been issued a
application: driver’s license and had not been involved in any
1. Provisions of the New Civil Code on “Common vehicular accident prior to the collision.
Carriers”;
2. Code of Commerce; and a) Is the defense of Perenas tenable?
3. Special laws such as Carriage of Goods by the Sea b) Is the operation of a bus service considered as a
(COGSA); Salvage Law; Public Service Act; Land private carrier?
Transportation and Traffic Code; Tariff and Customs
Code; and Civil Aeronautics Act (NCC, Art. 1735 and A:
1766; American President Lines, Ltd. vs. Klepper, GR a. No. Such defense as inappropriate in an action for
No. L-15671, November 29, 1960). breach of contract of carriage.
NOTE: In the case of international carriage in Air b. No. There is no question that the Pereñas as the
Transportation, Warsaw Convention (R.A. 9497) applies. operators of a school bus service were: (a) engaged in
transporting passengers generally as a business, not just
If the goods are to be transported from Philippines to as a casual occupation; (b) undertaking to carry
foreign country, the law of the latter country shall govern passengers over established roads by the method by
the transportation contract (CC, Art. 1753, National which the business was conducted; and (c) transporting
Development Co. v. CA, G.R. No. L-49407, August 19, 1988). students for a fee. Despite catering to a limited clientèle,
the Pereñas operated as a common carrier because they
COMMON CARRIERS held themselves out as a ready transportation
indiscriminately to the students of a particular school
Requisites for an entity to be classified as a common living within or near where they operated the service and
carrier (1996, 1997, 2000, 2002 Bar) (PBL-FP) for a fee.
1. Must be a Person, corporation, firm or association The true test for a common carrier is not the quantity or
2. Must be engaged in the Business of carrying or extent of the business actually transacted, or the number
transporting passengers or goods or both and character of the conveyances used in the activity, but
3. The carriage or transport must either be by Land, water whether the undertaking is a part of the activity engaged
or air in by the carrier that he has held out to the general public
4. The service is for a Fee as his business or occupation. If the undertaking is a single
5. The service is offered to the Public (NCC, Art. 1732). transaction, not a part of the general business or
occupation engaged in, as advertised and held out to the
NOTE: A pipeline operator who carries oil and other general public, the individual or the entity rendering such
petroleum products through pipes/ pipelines is a service is a private, not a common, carrier. The question
common carrier. The law does not distinguish as to the must be determined by the character of the business
means by which transportation is carried out, as long as it actually carried on by the carrier, not by any secret
is by land, water or air. Neither does the law require that intention or mental reservation it may entertain or assert
transportation be through a motor vehicle (First Phil. when charged with the duties and obligations that the law
Industrial Corp. v. CA, G.R. 125948, December 29, 1998). imposes (Spouses Teodoro and Nanette Perena v. Spouses
Teresita Philippine Nicolas and L. Zarate, G.R. No. 157917,
Q: The Pereñas were engaged in the business of August 29, 2012).
transporting students from their respective
residences in Parañaque City to Don Bosco in Pasong Test for determining whether or not one is a common
Tamo, Makati City, and back. They employed carrier (1996 Bar)
Clemente Alfaro (Alfaro) as driver of the van. In June
1996, the Zarates contracted the Pereñas to transport Whether the person or entity, for some business purpose
their son, Aaron, to and from Don Bosco. However, the and with general or limited clientele, offers the service of
train hit the rear end of the van driven by Alfaro, and carrying or transporting passengers or goods or both for
the impact threw nine of the 12 students in the rear, compensation.
including Aaron, out of the van. Aaron landed in the
path of the train, which dragged his body and severed
his head, instantaneously killing him.
a. the law does not distinguish between Q: Discuss whether or not the following stipulations
one whose principal business activity is the in a contract of carriage of a common carrier are
carrying of persons or goods or both and valid:
anyone who does such carrying only as an 1. A stipulation limiting the sum that may be
ancillary activity, recovered by the shipper or owner to 90% of the
value of the goods in case of loss due to theft.
b. the law avoids making any distinction
between a person or enterprise offering 2. A stipulation that in the event of loss,
transportation service on a regular or scheduled destruction or deterioration of goods on account of
basis and one offering such service on an occasional, the defective condition of the vehicle used in the
episodic or unscheduled basis, and contract of carriage, the carrier’s liability is limited to
the value of the goods appearing in the bill of lading
c. the law refrains from making a distinction between a unless the shipper or owner declares a higher value
carrier offering its services to the general public and (2002 Bar)
one who offers services or solicits
business only from a narrow segment of the A:
general population (Pedro de Guzman v. CA, L-47822 1. Invalid. Article 1745 provides that the following
Dec 27, 1988) or similar stipulations shall be considered unreasonable,
A person or entity is a common carrier even if he did not 1. The area has already a well-established operator – Prior
secure CPC. Its liability as a common carrier arises as soon operator rule (Mandbusco, Inc. vs. Francisco, G.R. L-23688,
as it acted as a common carrier, without regard as to April 30, 1970).
whether or not such carrier has complied with the Prior Operator or Old Operator Rule
requirements of the applicable regulatory statute and
implementing regulations and has been granted a The rule allows an existing franchised operator to invoke
certificate of public convenience or other franchise (De a preferential right within the authorized territory as long
Guzman v CA. G.R. No. L-47822, December 22, 1988). as he renders satisfactory and economical service (Martin,
1989). The prior operator must first be given the
Certificate of public convenience (CPC) v. Certificate opportunity to extend its service in order to meet public
of public convenience and necessity (CPCN) needs in the matter of transportation (ibid).
Instances where a certificate of public convenience is It presupposes a situation when two interested persons
not necessary (WAR-PIPA) apply for a certificate to operate a public utility in the
same community over which no person has as yet granted
1. Warehouses any certificate (Martin, 1989).
2. Animal-drawn vehicles or banca powered by oar or
by sail; tug boats and lighters 3. Interpose an objection stating that the grant of the
3. Radio companies, except as to fixing of rates application would result to a ruinous competition (Halili
4. Public market vs. Ice and Cold Storage Industries, Inc., G.R. L-1871,
5. Ice plants November 18, 1949). One of the purposes of PSA is to
7. Public utilities operated by the national government protect and conserve the investments which have already
or Political subdivision except as to rates. been made for that purpose by public service operators –
8. Airships except as to fixing rates Protection of investment rule (Batangas Trans. Co. vs.
Orlanes, G.R. L-28865, December 19, 1928).
Requirements for the grant of certificate of public
convenience (COPS) NOTE: Mere possibility of reduction in the income of an
existing operator holding a public service permit does not,
1. Applicant must be a Citizen of the Philippines. If the of itself, establish that issuing a permit to another to
applicant is a Corporation, 60% of its capital must be operate within the same territory will result in ruinous
owned by Filipinos. competition. To prove the latter, it should be shown that
2. Applicant must prove the Operation of proposed the oppositor will not obtain sufficient profits to pay a
public service will promote public interest in a dividend or reasonable interest upon invested capital
proper and suitable manner. (Halili vs. Ice and Cold Storage Industries, Inc., supra).
3. Applicant must prove Public necessity.
4. Applicant must have Sufficient financial capability to 4. Attack the citizenship of the applicant (Sec. 11, Art. XII
undertake proposed services and meeting of the 1987 Constitution prohibits the granting of franchise
responsibilities incidental to its operation (KMU or certificate for the operation of public utility in favor of
Labor Center vs. Garcia, supra). non-Filipino citizens); or
However, in case the registered owner leased to another Duration for the exercise of extraordinary diligence
a vehicle being used for public service, the former will still by the common carrier in connection to the transfer
be liable to a customer whose goods were of goods
misappropriated by the latter if there was no approval of
the PSC since the lease is not binding upon the parties It lasts from the time the goods are unconditionally placed
(Galisan vs. Alday, G.R. L-30212, Septemeber 30, 1987). in the possession of, and received by the carrier for
transportation until the same are delivered, actually or
Liability of a holder of Certificate of Public constructively, by the carrier to the consignee, or to the
Convenience person who has a right to receive them (Art. 1736, NCC).
GR: The holder of the CPC (registered owner) is primarily NOTE: Thus, this duty remains in full force and effect even
and vicariously liable for the negligent operation of the when they are temporarily unloaded or stored in transit,
vehicle (ibid., pg. 138; Art. 2176, in relation to Art. 2180, unless the shipper or owner had made use of the right or
NCC; Filcar Transport vs. Espinas, G.R. No. 174156, June 20, stoppage in transit (Art. 1737, NCC).
2012).
However, this extraordinary liability continues to be
XPNs: The registered owner is not liable if: operative even during the time the goods are stored in a
1. The vehicle was taken or stolen from his garage; warehouse of the carrier at the place of destination, until
2. The vehicle was driven without his knowledge or the consignee has been advised of the arrival of the goods
consent (ibid., pg. 138, citing Duavit vs. CA, G.R. No. 82318, and has been reasonable opportunity thereafter to
May 8, 1989 and Duquillo vs. Bayot, G.R. L-45080, April 3, remove them or otherwise dispose of them (NCC, Art.
1939). 1738).Hence, where the consignee failed to claim a
machinery after its arrival and the carrier deposited it in
Note: The registered owner cannot exculpate himself a warehouse, the carrier is not liable for the damages
from vicarious liability by proving who the supposed sustained by the machinery after its delivery to the
transferee or owner is (ibid., pg. 139, citing Orix Metro warehouse (Sea-Land Service, Inc. v. CA, G.R. 122605, April
Leasing vs. Mangalinao, G.R. 174089, January 25, 2012). 30, 2001).
DILIGENCE REQUIRED OF COMMON CARRIERS Duration for the exercise of extraordinary diligence
(2002, 2008 Bar) by the common carrier in connection to
transportation of passengers
The diligence required of common carriers is
extraordinary diligence (NCC,Art. 1733). The nature of the The duty of the common carrier commence from the
business of common carriers and the exigencies of public moment the person who purchases the ticket from the
policy demand that they observe extraordinary diligence carrier presents himself at the proper place and in a
(Martin, 198). proper manner to be transported. The relation of carrier
and passenger continues until the passenger has been
It is that extreme measure of care and caution which landed at the port of destination and has left the vessel
persons of unusual prudence and circumspection use for owner's dock or premises. Once created, the relationship
securing and preserving their own property or rights. The will not ordinarily terminate until the passenger has, after
law requires common carriers to render service with the reaching his destination, safely alighted from the carrier's
greatest skill and utmost foresight (Loadmasters Services conveyance or had a reasonable opportunity to leave the
vs. Glodel Brokerage, G.R. 197446, January 10, 2011). carrier's premises (Aboitiz Shipping Corp. v. CA, G.R. No.
84458, Nov. 6, 1989).
Reason for the requirement of extra-ordinary
diligence Q: Fil-Asia Air Flight 9 I 6 was on a scheduled
passenger flight from Manila when it crashed as it
1. Nature of the business of common carrier which is landed at the Cagayan de Oro airport; the pilot
public service; miscalculated the plane's approach and undershot
2. Public policy, the common carriers are supposed to the runway. Of the I50 people on board, ten (10)
serve the public interest and therefore, they have to passengers died at the crash scene.
exercise extra-ordinary diligence (Martin, 1989).
Of the ten who died, one was a passenger who
Q: Why is the defense of due diligence in the selection managed to leave the plane but was run over by an
and supervision of an employee not available to a ambulance coming to the rescue. Another was an
common carrier? (2002 Bar) airline employee who hitched a free ride to Cagayan
de Oro and who was not in the passenger manifest.
A: The defense of due diligence in the selection and
supervision of an employee is not available to a comon
Q: X, while driving his Toyota Altis, tried to cross the Against the common Subsidiary liability
railway tract of Philippine (xxx line 2 unread text xxx) carrier at fault
approached Blumentritt Avenida Ext., applied its Note: The liability of the
horn as a warning to all the vehicles that might be common carrier and his
crossing the railway tract, but there was really driver as well as the
nobody manning the crossing. X was listening to his operator of the other vehicle
lpod touch, hence, he did not hear the sound of the and his driver is joint and
horn of the train and so his car was hit by the train. As several (J. Dimaampao,
a result of the accident, X suffered some injuries and citing Tiu vs. Arriesgado, G.R.
his car was totally destroyed as a result of the impact. No. 138060, September 1,
Is PNR liable? (2012 Bar) 2004).
A: PNR is liable because Railroad companies owe to the LIABILITIES OF COMMON CARRIERS
public a duty of exercising a reasonable degree of care to
avoid injury to person and property at railroad crossings Presumption of negligence in the carriage of goods
which means a flagman or a watchman should have been (1997, 2001, 2008 Bar)
posted to warn the public at all times.
In all cases other than those mentioned in Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
Causes of action for failure to observe diligence and 5 of Article 1734 of the NCC, if the goods are lost,
required destroyed or deteriorated, common carriers are
presumed to have been at fault or to have acted
PERSON WHO HAS BASIS OF CAUSE OF ACTION negligently (NCC, Art. 1735).
CAUSE OF ACTION AGAINST THE COMMON
CARRIER Presumption of negligence in the transportation of
Third person who Tort (extra-contractual passengers (1990, 1994 Bar)
suffered damages negligence)
Shipper of the goods Breach of the contract of In case of death of or injuries to passengers, common
damaged carriage (Culpa Contractual) carriers are presumed to have been at fault or to have
Heir/s of the deceased Breach of the contract of acted negligently (NCC, Art. 1756).
passengers or the carriage (Culpa Contractual)
passenger himself for Presumption of negligence is rebuttable
the injuries sustained
by him Both articles 1735 and 1756 of the NCC provides that such
presumption may be refuted by proving observance of
extraordinary diligence as prescribed by article 1733 of
the NCC.
Relationship between the owner of the vehicle and A: C. X will not be exempt from liability because he
the driver under a boundary system arrangement remains to be the registered owner and the boundary
system will not allow the circumvention of the law to
The relationship between jeepney owners/ operators on avoid liability.
one hand and jeepney drivers on the other under the
boundary system is that of employer-employee and not of Kabit system
lessor-lessee (Martinez v. NLRC, G.R. No. 117495, May 29,
1997). The kabit system is an arrangement whereby a person
who has been granted a CPC allows other persons who
The owner of the public vehicle operating under the own motor vehicles to operate them under his license,
boundary system is not exempt from liability in a case sometimes for a fee or percentage of the earnings (Lim v.
of injury to or death of passengers CA, G.R. No. 125817, January 16, 2002).
To exempt from liability the owner of a public vehicle who NOTE: Although not outrightly penalized as a criminal
operates it under the “boundary system” on the ground offense, the kabit system is invariably recognized as being
that he is a mere lessor would be not only to abet flagrant contrary to public policy and therefore, void and
violations of the PSA, but also to place the riding public at inexistent under Art. 1409 of the New Civil Code. It is a
the mercy of reckless and irresponsible drivers. fundamental principle that the court will not aid either
Moreover, due care in the selection of employees is called party to enforce an illegal contract, but will leave them
for by Article 2180 of the Civil Code. Failing on this, the both where it finds them (Lita Enterprises, Inc. v. IAC, G.R.
owner of the vehicle, who is likewise the employer, shall No. 64693, April 27, 1984).
not be exempt from liability (Hernandez vs. Dolor, G.R.
160286, July 30, 2004). Q: Discuss the “kabit system” in land transportation
and its legal consequences (2005 Bar)
Q: Baldo is a driver of Yellow Cab Company under
the boundary system. While cruising along the A: The “kabit system” is an agreement whereby a
South Expressway, Baldo‘s cab figured in a collision, person who has been granted a certificate of convenience
killing his passenger, Pietro. The heirs of Pietro sued allows another person who owns motor vehicles to
Yellow Cab Company for damages, but the latter operate under such franchise for a fee. It has been
refused to pay the heirs, insisting that it is not liable identified as one of the root causes of the prevalence of
because Baldo is not its employee. Resolve with graft and corruption in the government transportation
reasons. (2005 Bar) offices. It is recognized as a contract which is against
public policy and therefore void and inexistent under Art.
A: Yellow Cab Company shall be liable with Baldo, on 1409 (Lita Enterprises, Inc. vs. IAC, G.R. L-64693, April 27,
a solidary basis, for the death of passenger Pietro. 1984). As a consequence, both the owner of the certificate
Baldo is an employee of Yellow Cab under the of public convenience and the actual owner of the motor
boundary system. As such, the death of passenger vehicle should be held jointly and severally liable for
Pietro is breach of contract of carriage, making both damages to third persons as a consequence of the
the common carrier Yellow Cab and its employee, negligent operation of the motor vehicle.
Baldo, solidarily liable (Hernandez v. Dolor, G.R. No.
160286, July 30, 2004). The registered owner of the vehicle may not be
allowed to prove that there is already a transfer of
ownership to another person under the kabit system
Q: X owns a fleet of taxicabs. He operates it through
what is known as boundary system. Y drives one of One of the primary factors considered in the granting of a
such taxicabs and pays X a fixed amount of Php1 ,000 CPC for the business of public transportation is the
daily under the boundary system. This means that financial capacity of the holder of the license, so that
anything above Php1,000 would be the earnings of Y. liabilities arising from accidents may be duly
Y, driving recklessly, hit an old lady crossing the compensated. The kabit system renders illusory such
street. Which statement is most accurate? (2012 Bar) purpose and, worse, may still be availed of by the grantee
Q: Can the grantee of CPC engaged in a “kabit system” Procopio sued Emmanuel for damages, but the latter
be held liable for damages arising from the crime of moved to dismiss the case on the ground that
reckless imprudence resulting to the death and Procopio is not the real party in interest since he is
injuries to third persons, to which the driver was not the registered owner of the jeepney. Resolve the
convicted? motion with reasons (2005 Bar)
A: Yes. The driver, the operator, and the real owner of the A: The motion to dismiss should be denied. In the case
vehicle are jointly and severally liable for damages. of Lim v. Court of Appeals, G.R. No. 125817, January 16,
However, the registered owner or operator has the right 2002, the Supreme Court held that Procopio may sue for
to be indemnified by the real or actual of the amount that damages against Emmanuel despite the existence of kabit
he may be required to pay as damage for the injury system because, (a) neither parties to the kabit system is
caused. Recovery by the registered owner or operator being held liable for damages; (b) the case arose from the
may be made in any form—either by a cross-claim, third negligence of another vehicle using the public road to
party complaint, or an independent action, and the result whom no representation, or misrepresentation, as
is the same (Perez, 2009, citing Jereos v. CA, G.R. L-48747, regards ownership and operation of the passenger
September 20, 1982; Zamboanga Trans. Co. v. CA, L-25292, jeepney was made to whom such representation, or
November 29, 1969). misrepresentation was necessary (Villanueva, 2009)
Q: Johnny owns a Sarao jeepney. He asked his Q: X owns a passenger jeepney covered by Certificate
neighbor Van if he could operate the said jeepney of Public Convenience. He allowed Y to use its
under Van‘s certificate of public convenience. Van Certificate of Convenience for a consideration. Y
agreed and, accordingly, Johnny registered his therefore was operating the passenger jeepney under
jeepney under Van’s name. On June10, 1990, one of the same Certificate of Public Convenience (Kabit
the passenger jeepneys operated by Van bumped System) under the name of X. The passenger jeepney
Tomas. Tomas was injured and in due time, he filed a met an accident. Who will be liable? (2012 Bar)
complaint for damages against Van and his driver for
the injuries he suffered. The court rendered judgment A: X and Y will be jointly and severally liable.
in favor of Tomas and ordered Van and his driver,
jointly and severally, to pay Tomas actual and moral VIGILANCE OVER GOODS
damages, attorney‘sfees, and costs.
EXEMPTING CAUSES
The Sheriff levied on the jeepney belonging to
Johnny but registered in the name of Van. Johnny Presumption on the loss, destruction, or
filed a 3rd party claim with the Sheriff alleging deterioration of goods
ownership of the jeepney levied upon and stating
that the jeepney was registered in the name of Van GR: The common carrier is presumed to have been at fault
merely to enable Johnny to make use of Van‘s or to have acted negligently when the goods transported
certificate of public convenience. May the Sheriff are lost, destroyed or deteriorated (NCC, Art. 1735).
proceed with the public auction of Johnny‘s jeepney.
Discuss with reasons. (1990 Bar) XPNs: When the same is due to any of the following causes
only: (FA2 – C O)
A: Yes, the Sheriff may proceed with the auction sale of 1. Fortuitous events (Flood, storm, earthquake, lightning
Johnny‘s jeepney. In contemplation of law as regards the or other natural disaster or calamity). Provided, the
public and third persons, the vehicle is considered the following conditions are present: (1994-1996 Bar)
property of the registered operator (Santos v. Sibug, G.R. a. Natural disaster was the proximate and only cause;
L-26815, May 26, 1981). b. Carrier exercised due diligence to prevent or
minimize loss before, during and after the occurrence
Q: Procopio purchased an Isuzu passenger jeepney of the natural disaster; and
from Enteng, a holder of certificate of public c. The common carrier has not negligently incurred
convenience for the operation of public utility plying delay in transporting the goods (NCC, Art. 1739-1740).
the Calamba-Los Baños route. While Procopio d. The common carrier exercised due diligence to
continued offering the jeepney for public transport prevent or minimize the loss before, during or after its
services, he did not have the registration of the occurrence.
vehicle transferred in his name. Neither did he secure
5. Order or act of competent authority; provided, the XPN: If a vessel sank due to a typhoon, and there was
authority is with power to issue the order (Art. 1743). If failure to ascertain the direction of the storm and the
the officer acts without legal process, the common carrier weather condition of the path they would be traversing, it
will be held liable (Ganzon vs. CA, GR No. L-48757, May 30, constitutes lack of foresight and minimum vigilance over
1988). its cargoes taking into account the surrounding
circumstances of the case. Thus, the common carrier will
NOTE: In all cases other than those enumerated above, still be liable (Arada v. CA, G.R. No. 98243, July 1, 1992).
there is presumption of negligence even if there is an
agreement limiting the liability of the common carrier in However, where a vessel encountered stormy weather
the vigilance over the goods. and the coils of wire it was transporting became rusty
because rain entered the hatch of the vessel, the damage
REQUIREMENT OF ABSENCE OF NEGLIGENCE was not due to a fortuitous event, because heavy rains are
foreseeable and rain would not have entered the hatch if
Requisites of a fortuitous event (FEU-I) it was closed properly (Eastern Shipping Lines v. CA, G.R.
97412, July 12, 1994).
1. The debtor must be Free from any participation in or
aggravation of the injury to the creditor. Q: On a clear weather, M/V Sundo, carrying insured
cargo, left the port of Manila bound for Cebu. While at
2. The Event must be such as to render it impossible for sea, the vessel encountered a strong typhoon forcing
the debtor to fulfill his obligation in a normal manner. the captain to steer the vessel to the nearest island
where it stayed for seven days. The vessel ran out of
3. The event must be Unforeseen or unavoidable. provisions for its passengers. Consequently, the
vessel proceeded to Leyte to replenish its supplies.
4. The cause of the breach of obligation must be
Independent of the will of the debtor (Real v. Belo, GR a. Assuming that the cargo was damaged because
of such deviation, who between the insurance
No. 146224, January 26, 2007).
company and the owner of the cargo bears the
Mechanical defects are not considered fortuitous loss? Explain.
events b. Under what circumstances can a vessel properly
proceed to a port other than its port of
Mechanical defects in the carrier are NOT considered destination? Explain. (2005 Bar)
a caso fortuito that exempts the carrier from
responsibility (Sweet Lines, Inc. v. CA, GR No. L-46340, Apr. A:
29, 1983). Other SC decisions on the matter are: a) The insurance company is liable. It is an instance of
a valid deviation because the strong typhoon is a
1. Tire blowout of a jeep is not a fortuitous event where
there exists a specific act of negligence by the carrier fortuitous event over which neither the master nor the
consisting of the fact that the jeepney was overloaded owner has any control. Deviation is likewise proper in
and speeding at the time of the incident (Juntilla v. order to avoid a peril. (Sec.124 (b)) Art. 1734 of the New
Civil Code further provides that common carriers are
Fontanar, GR No. L-45637, May 31, 1985).
responsible for the loss, destruction, deterioration of the
goods unless the same is due to any of the following
NOTE: In case that the goods have been already deposited ABSENCE OF DELAY
in the warehouse of Bureau of Customs then the goods
was destroyed by fire, the carrier is not anymore liable Rules regarding the time of delivery of goods and
(Servando vs. Philippine Steam Navigation, GR No. L- delay
36481-2, October 23, 1982).
1. If there is an agreement as to time of delivery – delivery
Common carrier’s liability for the acts of strangers or must be within the time stipulated in the contract or
criminals bill of lading.
GR: A common carrier is liable even for acts of strangers 2. If there is no agreement – delivery must be within a
like thieves or robbers. reasonable time (Saludo, Jr. v. CA, G.R. No. 95536,
March 23, 1992).
XPN: Where such thieves or robbers acted "with grave or
irresistible threat, violence or force." The common carrier Liability of the carrier if there is delay in the delivery
is not liable for the value of the undelivered merchandise of goods
which was lost because of an event that is beyond his
control (De Guzman v. CA, supra). The carrier shall be liable for damages immediately and
proximately resulting from such neglect of duty (ibid;
When an airline company was not authorized to search NCC, Art. 1170).
passengers for firearms, the loss of the jewelry and cash
of a passenger because of an armed robbery committed However, where the delay in the transportation of the
by other passengers is a force majeure, for which the remains of a deceased person was due to the fault of the
airline company is not liable (Quisumbing v. CA, G.R. No L- mortuary service, who erroneously switched the casket
50076, September 14, 1990). with that of another deceased person, the airline company
cannot be held liable for damages because of the delay
(Saludo v. CA, supra).
Valid stipulations that a common carrier of goods may Q: Suppose A was riding on an airplane of a common
indicate in a contract in order to escape liability carrier when an accident happened and A suffered
injuries. In an action by A against the common
1. A stipulation limiting the liability of the common carrier carrier, the latter claimed that:
for the loss, destruction, or deterioration of the goods to a
a) There was a stipulation in the ticket
degree less than extraordinary diligence, provided it be:
issued to A absolutely exempting the carrier
a. In writing, signed by the shipper or owner; from liability from the passenger’s death or
b. Supported by a valuable consideration other than injuries and notices were posted by the common
the service rendered by the common carrier, and carrier dispensing with the extraordinary
c. Reasonable, just and not contrary to public policy. diligence of the carrier, and
2. An agreement limiting the common carrier's liability for b) A was given a discount on his plane fare
delay on account of strikes or riots (NCC, Art. 1748). thereby reducing the liability of the common
carrier with respect to A in particular. Are those
3. A stipulation that the common carrier's liability is valid defenses? (2001 Bar)
limited to the value of the goods appearing in the bill of
lading, unless the shipper or owner declares a greater A:
value (NCC, Art. 1749, 1998, 2002 Bar). a) No. Article 1757 provides that responsibility of a
common carrier for the safety of passengers as
4. A contract fixing the sum that may be recovered by the
required in Articles 1733 and 1755 cannot be
owner or shipper for the loss, destruction, or
dispensed with or lessened by stipulation, by the
deterioration of the goods (NCC, Art. 1750). posting of notices, by statements on tickets, or
otherwise.
NOTE: Notwithstanding these valid stipulations, a
common carrier can be held liable for the loss, or b) The defenses available to any common carrier to
destruction or deterioration of the goods. If the common limit or exempt it from liability are:
carrier, without just cause, delays the transportation of 1. Observance of extraordinary diligence,
the goods or changes the stipulated or usual route, the
contract limiting the common carrier's liability cannot be 2. The proximate cause of the incident is a
fortuitous event or force majeure,
Even if there is an agreement limiting the liability of the 2. Valid. The stipulation limiting the carrier’s liability
common carrier in the vigilance over the goods, the to the value of the goods appearing in the bill of lading
common carrier is still disputably presumed to have been unless the shipper or owner declares a higher value, is
negligent in case of its loss, destruction or deterioration expressly recognized in Article 1749 of the New Civil
(NCC, Art. 1752). Code.
Void stipulations in a contract of carriage of goods Requirements in order that a stipulation which limits
(CR2UELED) the liability of common carriers in the carriage of
goods be valid
1. That the common carrier need not observe any
diligence in the Custody of the goods A contract fixing the sum that may be recovered for the
loss, destruction, and deterioration of goods is binding
2. That the goods are transported at the Risk of the provided that it is:
owner or shipper 1. Just and reasonable under the circumstances and
2. It has been fairly and freely agreed upon (NCC, Art.
3. That the common carrier’s liability for acts 1750).
committed by thieves, or of Robbers who do not act
with grave or irresistible threat, violence or force, is LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN ABSENCE OF
dispensed with or diminished DECLARATION OF GREATER VALUE
4. Any similar stipulation that is Unreasonable, unjust Extent of the liability of the common carrier in case
and contrary to public policy there is a stipulation fixing specified amount
5. That the common carrier shall Exercise a degree of GR: The liability of the common carrier shall not exceed
diligence less than that of a good father of a family, or the stipulation in a contract of carriage even if the loss or
a man of ordinary prudence in the vigilance over the damage results from the carrier's negligence (Eastern and
movables transported Australian Shipping Co. vs. Great American Insurance Co.,
GR No. L-37604, October 23, 1981).
6. That the common carrier will not be liable for any
Loss, destruction, or deterioration of the goods XPN: Where the shipper or owner of the goods declares a
greater value and pays corresponding freight (NCC, Art.
7. That the common carrier shall not be responsible for 1749).
the acts or omissions of his or its Employees
The liability of an airline company for lost baggage is
8. That the common carrier is not responsible for the limited to the amount stated in the ticket unless the
loss, destruction or deterioration of goods on account passenger declared a higher valuation and paid additional
of the Defective condition of the car, vehicle, ship, fare (Pan American World Airways, Inc. vs. Intermediate
airplane or other equipment used in the contract of Appellate Court, G.R. No. 70462, August 11, 1988).
carriage (NCC, Art. 1745).
A common carrier is bound to carry the passengers safely Commencement of the duty to observe extraordinary
as far as human care and foresight can provide, using the diligence over passengers
utmost diligence of very cautious persons, with a due
regard for all the circumstances (NCC, Art. 1755). The duty exists from the moment the person offers to be
transported places himself in the care and control of the
Who are not considered passengers (WAMU) common carrier who accepts him as such passenger. The
duty continues until the passenger has, after reaching his
1. One who has boarded a Wrong vehicle, has been destination, safely alighted from the carrier’s conveyance
properly informed of such fact, and on alighting, is or has had a reasonable opportunity to leave the carrier’s
injured by the carrier. premises and to look after his baggage and prepare for his
departure (La Mallorca vs. CA, GR No. L-20761, July 27,
2. Invited guests and Accommodation passengers. 1966; Aboitiz Shipping, supra).
3. One who attempts to board a Moving vehicle, WAITING FOR CARRIER OR BOARDING OF CARRIER
although he has a ticket, unless the attempt be with
the knowledge and consent of the carrier. Duty of the common carriers in boarding of
passengers
4. One who remains on a carrier for an Unreasonable
length of time after he has been afforded every safe It is the duty of common carriers of passengers, including
opportunity to alight. common carriers by railroad train, streetcar, or motorbus,
to stop their conveyances a reasonable length of time in
NOTE: The carrier is thus NOT obliged to exercise order to afford passengers an opportunity to board and
extraordinary diligence but only ordinary diligence in enter, and they are liable for injuries suffered by boarding
these instances. passengers resulting from the sudden starting up or
jerking of their conveyances while they are doing so
VOID STIPULATIONS (Dangwa vs. CA, G.R. No. 95582, October 7, 1991).
Stipulations limiting the liability of common carrier Q: A bus of GL Transit on its way to Davao stopped to
in case of injury or death enable a passenger to alight. At that moment, Santiago
who had been waiting for a ride, boarded the bus.
GR: The responsibility of a common carrier for the safety However, the bus driver failed to notice Santiago who
of passengers cannot be dispensed with or lessened by was still standing on the bus platform, and stepped on
stipulation, by posting of notices, by statements on tickets, the accelerator. Because of the sudden motion,
or otherwise (NCC, Art. 1757). Santiago slipped and fell down suffering serious
injuries. May Santiago hold GL Transit liable for
XPN: When a passenger is carried gratuitously, a breach of contract of carriage? Explain (1996 Bar)
stipulation limiting the common carrier’s liability for
negligence is valid (NCC, Art. 1758). A: Yes. Santiago may hold GL Transit liable for breach of
contract of carriage. It was the duty of the driver, when he
NOTE: The passenger must be carried gratuitously. If it is stopped the bus, to do no act that would have the effect of
only a reduction of fare, then any limitation of the increasing the peril to a passenger such as Santiago while
common carrier’s liability is not justified (ibid; 2001, 2009 he attempting to board the same. When a bus is not in
Bar). motion there is no necessity for a person who wants to
ride the same to signal his intention to board. A public
XPN to the XPN: Notwithstanding the exception, common utility bus, once it stops, is in effect making continuous
carriers will be liable nevertheless forwillful acts or gross offer to bus riders. It is the duty of common carriers of
negligence (ibid). passengers to stop heir conveyances while they are doing
so. Santiago, by stepping and standing on the platform of
Assumption of risk on the part of passengers the bus is already considered as a passenger and is
entitled to all the rights and protection pertaining to a
Passengers must take such risks incident to the mode of contract of carriage (Dangwa Trans. Co. v. CA, G.R. 95582,
travel. The passenger must observe the diligence of a good October 7, 1991).
father of a family to avoid injury to himself (NCC, Art.
1761). Q: City Railways, Inc. (CRI) provides train service, for
a fee, to commuters from Manila to Calamba, Laguna.
NOTE: Carriers are not insurers of any and all risks to Commuters are required to purchase tickets and then
passengers and goods. It merely undertakes to perform proceed to designated loading and unloading
certain duties to the public as the law imposes, and holds facilities to board the train. Ricardo Santos purchased
the ticket for Calamba and entered the station. While
A: The contention of CRI must fail. In the case of Light Q: P, a sales girl in a flower shop at the Ayala Station
Rail Transit Authority vs. Navidad, G.R. No. 145804 of the Metro Rail Transit (MRT) bought two tokens or
February 6, 2003, the Supreme Court held that the duty of tickets, one for her ride to work and another for her
a common carrier to provide safety to its passengers is not ride home. She got to her flower shop where she
only during the course of the trip but for so long as the usually worked from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. At about 3 p.m.,
passenger are within its premises and where they ought while P was attending to her duties at the flower shop,
to be in pursuance to the contract of carriage. two crews of the MRT got into a fight near the flower
Furthermore, the New Civil Code provision provides that shop, causing injuries to P in the process. Can P sue
the common carrier will still be liable even though its the MRT for contractual breach as she was within the
employees acted beyond the scope of their work. MRT premises where she would shortly take her ride
Therefore, CRI is liable for the damages the heirs of home? (2011 Bar)
Ricardo Santos had suffered.
A: No, since P had no intention to board an MRT train
When a Public Utility Vehicle is not in motion, it is not coach when the incident occurred.
necessary for a person who wants to ride the same to
signal his intention to board ARRIVAL AT DESTINATION
When the bus is not in motion there is no necessity for a Liability for death or injury to passengers upon
person who wants to ride the same to signal his intention arrival at destination
to board. A public utility bus, once it stops, is in effect
making a continuous offer to bus riders. Hence, it becomes Once created, the relationship will not ordinarily
the duty of the driver and the conductor, every time the terminate until the passenger has, after reaching his
bus stops, to do no act that would have the effect of destination, safely alighted from the carrier's conveyance
increasing the peril to a passenger while he was or had a reasonable opportunity to leave the carrier's
attempting to board the same. The premature premises. All persons who remain on the premises a
acceleration of the bus in this case was a breach of such reasonable time after leaving the conveyance are to be
duty (Dangwa Trans. Co. v. CA, supra). deemed passengers, and what is a reasonable time or a
reasonable delay within this rule is to be determined from
Common carrier may be held liable to a passenger all the circumstances, and includes a reasonable time to
who died while trying to board their vehicle see after his baggage and prepare for his departure (La
Mallorca v. CA, G.R. No. L-21486, May 14, 1966).
It is the duty of common carriers of passengers to afford
passengers an opportunity to board and enter, and they The victim’s presence in a vessel after 1 hour from his
are liable for injuries suffered by boarding passengers disembarkation is not enough in order to absolve the
resulting from the sudden starting up or jerking of their carrier from liability in his death
conveyances while they are doing so. The victim, by
stepping and standing on the platform of the bus, is Carrier-passenger relationship continues until the
already considered a passenger and is entitled all the passenger has been landed at the port of destination and
rights and protection pertaining to such a contractual has left the vessel-owner’s premises (Aboitiz Shipping
relation (ibid). Corporation v. CA, GR No. 84458, November 6, 1989).
A person who is merely stepping on the platform of a Q: Robert De Alban and his family rode a bus owned
bus is already considered a passenger by Joeben Bus Company. Upon reaching their desired
destination, they alighted from the bus but Robert
A person, by stepping and standing on the platform of the returned to get their baggage. However, his youngest
bus, is already considered a passenger and is entitled all daughter followed him without his knowledge. When
the rights and protection pertaining to such a contractual he stepped into the bus again, the bus accelerated that
relation. Hence, it has been held that the duty which the resulting to Robert’s daughter death. The bus ran
carrier owes to its patrons extends to persons boarding over her. Is the bus company liable?
cars as well as to those alighting therefrom (Dangwa v. CA,
ibid). A: Yes. The relation of carrier and passenger does not
cease at the moment the passenger alights from the
carrier’s vehicle at a place selected by the carrier at the
point of destination, but continues until the passenger has
LIABILITY FOR ACTS OF OTHERS Q: P rode a Sentinel Liner bus going to Baguio from
Manila. At a stop-over in Tarlac, the bus driver, the
EMPLOYEES conductor, and the passengers disembarked for
lunch. P decided, however, to remain in the bus, the
Common carriers are liable for the acts of their door of which was not locked. At this point, V, a
employees vendor, sneaked into the bus and offered P some
refreshments. When P rudely declined, V attacked
Common carriers are liable for the death of or injuries to him, resulting in P suffering from bruises and
passengers through the negligence or willful acts of the contusions. Does he have cause to sue Sentinel Liner?
former’s employees, although such employees may have (2011 Bar)
acted beyond the scope of their authority or in violation
of the orders of the common carriers. The liability of the A: Yes, since the carrier's crew did nothing to protect a
common carriers does not cease upon proof that they passenger who remained in the bus during the stop-over.
exercised all the diligence of a good father of a family in
the selection and supervision of their employees (NCC, Q: In a jeepney, Angela, a passenger, was injured
Art. 1759). because of the flammable material brought by
Antonette, another passenger. Antonette denied her
NOTE: The liability of the common carrier to the personal baggage to be inspected invoking her right to privacy.
violence of its employees or agents upon its passengers Should the jeepney operator be held liable for
extends only to those acts which the carrier could foresee damages?
or avoid through the exercise of the diligence required.
A: No. The operator is not liable for damages. In overland
Liability of the common carrier as regards to the acts transportation, the common carrier is not bound nor
of employees may not be limited by stipulation empowered to make an examination on the contents of
packages or bags, particularly those handcarried by
The common carrier’s responsibility cannot be eliminated passengers (Nocum v. Laguna Tayabas Bus Company, G.R.
or limited by stipulation, by the posting of notices, by No. L-23733, October 31, 1969).
statements on the tickets or otherwise (NCC, Art. 1760).
Q: In the question above, if it were an airline company
Rationale behind the carrier’s liability involved, would your answer be the same? (1992 Bar)
The basis of the carrier's liability for assaults on A: No. The common carrier should be made liable. In case
passengers committed by its drivers rests on the principle of air carriers, it is unlawful to carry flammable materials
that it is the carrier's implied duty to transport the in passenger aircrafts, and airline companies may open
passenger safely. As between the carrier and the and investigate suspicious packages and cargoes
passenger, the former must bear the risk of wrongful acts pursuant to RA 6235.
or negligence of the carrier's employees against
passengers, since it, and not the passengers, has power to Q: A passenger was injured because a bystander
select and remove them (Maranan v. Perez, GR No. L- outside the bus hurled a stone. Is the bus company
22272, June 26, 1967). liable? (1994 Bar)
Q: The AAA Bus Company picks up passengers along A: No. There is no showing that any such incident
EDSA. X, the conductor, while on board the bus, drew previously happened so as to impose an obligation on the
his gun and randomly shot the passengers inside. As a part of the personnel of the bus company to warn the
result, Y, a passenger, was shot and died instantly. Is passengers and to take the necessary precaution. Such
AAA Bus Company liable? (2012 Bar) hurling of a stone constitutes fortuitous event in this case.
The bus company is not an insurer of the absolute safety
A: Yes. The bus company is liable because common of its passengers (Pilapil vs. CA, G.R. No. 52159, December
carriers are liable for the negligence or willful act of its 22, 1989).
employees even though they acted beyond the scope of
their responsibility. The registered owner of the vehicle may be held liable
for damages suffered by a third person in the course
OTHER PASSENGERS AND STRANGERS of the operation of the vehicle
Extent of liability of common carriers for acts of co- The registered owner of a public service vehicle is
passengers or strangers (1997, 2005 Bar) responsible for damages that may arise from
consequences incident to its operation or that may be
A common carrier is responsible for injuries suffered by a caused to any of the passengers therein (Gelisan vs. Alday,
passenger on account of the willful acts or negligence of G.R. No. L-30212, September 30, 1987).
other passengers or of strangers, if the carrier’s
Kinds of damages that may be recovered in case of The current jurisprudential award for the loss of life of a
death of a passenger (DEMEx-AIH) passenger is 100,0000 pesos by way of moral damages
(Victory Liner vs. Gammad, Ibid, Heirs of Ochoa v VS.G & S
1. An indemnity for the Death of the victim Transport Corporation, Ibid).
Determination of indemnity if the same is not 2. If paid after the goods were checked – The right to file
stipulated a claim is alreadywaived (Southern Lines, Inc. v. CA,
G.R. No. L-16629, Jan. 31, 1962).
If no indemnity has been stipulated and the delay exceeds
the time fixed in the bill of lading, the carrier shall be liable NOTE: The filing of claim is a condition precedent for
for the damages which the delay may have caused (CC, Art. recovery of damages.
370).
Doctrine of combined or connecting services
Grounds for the refusal of a consignee to take delivery
of the goods (PLD2) The carrier which delivered the goods to the consignee
shall assume the obligations, rights and actions of those
1. When a Part of the goods transported are delivered who preceded him in the conveyance of the goods.
and the consignee is able to prove that he cannot
make use of the part without the others; CC, Art. 365) The shipper or consignee should proceed against the one
who executed the contract or against the others who
2. If the cargo consists of Liquids and they have leaked received the goods without reservation. But even if there
out, nothing remaining in the containers but one- is reservation, they are not exempted from liabilities that
fourth (¼) of their contents, on account of inherent they may have incurred by reason of their own acts (CC,
defect of cargo; (CC, Art. 687) Art. 373).
3. If the goods are Damaged and such damage renders The carrier may then file a third-party complaint against
the goods useless for the particular purpose for the one who is really responsible. The carrier is an
which there are to be used; (CC, Art. 365) indispensable party. But the shipper or consignee may
sue all of them as alternative defendants.
4. When there is Delay on account of the fault of the
carrier; (CC, Art. 371) Commencement of action if delivery was made to
arrastre operator
NOTE: In all cases, the shipper may exercise the right of
abandonment by notifying the carrier. Ownership over Commencement of action should be computed from the
damaged goods passes to the carrier and carrier must pay time of delivery to the arrastre operator. To use as basis
shipper the market value of the goods at point of for computing the one year period, the delivery to the
destination. consignee would be unrealistic and might generate
confusion between the loss or damage sustained by the
PERIOD FOR FILING CLAIMS goods while in the carrier’s custody and those occurring
while in the arrastre operator’s possession (Martin,
1. Immediately after delivery – if the damage is 1989).
apparent; or
2. Within 24 hours from delivery – If the damage is not A claim against the arrastre operator must be filed within
apparent (Code of Commerce, Art. 366) fifteen days from the delivery of goods (International
Container Terminal Services, Inc. vs. Prudential Guarantee
and Assurance Company, Inc. G.R. No. L-134514, December
Applicability of Article 366 of the Code of Commerce 8, 1999).
It applies in case of domestic transportation (inter-island) The filing of a provisional claim is substantial compliance
where there is damage to the goods transported. with the provision in the management contract of the
arrastre operator that a formal claim for the loss of goods
NOTE: The 1 year period of prescription is not applicable Classes of charter party
to misdelivery or conversion of goods.
1. Bareboat or demise – the ship owner gives possession
PERIOD FOR FILING ACTIONS of the entire vessel to the charterer. In turn, the charterer
supplies, equips, and mans the vessel. The charterer is the
For coastwise or carriage within the Philippines, Within 6 owner pro hac vice (2004 Bar).
years if no bill of lading has been issued or within 10 years
if a bill of has been issued. For international carriage from As owner pro hac vice of the vessel, the charterer assumes
foreign port to the Philippines within 1 year from delivery the rights and liabilities of the owner to third parties who
of goods or the date when the goods have been delivered. deal with the vessel, it is the charterer and its agent who
are liable for the wages of seamen hired by the master of
NOTE: The compliance with a requirement in the bill of the vessel, as the master of the vessel is acting in behalf of
lading that the consignee must file a claim for loss or the charterer (Litonjua Shipping Co., Inc. vs. National
damage to the goods shipped within thirty days from Seamen Board, G.R. No. L-51910, August 10, 1989, 1991
delivery is a condition precedent to the accrual of a right Bar).
of action against the carrier (Philippine American General
Insurance Co. v. Sweet Lines, Inc., G.R. No. 87434, August 5, Owner pro hac vice
1992).
The charterer is considered the owner of the vessel
for the voyage or service stipulated. The charterer,
Q: Akiro of Tokyo, Japan sent various goods to his not the owner of the vessel, is liable for vessel’s
friend Juan in Cebu City, Philippines, through one of expenses, including seaman’s wages.
the vessels of Worth Well Shippers, Inc., an American
corporation. En route to Cebu City, the vessel had two 2. Contract of affreightment – the owner of the vessel
stops, first in Hong Kong, and second, in Manila.While leases a part or all of its space to haul goods for others. It
travelling from Tokyo to Hong Kong, the goods were can either be:
damaged. What law will govern? (2013 Bar) a. Time charter– Vessel is chartered for a particular
time or duration. While the ship owner still retains
A: D. Philippine Law possession and control of the vessel, the charterer
has the right to use all vessel’s facilities. The
Q: Assuming Philippine law to be applicable and Juan charterer may likewise designate vessel’s
fails to file a claim with the carrier, may he still destination.
commence an action to recover damages with the
court? (2013 Bar) Since in a time charter the shipowner retains
possession and control of the ship, the ship remains
A: B. Yes, provided he files the complaint within 10 years a common carrier. (Planters Products, Inc. vs. CA, G.R.
from delivery. No. 101503, September 15, 1993)
NOTE: Ship owner/agent is not liable for the obligations A: No, because no reasonable ground for avoiding a peril
contracted by the captain if the latter exceeds his powers existed at the time of the deviation.
and privileges inherent in his position of those which may
have been conferred upon him by the former. However, if
the amount claimed were used for the benefit of the
vessel, the ship owner or ship agent is liable.
Powers, functions, and liabilities of ship agents (ID) To offset against innumerable hazards and perils in sea
voyage and to encourage ship building and maritime
1. Indemnity for expenses incurred for ship’s benefit. commerce. By abandonment, the ship owner and ship
2. Discharge of captain and/or crew members. agent exempt themselves from liability, thus avoiding the
possibility of risking his whole fortune in the business.
The following are the rules observed by the ship agent:
a. Captain and/or crew member’s contract not for a Q: On October 30, 2007, M/V Pacific, a Philippine
definite period or voyage: registered vessel owned by Cebu Shipping Company
i. Before vessel sets out to sea: Ship agent at his (CSC), sank on her voyage from Hongkong to Manila.
discretion may discharge the captain and Empire Assurance Company (Empire) is the insurer of
members of the crew. Ship agent must pay captain the lost cargoes loaded on board the vessel which
and/or crew members salaries earned according were consigned to Debenhams’ company. After it
to their contracts, and without any indemnity indemnified Debenhams, Empire as subrogee filed an
whatsoever, unless there is an expressed action for damages against CSC.
agreement;
a. Assume that the vessel was seaworthy. Before
ii. During voyage: Captain and/or crew member shall departing, the vessel was advised by the Japanese
receive salary until return to the port where Meteorological Center that it was safe to travel to its
contract was made. Article 637 of the Code of destination. But while at sea, the vessel received a
Commerce enumerates the just causes for report of a typhoon moving within its general path. To
discharge. avoid the typhoon, the vessel changed its course.
However, it was still at the fringe of the typhoon when
b. Where captain and members of the crew’s contracts it was repeatedly hit by huge waves, foundered and
with ship agent be for a definite period or voyage: eventually sank. The captain and the crew were saved
i. Captain and/or crew members may not be except three (3) who perished. Is CSC liable to
discharged until after the fulfillment of their
Person who can invoke the limited liability rule A: No, since X Shipping neither incurred a total loss nor
abandoned its ship.
The only persons who could avail of this are the
shipowner and the shipping agent. He is the very person ACCIDENTS AND DAMAGES IN MARITIME COMMERCE
whom the Limited Liability Rule has been conceived to
protect. The petitioners cannot invoke this as a defense Accidents in maritime commerce (CASA)
(Philippine Trigon Shipyard Corporation, et al. vs.
Crisostomo G. Concepcion, et al., G.R. No. 160088, July 13, 1. Collision
2011). 2. Averages
3. Shipwreck
4. Arrival under stress
Personwho shall be liable for the amount of the It is the impact of two moving vessels.
particular averages
Allision
The owner of the things which gave rise to the expenses
or suffered the damage shall bear the simple or particular It is the impact between a moving vessel and a stationary
averages (CC, Art. 810). one.
1. One vessel at fault – The ship owner of such vessel shall The action for recovery of damages arising from collisions
be liable for all resulting damages. cannot be admitted if a protest or declaration is not
presented within twenty-four hours before the
2. Both vessels at fault – Each vessel shall suffer their competent authority of the point where the collision took
respective losses but as regards the owners of the place, or that of the first port of arrival of the vessel, if in
cargoes, both vessels shall be jointly and severally liable Philippine territory, and to the Filipino consul if it
(1991, 1995, 1998 Bar). occurred in a foreign countr y (CC, Art. 835).
3. Vessel at fault not known – Each vessel shall suffer its NOTE: Failure to make a protest is not an impediment to
own losses and both shall be solidarily liable for loses or the maintenance of a civil action based on quasi-delict.
damages on the cargo. (Doctrine of Inscrutable Fault)
Instances when a protest is required
4. Fortuitous event – Each shall bear its own damage (1995
Bar). 1. Arrival under stress; (CC, Art. 612 [8])
2. Shipwreck; (CC, Arts. 601 [15], 843)
5. Third vessel at fault – The third vessel shall be liable for 3. If the vessel has gone through a hurricane or where
losses and damages sustained. the captain believes that the cargo has suffered
damages or averages; (CC, Art. 642) and
Zones of time in the collision of vessel 4. Maritime collision (CC, Art. 835).
1. First zone – all time up to the moment when risk of Persons who can file a maritime protest
collision begins.
1. In case of maritime collision, the passenger or other
NOTE: One vessel is a privileged vessel and the persons interested who may be on board the vessel or
other is a vessel required to take action to avoid who were in a condition who can make known their
collision. wishes (CC, Arts. 835-836) or the captain himself (Verzosa
and Ruiz vs. Lim, G.R. No. 20145, Nov. 15, 1923).
2. Second zone – time between moment when risk of
collision begins and moment it becomes practically a 2. The captain in cases of:
certainty. a. Arrival under stress
b. Shipwreck; or
NOTE: In this zone, the conduct of the vessels is c. If the vessel has gone through a hurricane or where
primordial. It is in this zone that vessels must the captain believes that the cargo has suffered
observe nautical rules, unless a departure therefrom damages or averages.
becomes necessary to avoid imminent danger. The
vessel which does not make such strict observance Q: Two vessels figured in a collision resulting in
is liable. considerable loss of cargo. The damaged vessels were
safely conducted to a port. Kim, a passenger and Ruby,
3. Third Zone – time when collision is certain and up to the a shipper who suffered damage to his cargo, did not
time of impact. file maritime protest. Can Kim and Ruby successfully
maintain an action to recover losses and damages
NOTE: An error at this point no longer bears any arising from the collision? (2007 Bar)
consequence.
A: Ruby, the shipper can successfully maintain an action
Even if a collision which resulted in the damage to the to recover losses and damages arising from the collision
cargoes of a vessel was due to the fault of the other vessel, notwithstanding his failure to file a maritime protest since
the shipowner is still liable where the vessel did not the filing thereof is required only on the part of Kim, who,
exercise due diligence to avoid collision (Maritime being a passenger of the vessel at the time of the collision,
Company of the Philippines vs. CA, G.R. No 47004, March 8, was expected to know the circumstances of the collision.
1989). Kim's failure to file a maritime protest will therefore
prevent him from successfully maintaining an action to
A vessel is guilty of negligence even if it correctly recover his losses and damages (CC, Art 836).
navigated to the right to avoid the collision where it did
not make such maneuver at an early stage and allowed the Shipwreck
two vessels to come to close quarters (Mecenas vs. CA, G.R.
No. 88052, December 14, 1989). The loss of the vessel at sea as a consequence of its
grounding, or running against an object in sea or on the
coast. If the wreck was due to malice, negligence, or lack
of skill of the captain, the owner of the vessel may demand
indemnity from said captain.
It is the arrival of a vessel at the nearest and most Failure to file notice of loss does not bar an action against
convenient port, if during the voyage the vessel cannot the carrier if the action was filed within one year (Belgian
continue the trip to the port of destination on account of Overseas Chartering & Shipping N.V. vs. Philippine First
the lack of provisions, well-founded fear of seizure, Insurance Company, Inc, G.R. No. 143133, June 5, 2002).
privateers or pirates, or by reason of any accident of the
sea disabling it to navigate (CC, Art. 819). There is also no consequence if the transportation
charges and expenses are paid unlike under the Code of
NOTE: In arrival under stress, the captain must file a Commerce.
Protest which is merely a disclaimer for the shipowner
not to be liable. PERIOD OF PRESCRIPTION
Instances when arrival under stress is unlawful (LR- Time when suits for loss or damage of cargo should be
DM) brought (1992, 1995, 2000, 2004 Bar)
1. Lack of provisions is due to negligence to carry The suit should be brought within one year from:
according to usage and customs 1. Delivery of the goods, in case of damage; or
2. Risk of enemy not well known of manifest 2. The date when the goods should have been delivered,
3. Defect of vessel is due to improper repair; or in case of loss.
4. Malice, negligence, lack of foresight or skill of captain
(CC, Art. 820). NOTE: The parties may agree to extend the one-year
period to file a case under the Carriage of Goods by Sea
CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA ACT (COGSA) (Universal Shipping Lines, Inc. vs. Intermediate Appellate
Court, G.R. No. 74125, July 31, 1990).
APPLICATION OF COGSA
Q: To whom should such delivery be made as basis of
It will only be applied in terms of loss or damage of goods the computation of the one-year period?
transported to and from Philippine ports in foreign trade.
It may also apply to domestic trade when there is a A: The one-year period is computed from the delivery of
paramount clause in the contract. goods to the operator and not to the consignee.
Paramount Clause – it is a stipulation or clause either on Instances when the one-year period applies (AFLS)
the bill of lading or charter party stipulating the laws that
the parties agreed to be used of that particular transport. 1. Amendment of pleadings for suing the wrong party
In the event that there will be a breach, the parties shall 2. Filing of third party complaint
follow the law stipulated in the paramount clause (Martin, 3. Loss or damage to cargo, excluding delay or
1989). misdelivery
4. Subrogation (NCC, Art 2207).
The Carriage of Goods by Sea Act applies up to the final
port of destination even if the transhipment was made on Time when the one year period in the COGSA is
an inter-island vessel (Sea Land Service Inc. vs. IAC, G.R. No. interrupted
75118, August 31, 1987).
1. When an action is filed in court; or
Cases covered under the COGSA 2. When there is an agreement between the parties to
extend it.
It applies only in case of non-delivery or damage, and not
to misdelivery or conversion of goods (Ang vs. American Art. 1155 of the Civil Code (providing that the
Steamship Agencies, Inc., G.R. No. L-22491, Jan. 27, 1967). prescription of actions is interrupted by the making
of an extrajudicial written demand by the creditor) is
not applicable to actions brought under the COGSA
NOTE: The prescriptive period for an action against a The WC applies to all international carriage of persons,
broker is ten years and not one year under the COGSA, luggage or goods performed by aircraft for reward. It
since the broker is not a carrier, charterer or holder of the applies equally to gratuitous carriage by aircraft
bill of lading (Reyma Brokerage Inc. vs. Philippine Home performed by an air transport undertaking (WC, Art. 1[1]).
Assurance Corporation, G.R. No. 93464, October 7, 1991).
International carriage
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Any carriage in which, according to the contract made by
Amount of the carrier’s liability under the COGSA the parties, the place of departure and the place of
destination, whether or not there be a break in the
1. The liability limit is set at $500 per package or carriage or a transshipment, are situated either:
customary freight unless the nature and value of such 1. Within the territories of two High Contracting
goods is declared by the shipper. Parties; or
2. Shipper and carrier may agree on another maximum 2. Within the territory of a single High Contracting
amount, but not more than amount of damage Party, if there is an agreed stopping place within a
actually sustained. territory subject to the sovereignty, suzerainty,
mandate or authority of another Power, even
NOTE: When the packages are shipped in a container though that Power is not a party to the Convention
supplied by carrier and the number of such units is stated (WC, Art. 1[2]).
in the bill of lading, each unit and not the container
constitute the “package.” NOTE: High Contracting Parties are the signatories to the
WC and those which subsequently adhered to it. (Mapa vs.
Instances where there is no liability under COGSA CA, G.R. No. 122308, July 8, 1997)
(FDUD)
Q: How should carriage performed by several
1. If the nature or value of goods knowingly and successive air carriers be treated under Warsaw
fraudulently misstated by shipper Convention?
2. If damage resulted from Dangerous nature of
shipment loaded without consent of carrier A: A carriage to be performed by several successive air
3. If Unseaworthiness not due to negligence carriers is deemed, for the purposes of WC to be one
4. If Deviation was to save life or property at sea. undivided carriage, if it has been regarded by the parties
as a single operation, whether it had been agreed upon
Q: Clause 18 of the bill of lading provides that the under the form of a single contract or of a series of
owner should not be liable for loss or damage of cargo contracts (WC, Art. 1 [3]).
unless written notice thereof was given to the carrier
within 30 days after receipt of the goods. However, NOTE: Such carriage does not lose its international
Section 3 of the COGSA provides that even if a notice character merely because one contract or a series of
of loss or damage is not given, "that fact shall not contracts is to be performed entirely within a territory
affect or prejudice the right of the shipper to bring subject to the sovereignty, suzerainty, mandate or
suit within one year after the delivery of the goods." authority of same High Contracting Party (Ibid).
Which of these two provisions should prevail?
1. Withdrawing them at the aerodrome of departure or 1. In the carriage of persons – 250,000 francs for each
destination, or passenger. Nevertheless, by special contract, the carrier
and the passenger may agree to a higher limit of liability.
2. Stopping them in the course of the journey on any
landing, or 2. In the carriage of registered baggage and of cargo – Two
hundred and fifty (250) francs per kilogramme, unless the
3. Calling for them to be delivered at the place of passenger or consignor has made, at the time when the
destination or in the course of the journey to a person package was handed over to the carrier, a special
other than the consignee named in the air consignment declaration of interest in delivery at destination and has
NOTE, or paid a supplementary sum if the case so requires.
4. Requiring them to be returned to the aerodrome of 3. As regards objects of which the passenger takes charge
departure (WC, Art. 12). himself – Five thousand (5,000) francs per passenger (WC,
Art. 22).
NOTE: In the exercise of this right, the carrier or other
consignors must not be prejudiced. For the carrier to obey
the orders for disposition, the carrier must require the NOTE: Carrier is not entitled to the foregoing limit if the
production of the part of the air consignment note damage is caused by willful misconduct or default on its
delivered to the consignor (ibid). part (WC, Art. 25). Where the loss of the baggage of a
passenger was due to the fault or recklessness of an
Time when the right to disposition ceases to continue airline company, the limitation on the liability of airline
companies under the Warsaw Convention is not
It ceases as soon as the consignee, on arrival of the goods applicable (Alitalia v. IAC, G.R. No. 71929, December 4,
at the place of destination, require the carrier to hand 1990).
over to him the air consignment note and to deliver the
goods to him, on payment of charge due and on complying Stipulation relieving the carrier from or limiting its
with the conditions of carriage set out in the air liability is not valid
consignment note(WC, Art. 13)
Any provision tending to relieve the carrier of liability or
Where the supervisor of the consignee signed the delivery to fix a lower limit than that which is laid down in this
receipt for the goods shipped, the consignee cannot sue Convention shall be null and void but the nullity of such
the shipping company for non-delivery of the goods provision does not involve the nullity of the whole
(Republic vs. Lorenzo Shipping Corporation, G.R. No. contract (WC, Art. 23[1]).
153563, Februry 7, 2005).
Exceptions to these limitations (WD-PG)
LIABILITIES UNDER THE CONVENTION:
1. Willful misconduct
1. Damage sustained in the event of the death or 2. Default amounting to willful misconduct
wounding of a passenger taking place on board the 3. Accepting Passengers without ticket
aircraft or in the course of any of the operations of 4. Accepting Goods without airway bill or baggage
embarking or disembarking; without baggage check
WILLFULL MISCONDUCT
THE CORPORATION CODE (CC) A: Article XII, Section 16 of the 1987 Consitution provides
that Congress shall not, except by general law, provide for
the formation, organization, or regulation of private
CORPORATION corporations. Government-owned and controlled
corporations may be created or established by special
DEFINITION charters in the interest of the common good and subject
to the test of economic viability.
A corporation is an artificial being created by operation of
law, having the right of succession and the powers, Q: A corporation was created by a special law. Later,
attributes and properties expressly authorized by law or the law creating it was declared invalid. May such
incident to its existence (CC, Sec. 2). corporation claim to be a de facto corporation?
NOTE: A corporation by prescription is one which has The kinds of franchise are the following:
exercised powers for an indefinite period without 1. Primary/ Corporate/ General Franchise – the right to
interference on the part of the sovereign power and which exist as a corporation.
by fiction of law, is given the status of a corporation (De 2. Secondary/ Special Franchise –the franchise to
Leon, 2010). exercise powers and privileges granted to such
corporation to the business for which it was created,
The creation of a corporation is by operation of law including those conferred for purposes of public benefit
such as the power of eminent domain and other powers
No corporation can exist without the consent or grant of and privileges enjoyed by public utilities (De Leon,
the sovereign, and that the power to create corporations 2010).
is one of the attributes of sovereignty. Corporations
cannot come into existence by mere agreement of the Primary v. Secondary Franchise
parties (De Leon, 2010).
SECONDARY
NOTE: The Philippine jurisprudence adopted the PRIMARY FRANCHISE
FRANCHISE
Concession or fiat theory, which states that a corporation Special authority given to
is conceived as an artificial person owing existence a corporation to engage
through creation by a foreign power. Further, a in a specialized business
corporation has without any existence until it has (e.g. banks, insurance
received the imprimatur of the State acting according to companies, right to use
law, through the SEC (Tayag v. Benguet Consolidated, Inc., the streets of a
GR No. L-23145, November 29, 1968). municipality to lay pipes
of tracks, erect poles, or
Congress cannot create a private corporation by The franchise or authority
string wires).
enactment of a special law to exist as a corporation
Certain rights and
Congress shall not, except by general law, provide for the privileges conferred
formation, organization, or regulation of private upon existing
corporations (1987 Constitution, Art. XII, Sec. 16). corporations (J.R.S.
Business Corp. v. Imperial
Q: Since February 8, 1935, the legislature has not Insurance, supra).
passed even a single law creating a private Granted by a Government
corporation. What provision of the constitution GR: Granted by the
Agency, or a Municipal
precludes the passage of such law? (2008 Bar) Corporation Code,
Corporation
Powers that a corporation can exercise A: Yes. A corporation may enter into a joint venture with
another where the nature is in line with the business
The powers that a corporation can exercise are only those authorized by its charter. (Tuason v. Bolanos, G.R. L-4935,
which are granted by the law of its creation. All powers May 28, 1954) However, in as much as the term “joint
which may be implied from those expressly provided by venture” has no precise legal definition, it may take
law and those which are incidental or essential to the various forms. It could take the form of a simple pooling
corporation’s existence may also be exercised (CC, Sec. of resources (not involving incorporation) between two
36). or more corporations for a specific project, purpose or
undertaking, or for a limited time. It may involve the
The power to institute expropriation proceedings is creation of a more formal structure, and, hence, the
not granted to all corporations formation of a corporation. What is prohibited by law is
the creation of partnership between corporations but not
Only quasi-public corporations or those affected with the creation of joint venture.
public interest are given the power to institute
condemnation proceedings against owners of private Advantages v. Disadvantages of a Corporation
property. To grant the right of eminent domain to purely
private entities exercising functions, which are not public ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
in nature, would be using the right to take property for The capacity to act as a More complicated in
private use (De Leon, 2010, citing SEC Opinion, October 28, legal unit formation and
1968). management
Limitation of, or Higher cost of formation
Rule on whether a defective incorporation result into exemption from liability and operation
a partnership of shareholders
Continuity of Existence Lack of personal element
The answer depends on whether or not there is a clear Transferability of shares Greater government
intent to participate in the management of the business control and regulation
affairs on the part of the investor.
Corporation v. Partnership
From the moment of meeting of /minds of the Existence of the corporation commences from
partners the date of issuance of the Certificate of
Incorporation by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC).
Commencement of The term of a partnership may be
juridical established for any period of time stipulated by Existence canNOT be for a term in excess of 50
personality and the partners years. The term of a corporation may be
term of existence extended to not more than 50 years at any single
instance.
May be organized byat least 2 persons GR: Requires at least 5 incorporators but not
Number of more than 15.
incorporators
XPN: Corporation sole
GR: May exercise any power authorized by the May exercise only such powers as may be
partners. granted by law and its articles of incorporation,
Powers implied therefrom or incidental thereto.
XPN: Acts which are contrary to law, morals,
good customs, public order, public policy
When management is not agreed upon, every GR: Power to do business and manage its affairs
partner is an agent of the partnership is vested in the Board of Directors (BOD) /
Board of Trustees (BOT).
XPNs:
Management 1) Executive Committee (Sec. 35, CC)
2) Management Contract (Sec. 44, CC)
3) The AOI of a close corporation may provide
that the business of the corporation shall be
managed by the stockholders of the corporation
rather than by a board of directors (Sec. 97, CC).
A partner as such can sue a co-partner who The suit against a member of the BOD or BOT
Effect of mismanages. who mismanages must be brought in the name
mismanagement of the corporation (Derivative suit).
2. An authority to distribute to the holders of such shares, Members of a de facto corporation cannot be held
dividends or allotments of the surplus profits on the liable as partners by third persons
basis of the shares held (Sec. 3, CC; Collector of
Internal Revenue vs Club Filipino de Ceb, G.R. No. L- The members of a de facto corporation cannot be held
12719, May 31, 1962). liable as partners by third persons who deal with them in
their supposed corporate capacity, merely on account of a
Requisites of a de facto corporation (LAP) technical defect in the formation of the corporation.
(1994, 2004 Bar)
On the other hand, where an attempt to organize a
1. Organized under a valid Law. corporation fails by omission of some substantial step or
2. Attempt in good faith to form a corporation according proceeding required by the law, its members or
to the requirements of the law. stockholders are liable as partners (De Leon, 2010).
NOTE: Issuance of Certificate of Incorporation by SEC The existence of a de facto corporation cannot be
is a minimum requirement for the formation of the collaterally attacked
Corporation in good faith (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2009).
GR: The existence of a de facto corporation shall not be
3. Use of corporate Powers - The corporation must have inquired into collaterally in any private suit to which such
performed the acts which are peculiar to a corporation corporation may be a party. Such inquiry may be made by
like entering into a subscription agreement, adopting the Solicitor General in a quo warranto proceeding (Sec.
by-laws, and electing directors. 20, CC).
Q: University Publishing Company (UPC), through its XPN: Collateral attack will be permitted, however, when
president, entered into a contract with Albert to the lack of right or the wrong doing of the corporation is
publish the commentaries on the Revised Penal Code. in issue because it is in violation of public policy or of
UPC published the commentaries but it did not remit express or implied statutory requirement, such as denial
the amount due to Albert. This prompted Albert to file of its right to enforce contracts entered into without
a collection suit. The RTC ruled against UPC. When the
A corporation sole may alienate properties by: In non-stock corporations, the amendment needs the
concurrence of at least two-thirds of its membership. If
1. Obtaining an order from the RTC of the province such approval mechanism is made to operate in a
where the property is situated after notice of the
corporation sole, its one member in whom all the powers
application for leave to sell or mortgage has been
of the corporation technically belongs, needs to get the
given by publication or otherwise and by showing concurrence of two-thirds of its membership (Iglesia
that it is for the interest of the corporation that leave
Evangelica Metodista v. Bishop Lazaro, GR. 184088, July 6,
to sell or mortgage should be granted.
2010).
2. In cases where the rules, regulations and discipline of
the religious denomination, sect or church, religious Q: A Special Audit Team from COA audited the
society or order concerned represented by such accounts of Leyte Metropolitan Water District
corporation sole regulate the method of acquiring, (LMWD). Subsequently, LMWD received a request for
holding, selling and mortgaging real estate and payment of auditing fees from COA. As General
personal property, such rules, regulations and Manager of LMWD, Engr. Feliciano sent a reply
discipline shall control, and the intervention of the informing COA that the water district could not pay
courts shall not be necessary (Sec. 113, CC). the auditing fees. Feliciano cited as basis for his
action Presidential Decree 198 (PD 198) as well as
Purchase and sale of property by a corporation sole Republic Act No. 6758 (RA 6758). Thereafter,
for its church, charitable, benevolent or educational Feliciano asked COA for refund of all auditing fees
purposes. LMWD previously paid to COA. The COA Chairman
denied LMWD’s request. Feliciano maintains that
Any corporation sole may purchase and hold real estate LWDs are not GOCCs with original charters. He
and personal property for its church, charitable, argues that LWDs are private corporations, and thus
benevolent or educational purposes, and may receive LWDs are not subject to COA’s jurisdiction.
bequests or gifts for such purposes. Such corporation may Is a Local Water District created under PD 198, as
mortgage or sell real property held by it upon obtaining amended, a government-owned or controlled
an order for that purpose from the [Regional Trial Court] corporation subject to the audit jurisdiction of COA?
of the province where the property is situated; xxx
provided, that in cases where the rules, regulations and A: Yes. LWDs are GOCCs subject to the audit jurisdiction
discipline of the religious denomination, sect or church, of COA. The Constitution and existing laws mandate COA
religious society or order concerned represented by such to audit all government agencies, including GOCCs with
corporation sole regulate the method of acquiring, original charters. An LWD is a GOCC with an original
holding, selling and mortgaging real estate and personal charter. The Constitution recognizes two classes of
property, such rules, regulations and discipline shall corporations. The first refers to private corporations
control, and the intervention of the courts shall not be created under a general law. The second refers to GOCCs
necessary (Iglesia Filipina Independiente v. Heirs of created by special charters. Congress cannot enact a law
Bernardino Tazea, G.R. No. 179597, February 3, 2014, in creating a private corporation with a special
Divina, 2014). charter. Such legislation would be
unconstitutional. Private corporations may exist only
Thus, when the Canons of the Iglesia Filipino under a general law. The Constitution authorizes
Independiente provide that all real properties of the Congress to create GOCCs through special charters. Since
church can be disposed of only with the approval and private corporations cannot have special charters, it
conformity of the laymen’s committee, the parish priest, follows that Congress can create corporations with
the Diocesan Bishop, with sanction of the Supreme special charters only if such corporations are
Council, and finally with the approval of the Supreme government-owned or controlled. Obviously, LWDs are
Bishop, as administrator of all the temporalities of the not private corporations because they are not created
Church, yet the Supreme Bishop sold motu propio a parcel under the Corporation Code (Engr. Ranulfo C. Feliciano v.
of land of the IFI despite the objection of the laymen, the COA, et al., G.R. No. 147402, January 14, 2004).
sale is void and the land must be reconveyed to IFI (Iglesia
Filipina Independiente v. Heirs of Bernardino Tazea, G.R. Q: In Liban, et al. v. Gordon (July 15, 2009) the Court
No. 179597, February 3, 2014). held that Richard Gordon did not forfeit his seat in the
Senate when he accepted the chairmanship of the
Dissolution of a corporation sole is not necessary for PNRC Board of Governors, as the office of the PNRC
it to become a corporation aggregate Chairman is not a government office or an office in a
government-owned or controlled corporation for
There is no point in dissolving the corporation sole of one purposes of the prohibition in Section 13, Article VI of
member to enable the corporation aggregate to emerge the 1987 Constitution. The Decision, however, further
from it. The Corporation Code provides no specific declared void the PNRC Charter insofar as it creates
mechanism for amending the articles of incorporation of the PNRC as a private corporation and consequently
a corporation sole but Section 109 of the Corporation ruled that the PNRC should incorporate under the
Corporation Code and register with the SEC if it wants
Carandang assumed office as general manager and GOCCs are "stock or non-stock" corporations "vested with
chief operating officer of RPN. Subsequently, functions relating to public needs" that are "owned by the
Carandang and other RPN officials were charged with Government directly or through its instrumentalities." By
grave misconduct before the Ombudsman. The charge definition, three attributes thus make an entity a GOCC:
alleged that Carandang had entered into a contract
with AF Broadcasting Incorporated despite his being first, its organization as stock or non-stock
an incorporator, director, and stockholder of that corporation;
corporation and that he had thus held financial and second, the public character of its function;
material interest in a contract that had required the
and third, government ownership over the same
approval of his office. Carandang argues that the
Ombudsman had no jurisdiction over him because
RPN is not a GOCC. Is RPN a GOCC? Possession of all three attributes is necessary to deem an
entity a GOCC.
The MECO is not owned or controlled by the government. 1. Place of Incorporation test
Organization as a non-stock corporation and the mere 2. Control test
performance of functions with a public aspect, however, 3. Grandfather rule – Nationality is attributed to the
are not by themselves sufficient to consider the MECO as percentage of equity in the corporation used in
a GOCC. In order to qualify as a GOCC, a corporation must nationalized or partly nationalized area. This test is
also, if not more importantly, be owned by the an exception to the Control Test and was applied by
government. the SEC in several cases.
4. Domiciliary test – Determined by the principal place
The government owns a stock or non-stock corporation if of business of the corporation.
it has controlling interest in the corporation. In a stock
corporation, the controlling interest of the government is PLACE OF INCORPORATION TEST
assured by its ownership of at least fifty-one percent
(51%) of the corporate capital stock. In a non-stock In using the Place of Incorporation test, the nationality of
corporation, like the MECO, jurisprudence teaches that a corporation is determined by the state of incorporation,
the controlling interest of the government is affirmed regardless of the nationality of the stockholders.
when "at least majority of the members are government
officials holding such membership by appointment or XPN: A corporation organized/incorporated abroad and
designation" or there is otherwise "substantial registered as doing business in the Philippines under the
participation of the government in the selection" of the Corporation Code, of which 100% of the capital stock
corporation’s governing board. outstanding and entitled to vote is wholly owned by
Filipinos, may be considered a Philippine National under
The fact of the incorporation of the MECO under the the Foreign Investments Act of 1991. This is the only
Corporation Code is the key. The MECO was correct in exception to the place of incorporation test (SEC Opinion
postulating that, as a corporation organized under the No. 04-14, March 3, 2004; De Leon, 2010).
Corporation Code, it is governed by the appropriate
provisions of the said code, its articles of incorporation CONTROL TEST
and its by-laws. In this case, it is the by-laws of the MECO
that stipulates that its directors are elected by its Control test
members; its officers are elected by its directors; and its
members, other than the original incorporators, are In determining the nationality of a corporation, the
admitted by way of a unanimous board resolution. control test uses the nationality of the controlling
stockholders or members of the corporation.
It is significant to note that none of the original
incorporators of the MECO were shown to be government This test was adopted by the Foreign Investment Act of
officials at the time of the corporation’s organization. 1991 (RA 7042) as a general guideline in determining the
Indeed, none of the members, officers or board of nationality of corporations engaged in a nationalized
directors of the MECO, from its incorporation up to the activity (Sec Opinion No. 07-20, November 20, 2007).
present day, were established as government appointees
or public officers designated by reason of their office. Requisites of the control test (CFC)
There is, in fact, no law or executive order that authorizes
such an appointment or designation. Hence, from a 1. Control, not mere majority or complete stock control,
strictly legal perspective, it appears that the presidential but Complete domination, not only of finances but of
"desire letters" pointed out by Funa are, no matter how policy and business practice in respect to the
strong its persuasive effect may be, merely transaction attacked such that the corporate entity as
recommendatory. to this transaction had at that time no separate mind,
will or existence of its own;
It is a sui generis private entity especially entrusted by the 2. Such control must have been used by the defendant to
government with the facilitation of unofficial relations commit Fraud or wrong, to perpetuate the violation
with the people in Taiwan without jeopardizing the of a statutory or other positive legal duty, or
country’s faithful commitment to the One China policy of dishonest or unjust act in contravention of plaintiffs
the PROC. However, despite its non-governmental legal right; and
character, the MECO handles government funds in the 3. The control and breach of duty must proximately Cause
form of the "verification fees" it collects on behalf of the the injury or unjust loss complained of (Velarde v.
DOLE and the "consular fees" it collects under Section Lopez, Inc., G.R. No. 153886, January 14, 2004; Heirs of
2(6) of EO No. 15, s. 2001. Hence, under existing laws, the Ramon Durano, Sr. v. Uy, G.R. No. 136456, October 24,
accounts of the MECO pertaining to its collection of such 2000).
"verification fees" and "consular fees" should be audited
by the COA (Dennis A.B. Funa v. Manila Economic and
Cultural Office and COA, G.R. No. 193462, February, 2014).
Q: The Olongapo City filed a complaint for sum of A: The action will prosper against GOM Corporation but it
money and damages against Olongapo City Water shall not be the same with regard to the action against
District (OCWD). It alleged that OCWD failed to pay its Richard. Such is the case because Richard has a separate
electricity bills to Olongapo City and remit its and distinct personality from the corporation. His mere
payment under the contract to pay, pursuant to ownership of 90% of the shares of the capital stock of
OCWD’s acquisition of Olongapo City’s water system. GOM does not make him as one with the corporation.
In the interim, OCWD entered into a Joint Venture Mere ownership by a single stockholder, or by another
Agreement with SBMA, Biwater and DMCI. Pursuant corporation, of all or nearly all of the capital stock of a
to this agreement, Subic Water– a new corporate corporation is not itself a sufficient ground for
entity – was incorporated, with the following equity disregarding the separate corporate personality. (Secosa
participation from its shareholders: SBMA 19.99% or v. Heirs of Erwin Suarez Francisco, G.R. No. 160039, June 29,
20%; OCWD 9.99% or 10%; Biwater 29.99% or 30%; 2004).
and DMCI 39.99% or 40%. Subic Water was granted
the franchise to operate and to carry on the business Significance of the doctrine of separate personality
of providing water and sewerage services in the Subic
Bay Free Port Zone, as well as in Olongapo City. Hence, 1. Liability for acts or contracts – As a general rule, the
Subic Water took over OCWD’s water operations in obligation of the corporation is not the liability of the
Olongapo City. To finally settle their money claims stockholders, officers or directors (Remo vs. IAC, G.R.
against each other, Olongapo City and OCWD entered No. L-67626, April 18, 1989; 1992, 1996, 2010 Bar).
into a compromise agreement.
A corporation may not, generally, be made to answer
To enforce the compromise agreement, Olongapo City for acts or liabilities of its stockholders or those of the
filed a motion for the issuance of a writ of execution legal entities to which it may be connected, and vice
with the RTC. OCWD’s former counsel filed a versa (Cease vs. CA, G.R. No. L-33172, October 18,
manifestation alleging that OCWD had already been 1979).
dissolved and that Subic Water is now the former
OCWD. Because of this assertion, Subic Water also It can incur obligations and its obligations are not the
filed a manifestation informing the RTC that as borne obligations of its stockholders, directors, and officers
out by the articles of incorporation and general (Vasquez vs. De Borja, G.R. No. L-48930, February 23,
information sheet of Subic Water, OCWD is not Subic 1994).
Water. The manifestation also indicated that OCWD
was only a ten percent (10%) shareholder of Subic Q: As a result of perennial business losses, a
Water; and that its 10% share was already in the corporation's net worth has been wiped out. In fact, it
process of being transferred to Olongapo City is now in negative territory. Nonetheless, the
pursuant to a Deed of Assignment. stockholders did not like to give up. Creditor-banks,
however, do not share the confidence of the
Is Subic Water can be made liable under the writ of stockholders and refuse to grant more loans.
execution issued by RTC in favor of Olongapo City a. What tools are available to the stockholders
to replenish capital?
A: No. OCWD and Subic Water are two separate and b. Assuming that the corporation continues to
different entities. Subic Water clearly demonstrated that operate even with depleted capital, would the
it was a separate corporate entity from OCWD. OCWD is stockholders or the managers be solidarily
just a ten percent (10%) shareholder of Subic Water. As a liable for the obligations incurred by the
mere shareholder, OCWD’s juridical personality cannot be
corporations? (Bar 1999)
equated nor confused with that of Subic Water. It is basic A:
in corporation law that a corporation is a juridical entity
vested with a legal personality separate and distinct from a. In the case where the creditor-banks refused to
those acting for and in its behalf and, in general, from the grant more loans to the stockholders, the stockholders
b. No, the stockholders or managers cannot be held 5. Changes in individual membership – corporation
solidarily liable for the obligations incurred by the remains unchanged and unaffected in its identity by
corporation. They cannot be held personally liable for as changes in its individual membership or ownership
long as their acts are for and in behalf of the corporation, of its stocks.
within the scope of their authority and in good faith. Also,
a corporation has a personality separate and distinct from Stockholders are not the owners of corporate
its individual stockholders (Consolidated Bank and Trust properties and assets
Corp. v. CA, G.R. No. 114286, April 19, 2001).
The interest of the shareholder in the properties of the
Q: Marulas Creative Technology Inc., an e-business corporation is inchoate only. The interest of the
enterprise engaged in the manufacture of computer shareholder on a particular property becomes actual,
media accessories, rents an office and store space at a direct and existing only upon the liquidation of the assets
commercial building owned by X. Being a start-up of the corporation and the provided that the same
company, Marulas enjoyed some leniency in its rent property is assigned to the shareholder concerned.
payments; but after three years, X put a stop to it and
asked Marulas President and General Manager, Y, Under the trust fund doctrine, the capital stock, property,
who is a stockholder, to pay back rentals amounting and other assets of a corporation are regarded as equity
to a hundred thousand pesos or to vacate the in trust for the payment of corporate creditors which are
premises at the end of the month. Marulas neither preferred over the stockholders in the distribution of
paid its debt nor vacated the premises. X sued corporate assets. The distribution of corporate assets and
Marulas and Y for collection of unpaid rentals, plus property cannot be made to depend on the whims and
interests and costs of litigation. Will the suit prosper caprices of the stockholders, officers, or directors of the
against Marulas? Against Y? (2000) corporation unless the indispensable conditions and
procedures for the protection of corporate creditors are
A: Yes. The suit against Marulas can prosper because followed (Ryuichi Yamamoto v. Nishino Leather Industries,
Marulas is the one renting the office and store space for Inc. and Ikuo Nishino, G.R. No. 150283, April 16, 2008).
its office and business operations. While the suit against Y
cannot prosper because the corporation has a separate Q: RISCO ceased operation due to business reverses.
and distinct personality from its officers, directors, Due to Merelo, Matias III, Jose, all surnamed Aznar,
stockholders and members. This separate legal Rosario Barcenilla, Jose Enad and Ricardo Gabuya’s
personality is recognized by law. They are separate desire to rehabilitate RISCO, they contributed a total
entities and the liabilities arising from the obligation of amount of P212,720.00 which was used in the
one cannot extend to the other, and vice versa. purchase of the three (3) parcels of land located in
various areas in the Cebu Province. Pursuant to the
2. Right to bring actions – may bring civil and criminal Minutes of the Special Meeting of the Board of
actions in its own name in the same manner as Directors of RISCO, the contributed amounts
natural persons (Art. 46, Civil Code). constitute liens and encumbrances on the
aforementioned properties as annotated in the titles
Rights belonging to the corporation cannot be of the said lots. Such annotation was made.
invoked by the stockholders (or directors and Thereafter, various subsequent annotations were
officers) even if the latter owns substantial majority made on the same titles in favor of PNB. As a result, a
of the shares of the shares in that corporation and Certificate of Sale was issued in favor of PNB, being
rights of the stockholders, directors and officers the lone and highest bidder of the three (3) parcels of
cannot be invoked by the corporation (Stonehill vs. land and was also issued Transfer Certificate of Title
Diokno, G.R. 19550, June 19, 1967). over the said parcels of land. Aznar, et. al filed a
complaint seeking the quieting of their supposed title
3. Right to acquire and possess property – property to the subject properties. They alleged that the
conveyed to or acquired by the corporation is in law subsequent annotations on the titles are subject to
the property of the corporation itself as a distinct the prior annotation of their liens and encumbrances.
legal entity and not that of the stockholders or On the other hand, they assert that, as mere
members (Art. 44[3], Civil Code). stockholders of RISCO, they do not have any legal or
equitable right over the properties of the corporation.
The property of its stockholders, directors, and The trial court declared that the Minutes of the
officers are not the properties of the corporation. The Special Meeting of the Board of Directors of RISCO
interest of the stockholders over the properties are annotated on the titles of the subject properties is an
merely inchoate (Saw vs. CA, G.R. No. 90580, April 8, express trust whereby RISCO was a mere trustee and
1991; 1996, 2000 Bar) the above-mentioned stockholders as beneficiaries
being the true and lawful owners of the subject
properties. On appeal, the CA set aside the ruling of
Stockholders are not real parties in interest to claim Q: Rufina Lim is the surviving spouse of the late Pastor
damages and recover compensation Lim whose estate is the subject of probate
proceedings in another case. In the inventory of the
The personality of a corporation is distinct and separate estate of Pastor Lim, the properties registered in the
from the personalities of its stockholders. Hence, its names of Auto Truck Corporation, et al., were
stockholders are not themselves the real parties in included. Auto Truck Corporation, et al., thereafter
interest to claim and recover compensation for the filed a motion for exclusion of certain properties from
damages arising from the wrongful attachment of the estate of Pastor Lim. The Probate Court granted
corporate assets. Only the corporation is the real party in the same.
interest for that purpose (Stronghold Insurance Company,
Inc. v. Cuenca, G.R. No. 173297, March 6, 2013). Subsequently, Rufina Lim filed an amended
petition which averred that Auto Truck Corporation,
Q: Nine individuals formed a private corporation et al.’s capital, assets and equity were personally
pursuant to the provisions of the Corporation Code of owned by Pastor Lim and that the alleged
the Philippines. Incorporator S was elected director stockholders and officers appearing in the AOI of Auto
and president-general manager. Part of his Truck Corporation, et al., were mere dummies of
emolument is a Ford Expedition, which the Pastor Y. Lim, and they were listed therein only for
corporation owns. After a few years, S lost his purposes of registration with the SEC. Because of this,
corporate positions but he refused to return the the Probate Court reversed its earlier order and held
motor vehicle claiming that as stockholder with a that the subject properties should be included in the
substantial equity share, he owns that portion of the estate of Pastor Lim. The Probate court held that the
corporate assets in his possession. Is the contention corporations were mere alter egos or
of S valid? Explain. (Bar 2000) instrumentalities of Pastor Lim and that the issue
involves the piercing of the corporate veil. Should the
A: No, the contention of S is not valid. The Ford Expedition subject properties registered in the name of Auto
is a corporate property. A corporation has a separate and Truck Corporation, et al. be included in the estate of
distinct personality that when it owns a property, it shall Pastor Lim?
not be deemed to be the property of its stockholder no
matter how substantial the ownership of his shares is. A: No. The real properties included in the inventory of the
Shareholders are in no legal sense the owners of estate of the late Pastor Y. Lim are in the possession of and
corporate property owned by the corporation as a distinct are registered in the name of Auto Truck Corporation,
legal personality. (Concepcion Magsaysay-Labrador v. CA, which under the law possesses a personality separate and
G.R. No. 58168, December 19, 1989) distinct from its stockholders, and in the absence of any
cogency to shred the veil of corporate fiction, the
Q: Ronald Sham doing business under the name of presumption of conclusiveness of said titles in favor of
SHAMRON Machineries (Shamron) sold to Turtle Auto Truck Corporation should stand undisturbed. A
Mercantile (Turtle) a diesel farm tractor. In payment, corporation is vested by law with a personality distinct
Turtle’s President and Manager Dick Seldon issued a and separate from its stockholders or members. In the
check for P50,000 in favor of Shamron. A week later, same vein, a corporation by legal fiction and convenience
Turtle sold the tractor to Briccio Industries (Briccio) is an entity shielded by a protective mantle and imbued
for P 60,000. Briccio discovered that the engine of the by law with a character alien to the persons comprising it.
tractor was reconditioned so he refused to pay Turtle. Furthermore, mere ownership by a single stockholder or
As a result, Dick Seldon ordered “Stop Payment” of the by another corporation of all or nearly all of the capital
check issued to Shamron. Shamron sued Turtle and stock of a corporation is not of itself a sufficient reason for
Dick Seldon. Shamron obtained a favourable disregarding the fiction of separate corporate
judgment holding co-defendants Turtle and Dick personalities (Rufina Luy Lim v. CA, G.R. No. 124715,
Seldon jointly and severally liable. Comment on the January 24, 2000).
decision of the trial court. Discuss fully. (Bar 1995)
Q: Equitable PCI Bank (the Bank) filed a petition for
A: I disagree with the trial court’s ruling. Dick Seldon extrajudicial foreclosure of the real estate mortgages
should not be solidarily liable with Turtle because of his petitioners Spouses Ramon Nicse and Natividad
The spouses Nisce likewise alleged that since they and Was the CA incorrect in disregarding the separate
the Bank were creditors and debtors with respect to legal personality of NMIC from PNB and DBP?
each other, their obligations should have been offset
by legal compensation to the extent of their account A: Yes. While ownership by one corporation of all or a
with the Bank. The Bank retorted that the Sps. Nicse great majority of stocks of another corporation and their
had no cause of action for legal compensation since interlocking directorates may serve as indicia of control,
PCI Capital was a different corporation with a by themselves and without more, however, these
separate and distinct personality; if at all, offsetting circumstances are insufficient to establish an alter ego
may occur only with respect to the spouses’ relationship or connection between DBP and PNB on the
US$500.00 deposit account in its Paseo de Roxas one hand and NMIC on the other hand, that will justify the
branch. puncturing of the latter’s corporate cover.
Are the Sps. Nicse and the Bank mutual debtors and Mere ownership by a single stockholder or by another
creditors? corporation of all or nearly all of the capital stock of a
corporation is not of itself sufficient ground for
A: No. Admittedly, PCI Capital is a subsidiary of disregarding the separate corporate personality. The
respondent Bank. Even then, PCI Capital has an existence of interlocking directors, corporate officers and
independent and separate juridical personality from that shareholders is not enough justification to pierce the veil
of the respondent Bank, its parent company; hence, any of corporate fiction in the absence of fraud or other public
claim against the subsidiary is not a claim against the policy considerations (DBP v. Hydro Resources Contractors
parent company and vice-versa. The evidence on record Corporation, G.R. Nos. 167603, 167561, & 167530, March
shows that PCIB, which had been merged with Equitable 13, 2013).
Bank, owns almostall of the stocks of PCI Capital.
However, the fact that a corporation owns all of the stocks b) common directors and similarity of business
of another corporation, taken alone, is not sufficient to
justify their being treated as one entity. If used to perform Q: Indophil Union is a legitimate labor organization
legitimate functions, a subsidiary’s separate existence and the exclusive bargaining agent of all the rank-
shall be respected, and the liability of the parent and-file employees of Indophil Textile. Indophil
corporation, as well as the subsidiary shall be confined to Union and Indophil Textile executed a CBA. After
those arising in their respective business. A corporation some time, Indophil Acrylic was formed. Acrylic
has a separate personality distinct from its stockholders became operational and hired workers according to
and from other corporations to which it may be its own criteria and standards. Subsequently, the
conducted. This separate and distinct personality of a workers of Acrylic unionized and a duly certified CBA
corporation is a fiction created by law for convenience was executed.
and to prevent injustice (Spouses Ramon M. Nicse and
Natividad Paras-Nicse v. Equitable PCI Bank, Inc., G.R. no. A year after, Indophil Union claimed that the plant
167434, Ferbruary 19, 2007). facilities built and set up by Acrylic should be
considered as an extension or expansion of the
Q: DBP and PNB foreclosed on certain mortgages facilities of Indophil Textile and in other words,
made on the properties of Marinduque Mining and Acrylic is part of Indophil Textile bargaining unit. On
Industrial Corporation (MMIC). As a result of the the other hand, Indophil Textile submits that it is a
foreclosure, DBP and PNB acquired substantially all juridical entity separate and distinct from Acrylic and
the assets of MMIC and resumed the business hence Acrylic is not part of its bargaining unit. Are the
operations of the defunct MMIC by organizing NMIC. rank-and-file employees working at Indophil Acrylic
The members of the Board of NMIC were either from a part of, and/or within the scope of the bargaining
DBP or PNB. unit of Indophil Textile?
Subsequently, NMIC engaged in the services of A: No. The rank-and-file employees of Acrylic are not
Hercon, Inc. Hercon made several demands on NMIC within the scope of the bargaining unit of Indophil Textile.
for the latter’s unpaid balance, but they were not The fact that the businesses of Indophil Textile and Acrylic
heeded. Hercon filed a complaint for sum of money are related, that some of the employees of Indophil Textile
with the RTC seeking to hold NMIC, PNB and DBP are the same persons manning and providing for auxiliary
solidarily liable. Hercon was later acquired by Hydro services to the units of Acrylic, and that the physical
Resources Contractors Corporation (HRCC). plants, offices and facilities are situated in the same
compound, are of no moment. These facts are not
Corporations are entitled to the following rights under the 1. The corporation may recover moral damages under
constitution; item 7 of Article 2219 of the New Civil Code because said
provision expressly authorizes the recovery of moral
1. Right to Due Process (Sec. 1, Art. III, Constitution).
damages in cases of libel, slander, or any other form of
2. Right against unreasonable searches and seizures (Sec. defamation.
2, ibid).
Article 2219(7) does not qualify whether the injured
However, the corporation is not entitled to the right party is a natural or juridical person. Therefore, a
against self-incrimination, being a mere creature of law. corporation, as a juridical person, can validly complain for
(Bataan Shipyard & Engineering v. PCGG , G.R. No. 75885, libel or any other form of defamation and claim for moral
May 27, 1987). damages (Filipinas Broadcasting Network, Inc. v. AMEC-
BCCM, G.R. No. 141994, January 17, 2005).
LIABILITY FOR TORTS AND CRIMES
2. When the corporation has a reputation that is debased,
A corporation may be held liable for torts resulting in its humiliation in the business realm (Manila
Electric Company v. T.E.A.M. Electronics Corporation, et. al.,
The corporation is liable for every tort which it expressly G.R. No. 131723, December 13, 2007).
directs or authorizes (PNB v. CA, G.R. No. L-27155, May 18,
1978). Q: "Exposé" is a radio documentary program hosted
by Rima and Alegre. It is aired every morning over
Reason for liability in cases of torts DZRC-AM which is owned by FBNI. One morning, Rima
and Alegre exposed various alleged complaints from
A corporation is civilly liable in the same manner as students, teachers and parents against AMEC and its
natural persons for torts, because generally speaking, the administrators. Claiming that the broadcasts were
rules governing the liability of a principal or master for a defamatory, AMEC and Ago, as Dean of AMEC’s College
tort committed by an agent or servant are the same, of Medicine, filed a complaint for damages against
whether the servant or agent is a natural or artificial FBNI, Rima and Alegre. The trial court ruled in favor
person (ibid). of AMEC and Ago. The CA affirmed. Among others,
FBNI claims that AMEC is not entitled to moral
Corporations incapable of intent damages because it is a corporation. Is AMEC is
entitled to moral damages?
Corporations are incapable of intent, hence they cannot
commit felonies that are punishable under the Revised A: Yes. AMEC is entitled to moral damages. A juridical
Penal Code. They cannot commit crimes that are person is generally not entitled to moral damages
punishable under special laws because crimes are because, unlike a natural person, it cannot experience
personal in nature. In addition, the penalty of physical suffering or such sentiments as wounded
imprisonment cannot be imposed. However, the feelings, serious anxiety, mental anguish or moral
corporation may be dissolved for violations of the shock. Nevertheless, AMEC’s claim for moral damages
Corporation Code (CC, Sec. 144). falls under item 7 of Article 2219 of the Civil Code. This
provision expressly authorizes the recovery of moral
Liability of a corporation in cases of crimes damages in cases of libel, slander or any other form of
defamation. Article 2219(7) does not qualify whether the
GR: A corporation is not liable in cases of crimes. Since a plaintiff is a natural or juridical person. Therefore, a
corporation is a mere creation of legal fiction, it cannot be juridical person such as a corporation can validly
held liable for a crime committed by its officers, since it complain for libel or any other form of defamation and
does not have the essential element of malice; in such case claim for moral damages (Filipinas Broadcasting Network,
the responsible officers would be criminally liable (People Inc., v. AMEC-BCCM, G.R. No. 141994, January 17, 2005).
v. Tan Boon Kong, G.R. No. L-32066, March 15, 1930).
Q: Meralco and T.E.A.M. Electronics Corporation
XPN: If the penalty of the crime is only fine or forfeiture (TEC) were parties to two separate contracts for the
of license or franchise (Ching v Secretary of Justice, supra). sale of electric energy.Meralco undertook to supply
TEC’s building known as DCIM with electric
In his Answer, Roxas imputed the blame to NOTE: When the veil of corporate fiction is pierced in
respondent Our Lady’s Village Foundation, Inc., now proper cases, the corporate character is not necessarily
Our Lady’s Foundation, Inc. (OLFI). He then filed a abrogated. It continues for legitimate objectives (Reynoso
Third-Party Complaint against OLFI and claimed that IV vs. CA, G.R. Nos. 116124-25, November 22, 2000).
he only occupied the adjoining portion in order to get
the equivalent area of what he had lost when OLFI
trimmed his property for the subdivision road. The
trial court held that Latosa had established her claim
of encroachment by a preponderance of evidence. It
found that Roxas occupied a total of 112 square
meters of Latosa’s lots, and that, in turn, OLFI
Gold Line Tours, Inc. (GLTI) filed a third-party claim, A: Yes. Shortly after Elliot forged the compromise
claiming that the levied tourist bus be returned to GLTI agreement with Livesey, CBB ceased operations. Then
because it was its owner and GLTI had not been made a Binswanger suddenly appeared. It was established almost
party to the case, and it was a corporation entirely simultaneously with CBB’s closure, with no less than
different from TTAI. The RTC dismissed the third-party Elliot as its President and CEO. A reasonable mind would
claim, observing that the identity of TTAI cannot be arrive at the conclusion that Binswanger is CBB’s alter ego
divorced from that of GLTI, considering that Cheng had or that CBB and Binswanger are one and the same
claimed to be the operator as well as the corporation. There are also indications of badges of fraud
President/Manager/incorporator of both entities; and in Binswanger’s incorporation. It was a business strategy
that Travel & Tours Advisers, Inc. had been known in to evade CBB’s financial liabilities, including its
Sorsogon as Goldline. The CA affirmed the RTC outstanding obligation to Livesey. Piercing the veil of
decision. corporate fiction is an equitable doctrine developed to
address situations where the separate corporate
Did the RTC lack legal basis to declare TTAI and GLTI personality of a corporation is abused or used for
one and the same? wrongful purposes.
A: No. As the Court sees it, the RTC had sufficient factual In the present case, the Court sees an indubitable link
basis to find that Goldline and Travel and Tours Advisers, between CBB’s closure and Binswanger’s
Inc. were one and the same entity, specifically: (a) incorporation. CBB ceased to exist only in name; it re–
documents submitted by Goldline in the RTC showing that emerged in the person of Binswanger for an urgent
William Cheng, who claimed to be the operator of Travel purpose — to avoid payment by CBB of the last two
and Tours Advisers, Inc., was also the President/Manager installments of its monetary obligation to Livesey, as
and an incorporator of the petitioner; and (b) Travel and well as its other financial liabilities. It was not just
Tours Advisers, Inc. had been known in Sorsogon as coincidence that Binswanger is engaged in the same line
Goldline (Gold Line Tours, Inc. v. Heirs of Maria Concepcion of business CBB embarked on: (1) it even holds office in
LAcsa, G.R. No. 159108, June 18, 2012). the very same building and on the very same floor where
CBB once stood; (2) CBB’s key officers, Elliot, no less, and
Q: Eric Livesey (Livesey) filed a complaint for illegal Catral moved over to Binswanger (3) the use of
dismissal with money claims against CBB Philippines Binswanger of CBB’s paraphernalia (receiving stamp) (4)
Strategic Property Services, Inc. (CBB) and Paul Binswanger’s takeover of CBB’s project with the PNB.
Dwyer. CBB was a domestic corporation engaged in
real estate brokerage and Dwyer was its President. While the ostensible reason for Binswanger’s
The LA ruled in favor of Livesey and ordered CBB to establishment is to continue CBB’s business operations in
reinstate the former position as Managing Director the Philippines, which by itself is not illegal, the close
and pay him accrued salaries, back salaries and proximity between CBB’s disestablishment and
attorney’s fees. Livesey and CBB entered into a Binswanger’s coming into existence was to evade CBB’s
compromise agreement where Livesey is to receive a unfulfilled financial obligation to Livesey under the
sum of money with a downpayment. Further, unless compromise agreement.
and until the agreement is fully satisfied, CBB shall
not sell, alienate, or otherwise dispose of all or This underhanded objective, it must be stressed, can only
Q: PNB-IFL a subsidiary company of PNB, organized A: No. A corporation, upon coming into existence, is
and doing business in Hong Kong, extended a letter of vested by law with a personality separate and distinct
credit in favor of Ritratto Group Inc., et al., in the from those of the persons composing it as well as from any
amount of US$300,000.00. However, as their other legal entity to which it may be related. URC and
outstanding obligations stood at US$1,497,274.70, Oilink had the same Board of Directors and Oilink was
and the same remains unpaid, PNB-IFL, through its 100% owned by URC. The Court held that the doctrine of
attorney-in-fact PNB, notified the Ritratto Group Inc., piercing the corporate veil has no application here
et al., of the foreclosure of all the real estate because the Commissioner of Customs did not establish
mortgages and that the properties subject thereof that Oilink had been set up to avoid the payment of taxes
were to be sold at a public auction. Ritratto Group Inc., or duties, or for purposes that would defeat public
et al., filed a complaint for injunction against PNB for convenience, justify wrong, protect fraud, defend crime,
the latter to be restrained from foreclosing and confuse legitimate legal or judicial issues, perpetrate
eventually selling its property. The RTC granted the deception or otherwise circumvent the law
injunction. It applied the doctrine of Piercing the Veil (Commissioner of Customs v. Oilink International
of Corporate Identity by stating that PNB is merely Corporation, G.R. No. 161759, July 2, 2014).
an alter ego or a business conduit of PNB-IFL. Is PNB
is merely an alter ego or business conduit of PNB-IFL? Q: Plaintiffs filed a collection action against X
Corporation. Upon execution of the court's decision, X
A: No. PNB is not an alter ego or business conduit of PNB- Corporation was found to be without assets.
IFL. Aside from the fact that PNB-IFL is a wholly owned Thereafter, the plaintiffs filed an action against its
subsidiary of PNB, there is no showing of the indicative present and past stockholder, Y Corporation, which
factors that the former corporation is a mere owned substantially all of the stocks of X corporation.
instrumentality of the latter are present. Neither is there The two corporations have the same board of
a demonstration that any of the evils sought to be directors and Y Corporation financed the operations
prevented by the doctrine of piercing the corporate veil of X corporation. May Y Corporation be held liable for
exists. Inescapably, therefore, the doctrine of piercing the the debts of X Corporation? Why? (2001 Bar)
corporate veil based on the alter ego or instrumentality
doctrine finds no application in the case at bar. In any A: Yes. Y Corporation may be held liable for the debts of X
case, the parent-subsidiary relationship between PNB and Corporation. The doctrine of piercing the veil of
PNB-IFL is not the significant legal relationship involved corporation fiction applies to this case. The two
in this case since PNB was not sued because it is the corporations have the same board of directors and Y
parent company of PNB-IFL. Rather, PNB was sued Corporation owned substantially all of the stocks of X
because it acted as an attorney-in-fact of PNB-IFL in Corporation, which facts justify the conclusion that the
initiating the foreclosure proceedings. A suit against an latter is merely an extension of the personality of the
agent cannot without compelling reasons be considered a former, and that the former controls the policies of the
suit against the principal. Under the Rules of Court, every latter. Added to this is the fact that Y Corporation controls
action must be prosecuted or defended in the name of the the finances of X Corporation which is merely an adjunct,
real party-in-interest, unless otherwise authorized by law business conduit or alter ego of Y Corporation (CIR v.
or these Rules (PNB v. Ritratto Group Inc., et al., supra). Norton & Harrison Company, G.R. No. L‐17618, August 31,
1964).
Q: In the course of its business undertakings, Union
Refinery (Union) imported oil products into the Q: X Corp. operates a call center that received orders
country. Union and Oilink had interlocking directors for pizzas on behalf of Y Corp. which operates a chain
when Oilink started its business. They had the same of pizza restaurants. The two companies have the
Board of Directors and Oilink was 100% owned by same set of corporate officers. After 2 years, X Corp.
URC. The District Collector of the Port of Manila, dismissed its call agents for no apparent reason. The
formally demanded that Union must pay the taxes and agents filed a collective suit for illegal dismissal
duties on its oil imports that had arrived at the Port of against both X Corp. and Y Corp. based on the doctrine
Lucanin in Mariveles, Bataan. Commissioner Tan of piercing the veil of corporate fiction. The latter set
made a final demand for the total liability upon Union up the defense that the agents are in the employ of X
and Oilink. Co requested from Commissioner Tan a Corp. which is a separate juridical entity. Is this
complete finding of the facts and law in support ofthe defense appropriate? (2011 Bar)
assessment made in the latter’s final demand. Oilink
Promoter is not an agent of the corporation GR: If the contract is partly to be performed before
incorporation, the promoters solely are liable even if the
The promoters are not in any sense agents of the promoter signed "on behalf of corporation to be formed,
corporation before it comes into existence for there who will be obligor" (Stanley J. How & Assoc., Inc. v. Boss,
cannot be an agency unless there is a principal. But, they 222 F. Supp. 936, 1963 U.S. Dist. 1963).
may become the agents of the corporation after it has
been formed provided there is assent, express or implied, XPN: The promoter may be absolved from liability by the
on the part of the corporation (ibid). adoption of the corporation of the contract. The adoption
must be expressed in a novation or agreement to the
Promoter as agent of an incorporator/corporator/ effect:
subscriber before the commencement of the 1. That the creditor agreed to look solely to the new
corporate existence corporation for payment; or
2. That the promoter did not have any duty toward the
Before the corporation is formed, the promoters are creditor to form the corporation and give the corporation
considered agents of the subscribers, the incorporators or the opportunity to assume and pay the liability (ibid).
corporators.
LIABILITY OF CORPORATION FOR PROMOTER’S
NOTE: The subscribers for stock in a proposed CONTRACT
corporation do not, without agreement to such effect,
become partners with the promoters of it (ibid). GR: Since a corporation cannot, before its organization,
have agents contract for itself, or be contracted with, it is
Promoter v. Corporation by estoppel not liable upon any contract which a promoter attempts
to make for it prior to its organization.
CORPORATION BY
PROMOTER
ESTOPPEL XPNs:
Persons assume to act as 1. The contract is expressly or impliedly adopted or
No misrepresentation that ratified by the corporation after its organization is
a corporation knowing it
the corporation does not completed or
to be without authority
yet exist 2. Liability is imposed by statute.
to do so
NOTE: The application of this trademark law doctrine has GR: The period stated in the AOI, this in no case, shall
been extended to corporate names since the right to use a exceed 50 years.
corporate name to the exclusion of others is based upon
the same principle which underlies the right to use a XPN: Unless sooner dissolved or unless said period is
particular trademark or trade name (De Leon, 2010). extended (CC, Sec. 11).
A corporation that changes its corporate name is not NOTE: Extension may be made for periods not exceeding
considered as a new corporation 50 years in any single instance by an amendment of the
articles of incorporation. However, extension must be
A corporation that changes its corporate name is not made within 5 years before the expiry date of the
considered as a new corporation. It is the same corporate term, unless there are justifiable reasons for an
corporation with a different name, and its character is in earlier extension as may be determined by the SEC (CC,
no respect changed (Republic Planters Bank v. CA, G.R. No. Sec. 11).
93073, December 21, 1992).
Extension must also comply with procedural
Q: P.C. Javier and Sons Services, Inc., (PC) applied with requirements for amendment of AOI.
First Summa Savings and Mortgage Bank, later on
renamed as PAIC Savings and Mortgage Bank (The Doctrine of Relation or Relating Back Doctrine
Bank) for a loan accommodation under the Industrial
Guarantee Loan Fund (IGLF). Upon maturity, PC failed GR: The filing and recording of a certificate of extension
to pay, hence, the Bank initiated an extrajudicial after the term cannot relate back to the date of the
foreclosure of the real estate mortgage. The instant passage of the resolution of the stockholders to extend the
complaint was filed to forestall the extrajudicial life of the corporation.
foreclosure sale of a piece of land mortgaged by PC in
favor of PAIC Savings and Mortgage Bank, Inc. PC XPNs: The doctrine of relation applies if the failure to file
argues that they are legally justified to withhold their the application for extension within the term of the
amortized payments to the bank until such time they corporation is due to:
would have been properly notified of the change in 1. The neglect of the SEC officer with whom the certificate
the corporate name. They claim that they have never is required to be filed; or
received any formal notice of the alleged change of 2. A wrongful refusal on his part to receive it (Aquino,
corporate name of First Summa Savings and Mortgage 2006).
Bank to PAIC Savings & Mortgage Bank, Inc. Is the
Bank required to notify PC Javier & Sons, Inc., of the Q: The term GGG Corporation in accordance with its
change in its corporate name? Articles of Incorporation ended last January 30, 2012.
The term was not extended. What will happen to the
A: No. The bank is not required to notify PC of its change corporation? (2012 Bar)
of name. After going over the Corporation Code and
Banking Laws, as well as the regulations and circulars of A: A. The corporation ceases to exist and is dissolved ipso
both the SEC and the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP), facto upon the expiration of the period fixed in the
the Supreme Court found that there is no such original AOI, in the absence of compliance with the legal
requirement. This being the case, the Court cannot impose requisites of extension of period (PNB vs. CFI of Rizal, G.R.
on a bank that changes its corporate name to notify a No. 63201, May 27, 1992).
debtor of such change absent any law, circular or
Capital stock requirements All corporations organized under the Code shall file with
the SEC an AOI in any of the official languages duly signed
GR: There is no minimum authorized capital stock as long and acknowledged by all of the incorporators, containing
as the paid-up capital is not less than P5,000.00. substantially the following matters, except as otherwise
prescribed by the Code or by special law: (NaP-
XPN: As provided by special law. PlaTINum-ASONO)
It is not required that each subscriber pay 25% of each 6. NUMber of directors or trustees, which shall not be
subscribed share. It is only required that at least 25% of less than 5 nor more than 15, except for corporation
the total subscribed capital must be paid. sole
NOTE: This specification is important in the application of NOTE: If the SEC errs in the determination of the
the prohibition under Sec. 42 of the CC which states that lawfulness of the purpose of the corporation stated in the
the corporation is prohibited from investing corporate AOI and refuses to file the said AOI, its decision is subject
funds “for any purpose other than the primary purpose to review and correction by the court (ibid).
for which it was organized” unless such investment is
approved by both majority of the BOD or BOT and ratified AMENDMENT
by the stockholders representing at least 2/3 of the
outstanding capital stock or by at least 2/3 of the Limitations in the amendment of AOI
members in the case of a non-stock corporation.
1. The amendment must be for legitimate purposes and
2. The purposes must be capable of being lawfully must not be contrary to other provisions of the CC and
combined. special laws;
GR: The duty of the SEC to file the AOI and to issue a The amendment of the AOI takes effect either:
certificate of incorporation is ministerial provided that 1. Upon approval by the SEC, that is, upon issuance of
the AOI substantially comply with the statute. The SEC’s amended certificate of incorporation or
discretion can only be exercised on matters of form and 2. From the date of filing with the SEC:
does not extend to the merits of an application for a. If not acted upon within 6 months from the date of
incorporation (Asuncion vs. De Yriarte, GR No. 9321, filing; and
Sepember 24, 1914). b. For a cause not attributable to the corporation.
NOTE: If the SEC refuses to file the AOI, which NOTE: The provision on automatic approval in Sec. 16
substantially complied with the statute, the remedy of the does not apply to the dissolution of the corporations in the
applicant is to file a petition for mandamus (ibid). light of Sec. 120, CC (SEC Opinion, March 30, 1982).
A stock corporation may be converted into a non-stock There is no automatic rejection of the AOI or any
corporation by mere amendment provided, all the amendment thereto. The SEC shall give the incorporators
requirements are complied with. Its rights and liabilities a reasonable time within which to correct or modify the
will remain (CC, Sec. 16). objectionable portions of the AOI or amendment (Sec.
17[1], CC).
Note: A non-stock corporation cannot be converted into a
stock corporation through mere amendment of its Effect of non-use of corporate charter and continuous
Articles of Incorporation. This would violate Section 87 of inoperation of a corporation
the Corporation Code, which prohibits distribution of
income as dividends to members. Giving the members 1. Failure to organize and commence business within 2
shares, is tantamount to distribution of its assets or years from incorporation – its corporate powers
income (SEC Opinion, March 20, 1995). Under Section 122 ceases and the corporation shall be deemed
of the Corporation Code, th non-stock corporation must dissolved.
be dissolved first.
2. Continuous inoperation for at least 5 years – ground for
NON-AMENDABLE ITEMS the suspension or revocation of corporate franchise
or certificate of incorporation (Sec. 22, CC).
Non-amendable items in the AOI
NOTE: The above shall not be applicable if it is due to
Those matters referring to accomplished facts, except to causes beyond the control of the corporation as
correct mistakes. E.g. determined by SEC.
1. Names of incorporators
2. Names of original subscribers to the capital stock of the Suspension or revocation of the certificate of
corporation and their subscribed and paid up capital registration due to failure to operate or continuous
3. Names of the original directors inoperation is not automatic
4. Treasurer elected by the original subscribers
5. Members who contributed to the initial capital of the Under PD No. 902-A, SEC should afford due process or
non‐stock corporation proper notice and hearing before the suspension or
6. Witnesses to and acknowledgment with AOI revocation of certificate of registration. The suspension or
revocation of the certificate of registration due to failure
Grounds for the rejection or disapproval of the AOI or to operate or continuous inoperation is not automatic.
amendment thereto
REGISTRATION AND ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF
1. If such is not substantially in accordance with the INCORPORATION
form prescribed by the CC;
2. The purpose/s of the corporation is/are patently Basic requirements for the registration and issuance
unconstitutional, illegal, immoral, or contrary to of a certificate of incorporation of a stock corporation
government rules and regulations;
3. The treasurer’s affidavit concerning the amount of 1. Name verification slip;
capital stock subscribed and/or paid is false; 2. AOI and by-laws;
4. The required percentage of ownership of the capital 3. Treasurer’s affidavit;
stock to be owned by Filipino citizens has not been
complied with (CC, Sec. 17). NOTE: Content of a treasurer’s affidavit
NOTE: The above grounds are not exclusive. The grounds That at least 25% of the authorized capital stock of the
according to PD No. 902‐A are: corporation has been subscribed, and at least 25% of the
1. Fraud in procuring its certificate of total subscription has been fully paid in actual cash
incorporation; and/or property; such paid-up capital being not less than
2. Serious misrepresentation as to what the P5,000 (Sec. 14, 15, CC).
corporation can do or is doing to the great
prejudice of, or damage to, the general public; 4. Registration data sheet;
3. Refusal to comply with, or defiance or a lawful 5. Proof of payment of subscription like Bank Certificate
order of the SEC restraining the commission of of Deposit if the paid-up capital is in cash;
acts which would amount to a grave violation of 6. Favorable endorsement from proper government
its franchise; agency in case of special corporations; and
4. Continuous inoperation for a period of at least 7. Undertaking of incorporators or directors to change
five (5) years after commencing the transaction corporate name.
of its business (CC, Sec. 22);
5. Failure to file the by‐laws within the required Q: You are asked to incorporate a new company to be
period; called FSB Savings & Mortgage Bank,Inc. List the
6. Failure to file required reports. documents that you must submit to the Securities and
GR: A corporation comes into existence upon the issuance 2. Must not be contrary to MORals and public policy
of the certificate of incorporation by the SEC under its
3. Must not impair Obligations and contracts or
official seal. Then and only then will it acquire a juridical
property rights of stockholders
personality (CC, Sec. 19).
4. Must be Reasonable
XPN: In case of a corporation sole, the corporation sole
commences existence upon the filing of the articles of
5. Must be consistent with the charter or AOI
incorporation.
6. Must be of General application and not directed
ADOPTION OF BY-LAWS against a particular individual.
By-laws Rule in case of conflict between the by-laws and the
AOI
By-laws are rules and regulations or private laws enacted
by the corporation to regulate, govern and control its own In case of conflict between the by-laws and the AOI, the
actions, affairs and concerns and of its stockholders or AOI prevails because the by-laws are intended merely to
members and directors and officers in relation thereto supplement the former.
and among themselves in their relation to it (Valley Golf &
Country Club, Inc. vs. Vda. De Caram, GR 158805, April 16, BINDING EFFECTS
2009).
Contents of by-laws
By-laws are relatively permanent and continuing rules of
action adopted by the corporation for its for its own 1. Time, place and manner of calling and conducting
government and that of individuals composing of it and regular or special meetings of directors or trustees
those having the direction, management, and control of its
affairs, in whole or in part, in the management and control 2. Time and manner of calling and conducting regular
of its affairs and activities (China Banking Corporation v. or special meetings of the stockholder or members
CA, G.R. No. 117604, March 26, 1997).
3. The required quorum in meeting of stockholders or
NATURE AND FUNCTIONS OF BY-LAWS members and the manner of voting therein
Nature and functions of by-laws 4. The form for proxies of stockholders and members
and the manner of voting them
The corporate power to adopt by-laws is inherent in every
corporation. However, to give emphasis to such necessary 5. The qualification, duties and compensation of
directors or trustees, officers and employees
7. Manner of election or appointment and the term of NOTE: By-laws have no extra-corporate force and are not
office of all officers other than directors or trustees in the nature of legislative enactments so far as third
persons are concerned.
8. Penalties for violation of the by-laws
Q: PMI Colleges (PMI) an educational institution
9. In case of stock corporations, the manner of issuing offering courses on basic seaman’s training and other
certificates marine-related courses, hired Alejandro Galvan as
contractual instructor. Pursuant to this engagement,
10. Such other matters as may be necessary for the proper Galvan then organized classes in marine
or convenient transaction of its corporate business engineering.Initially, Galvan and other instructors
and affairs (CC, Sec. 47). were compensated for services rendered during the
first three periods of the abovementioned
Adoption of the Original By-laws contract. However, for reasons unknown, Galvan
stopped receiving payment for the succeeding
Filed within one (1) month from notice of issuance of rendition of services. Despite repeated demands, PMI
certificate of incorporation , in which case it must be: (i) failed to pay and hence, Galvan filed a
approved by stockholders constituting at least a majority complaint seeking payment for salaries earned. In the
of outstanding capital and (ii) a copy (signed by approving proceedings, PMI manifested that a member of the
stockholders or members, certified by majority of PMI’s Board of Trustees wrote a letter to the
directors or trustees, and countersigned by corporate Chairman of the Board clarifying the case of Galvan
secretary) filed with the SEC. and stating therein, inter alia, that under PMI’s by-
laws only the Chairman is authorized to sign any
Note: Non-filing within one (1) month is a ground to contract. Hence, according to PMI, the employment
forfeit franchise and does not result in automatic contract which was not signed by the Chairman is not
dissolution (LGVHAI vs. CA, G.R. No. 117188, August 7, binding upon PMI.
1997).
Is the employment contract invalid because it
Procedures in adopting by-laws violated PMI’s by-laws stating that the Chairman of
the BOD should be the signatory thereon?
The by-laws may be adopted before or after
incorporation. In all cases, the By-laws shall be effective A: No. The employment contract is not invalidated by the
only upon the issuance by the SEC of a certification that failure of the Chairman to sign such. Since by-laws operate
the by-laws are not inconsistent with the AOI. merely as internal rules among the stockholders, they
cannot affect or prejudice third persons who deal with the
1. Pre - incorporation – It shall be approved and signed by corporation, unless they have knowledge of the same.No
all the incorporators and submitted to the SEC, together proof appears on record that Galvan ever knew anything
with AOI. about the provisions of said by-laws. In fact, PMI itself
merely asserts the same without even bothering to attach
2. Post – incorporation a copy or excerpt thereof to show that there is such a
a. Vote of the majority of the stockholders provision (PMI Colleges v. NLRC, et al., supra).
representing the outstanding capital stock or
members; Q: FEPI., a party to a Project Agreement to develop the
b. By-laws shall be signed by the stockholders or Forest Hills Residential Estates and the Forest Hills
members voting for them Golf and Country Club, undertook to market the golf
c. It shall be kept in the principal office of the club shares of Forest Hills Golf and Country Club, Inc.
corporation and subject to the inspection of the for a fee. FEPI assigned its rights and obligations
stockholders ore members during office hours under the Project Agreement to FEGDI. FEPI and
d. Copy thereof, duly certified by the BOD or BOT FEGDI engaged FEMAI to market and offer for sale the
countersigned by the secretary of the corporation, shares of stocks of Forest Hills. Membership in the
shall be filed with the SEC and shall be attached Club was a privilege, such that purchasers of shares of
with the original AOI (Sec. 46, CC). stock would not automatically become members of
the Club, but must apply for and comply with all the
Binding effects of by-laws requirements in order to qualify them for
membership, subject to the approval of the Board of
The following are the binding effects of by-laws: Directors.
1. As to members/ stockholders, officers, trustees/ directors Gardpro, Inc. bought class “C” common shares of
and corporation – They are bound by and must stock, which were special corporate shares that
comply them. They are presumed to know the entitled the registered owner to designate two
provisions of the by-laws. nominees or representatives for membership in the
The Corporation Code of the Philippines vests in the 3. The stockholders who have the residual power over
board of directors the exercise of the corporate powers of fundamental corporate changes, like amendments
7. To Purchase, receive, take or grant, hold, convey, sell, 4. Donation must bear a reasonable relation to the
lease, pledge, mortgage and deal with real and personal corporation’s Interest and not be so remote and fanciful.
property, securities and bonds;
Corporation as surety or guarantor
8. To Enter into merger or consolidation;
GR: A corporation cannot act as a surety or guarantor.
9. To make reasonable Donations for public welfare, Acting as a surety or guarantor will be contrary to the
hospital, charitable, cultural, scientific, civic or similar primary purpose for which the corporation was created.
purposes, provided that no donation is given to any
a. Political party, XPN: Such guaranty may be given in the accomplishment
b. Candidate and of any object for which the corporation was created, or
c. Partisan political activity. when the particular transaction is reasonably necessary
or proper in the conduct of its business.
10. To establish pension, Retirement, and other plans for
the benefit of its directors, trustees, officers and Implied powers of a corporation
employees – basis of which is the Labor code;
A corporation is not restricted to the exercise of powers
11. To exercise Other powers essential or necessary to expressly conferred upon it by its charter but has the
carry out its purposes power to do what is reasonably necessary or proper to
promote the interest or welfare of the corporation
Commencement of the power to sue and be sued (NAPOCOR v. Vera, G.R. No. 83558, February 27, 1989).
The power to sue and be sued commences upon issuance SPECIFIC POWERS, THEORY OF SPECIFIC CAPACITY
by SEC of Certificate of Incorporation.
Theory of Specific Capacity
Limitations of the corporation in dealing with
property The specific powers of a corporation also called Theory of
Specific Capacity are the following: (ESB-PA-SIDE-A)
1. In dealing with any kind of property, it must be in the
furtherance of the purpose for which the corporation was 1. Power to Extend or shorten corporate term (CC, Sec.
organized. 37).
2. Constitutional limitations – cannot acquire public lands 2. Increase or decrease corporate Stock (CC, Sec. 38).
except by lease.
3. Incur, create, or increase Bonded indebtedness (CC, Sec.
38).
7. Invest corporate funds in another corporation or 4. Copy of the amended AOI shall be submitted to the SEC
business for other purpose other than primary for its approval; and
purpose (CC, Sec. 42).
5. In case of Special Corporation, a favorable
8. Declare Dividends out of unrestricted retained recommendation of appropriate government agency (CC,
earnings (CC, Sec. 43). Sec. 37).
9. Enter into management contract with another 6. The extension must be done during the lifetime of the
corporation (not with an individual or a partnership corporation not earlier than 5 years prior to the expiry
– within general powers) whereby one corporation date unless exempted. The extension must not exceed 50
undertakes to manage all or substantially all of the years (CC, Sec 16).
business of the other corporation for a period not
longer than five (5) years for any one term (CC, Sec. NOTE: After the term had expired without extension, the
44). corporation is deemed ipso facto dissolved. The remedy of
the stockholders is reincorporation. Any dissenting
10. Amend Articles of Incorporation (CC, Sec. 16). stockholder may exercise his appraisal right in case of
shortening or extending corporate term (CC, Sec. 37).
Authority to enter into contract (1996 Bar)
Q: T Corp. has a corporate term of 20 years under its
The Board of Directors or Trustees must act together as a Articles of Incorporation or from June 1, 1980 to June
body in order to bind the corporation by their acts (Yao 1, 2000. On June 1, 1991 it amended its Articles of
Ka SinTrading v. CA, et. al. G.R. No. 53820, June 15, 1992). Incorporation to extend its life by 15 years from June
1, 1980 to June 1, 2015. On June 1, 2011, however, T
The acts of the President do not fall within his apparent Corp decided to shorten its term by 1 year or until
authority, and do not bind the corporation without prior June 1, 2014. Both the 1991 and 2011 amendments
authority of the Board of Directors, which under Sec. 23 of were approved by majority vote of its Board of
the Corporation Code is the sole repository of corporate Directors and ratified in a special meeting by its
powers (2007 Bar). stockholders representing at least 2/3 of its
outstanding capital stock. The SEC, however,
Corporate powers which are exercised by the BOD disapproved the 2011 amendment on the ground that
and stockholders jointly (ASIA-IDEA- MC) it cannot be made earlier than 5 years prior to the
expiration date of the corporate term, which is June 1,
1. Amendments to by-laws 2014. Is this SEC disapproval correct? (2011 Bar)
2. Extending or Shortening the corporate term
3. Increase or decrease of capital stock A: No, since the 5-year rule on amendment of corporate
4. The sale or other disposition of All or substantially all term applies only to extension, not to shortening, of term.
of the corporate assets
5. Investment of corporate funds in another corporation POWER TO INCREASE OR DECREASE CAPITAL
or business or for any other purpose STOCK OR INCUR, CREATE, INCREASE BONDED
6. Issuance of stock Dividends INDEBTEDNESS
7. Entering into management contract
8. Amendment to Articles of incorporation Procedural requirements in increasing or decreasing
9. Merger or consolidation capital stock
10. Grant of Compensation to directors
1. Majority vote of the BOD;
POWER TO EXTEND OR SHORTEN CORPORATE
TERM 2. Ratification by stockholders representing 2/3 of the
outstanding capital stock;
Procedural requirements in extending/shortening
corporate term 3. Written notice of the proposed increase or diminution
of the capital stock and of the time and place of the
1. Majority vote of the BOD or BOT;
stockholder’s meeting at which the proposed increase or
diminution of the capital stock must be addressed to each
2. Ratification by 2/3 of the SH representing outstanding
stockholder at his place of residence as shown on the
capital stock or by at least 2/3 of the members in case of
books of the corporation and deposited to the addressee
non-stock corporation;
in the post office with postage prepaid, or served
personally;
NOTE: A corporation is not prohibited from increasing its Q: Can there be a distribution of surplus on reduction?
authorized capital stock even if the same has not yet been
fully subscribed. Once an increase in authorized capital A: It depends whether there is an impairment of capital.
stock is effected, it may be necessarily accompanied by an 1. If there is no impairment of capital, the surplus
actual increase in the assets and additional subscriptions may be equitably distributed by the directors or
in order to comply with the 25% subscription so much thereof as may not be required in
requirement. However, if such increase is for the purpose carrying on the business for the best interests of
of effecting a stock dividend previously authorized, then the stockholders: Provided the rights of creditors
additional subscriptions are NOT urgent. will not be affected nor the capital impaired.
Reason: The actual capital is increased by accumulated 2. If there is reduction to meet an impairment –
profits and such profits are distributed to the there will be no distribution.
stockholders in the form of stock dividends, the capital
stock is increased, for the profits are reinvested in the NOTE: The distribution stated above is not mandatory,
corporation by transferring the same from surplus notwithstanding the authority granted by the CC for the
account to a capital account. The amount corresponding same under Sec. 122, last par (ibid.).
to the stock dividends declared may be used to cover the
required 25% subscription to increase the authorized Over-issue of shares is not allowed
capital stock and, if sufficient, will obviate the necessity of
taking in new subscription (De Leon, supra). An issue of stock by a corporation in excess of the amount
prescribed or limited by its AOI is ultra vires and the stock
so issued is void even in the hands of a bona fide purchaser
for value (ibid.).
Thus, the following are the effects of such unauthorized Q: What remedies, if any, are available to Morato?
increase: (1998 Bar)
1. Subscriptions for such stock are likewise void both on A: Jimmy Morato can petition the Securities and Exchange
the ground of illegality and for want of consideration; Commission to declare the two (2) resolutions, as well as
any and all actions taken by the Board of Directors
2. Subscribers for or purchasers of such stock acquire thereunder, null and void.
none of the rights of stockholders;
Evidence of the corporation’s indebtedness
3. Subscribers for or purchasers of such shares do not
become liable to creditors of the corporation or on a When a corporation borrows money, its indebtedness
winding up as stockholders for unpaid subscriptions, may be evidenced by notes or bonds as its primary
and are not subject to a statutory liability to creditors security (De Leon, 2010).
imposed upon stockholders; and
Difference between a note and a bond
4. Subscribers for or purchasers of such shares from the
corporation may recover from it money paid to it 1. If the amount borrowed is small and it is borrowed in a
under their subscription or purchase as upon a failure single sum, or from a few persons, or for a short time
of consideration, or breach of warranty fo the notes are usually given.
existence of the thing sold, unless they are precluded
from such relief as parties in pari delicto(ibid). 2. If, however, the amount is large and obtained from a
number of people and extends over a period of years, the
The board of directors may issue additional issuances corporate obligation is preferably and usually evidenced
of shares of stock without approval of the by bonds (ibid).
stockholders.
Bonded indebtedness
A stock corporation is expressly granted the power to
issue or sell stocks. The power to issue stocks is lodged It is a long-term indebtedness secured by real or personal
with the Board of Directors and no stockholder’s meeting property (corporate assets).
is required to consider it because additional issuance of
stock (unlike increase in capital stock) does not need NOTE: The requirements for the power to incur, create or
approval of the stockholders. What is only required is the increase bonded indebtedness is also the same with the
board resolution approving the additional issuance of the power to increase or decrease capital stock.
shares. The corporation shall also file the necessary
application with the SEC to excempt these from the Registration of the bonds issued by the corporation
registration requirements under the SRC (Majority
Stockholders of Ruby Industrial Corporation v. Lim & Bonds issued by a corporation shall be registered with the
MinorityStockholders of Ruby Industrial Corporation, SEC which shall have the authority to determine the
supra). sufficiency of the terms thereof (CC, Sec. 38).
Exercise of pre-emptive right The corporation can deny pre-emptive right if the AOI or
any amendment thereto denies such right (Sec. 39, CC).
Pre-emptive right must be exercised within the period
stated in the AOI or the By-Laws. When the AOI and the NOTE: A stockholder whose pre-emptive right is violated
By-Laws are silent, the Board may fix a reasonable time may maintain an action to compel the corporation to give
within which the stockholders may exercise the right. him that right. If the denial is by amendment to the AOI,
he may exercise his appraisal right under Sec. 81(1).
NOTE: Pre-emptive right can only be exercised to the
same class of shares issued or disposed with that owned Instances when pre-emptive right is not available
by the stockholder (Share-a-like basis).
1. Shares to be issued to comply with laws requiring
Pre-emptive right is available on the re-issuance of stock offering or minimum stock ownership by the
treasury shares public;
2. Shares issued in good faith with the approval of the
When a corporation reacquires its own shares which stockholders representing 2/3 of the outstanding
thereby become treasury shares, all shareholders are capital stock in exchange for property needed for
entitled to pre-emptive right when the corporation corporate purposes;
reissues or sells these treasury shares. The re-issuance of 3. Shares issued in payment of previously contracted
treasury shares is not among the exception provided by debts;
Sec. 39 when pre-emptive right does not exist. 4. In case the right is denied in the AOI;
5. Waiver of the right by the stockholder.
Pre-emptive right may be waived
The validity of issuance of additional shares may be
Pre-emptive right may be waived either expressly or questioned if done in breach of trust by the
impliedly as when the stockholder fails to exercise his controlling stockholders notwithstanding the non-
pre-emptive right after being notified and given an existence of the pre-emptive right.
opportunity to avail of such right.
Eve if pre-emptive right does not exist either because the
Transferability of pre-emptive right of a stockholder issue comes within the exeptions in Sec. 39 of the CC or
because it is denied in the AOI, an issue of shares may still
The pre-emptive right of a stockholder is transferable be objectionablew if the directors acted in breach of trust
unless there is an express restriction in the AOI. and their primary purpose is to perpetuate or shift control
of the corporation or to “freeze out” the minority interest.
Q: Suppose that X Corporation has already issued the The issuance of unissued shares out of the original
1000 originally authorized shares of the corporation authorized capital stock pursuant to a rehabilitation plan
so that its Board of Directors and stockholders wish the propriety or validity of which was on question by the
to increase X's authorized capital stock. After minority stockholders and subsequently disapproved by
complying with the requirements of the law on the Supreme Court amounts to unlawful dilution of the
increase of capital stock, X issued an additional 1000 minority shareholdings (Majority Stockholders of Ruby
BASIS PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT OF FIRST Instances when the corporation may forego the
RIGHT REFUSAL ratification by stockholders / members
Right to subscribe to 1. If sale is necessary in the usual and regular course of
all issuance or business;
Right to purchase
dispositions of 2. If the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of such
shares of a
Descrption shares of the property and assets are to be appropriated for the
stockholder.
corporation even to conduct of the remaining business;
the subsequent sale 3. If the transaction does not cover all or substantially all
of treasury stocks. of the assets.
Pertains to
Pertains to the
To what unsubscribed Remedy of a stockholder who disagrees with the plan
sale of the stocks
does it portion of the of SLEMPAD of all or substantially all of corporate
by another
pertain? authorized capital assets
stockholder
stock.
Against who Right exercised Right exercised Any dissenting stockholder shall have the option to
is it against the against a co- exercise his appraisal right.
exercised? corporation. stockholder.
Can only be Abandonment of the plan for SLEMPAD even after the
Effect of the May be exercised vote of the stockholders or members
exercised when
absence of even when there is
so provided in
express no express provision The BOD, in its discretion, may abandon the plan for
the AOI, by-laws
provision in in the AOI or SLEMPAD even after such authorization or approval by
and printed in the
the AOI amendment thereto. the stockholders, subject to the rights of third parties
stock certificate.
Treasury It includes treasury Does not include under any contract relating thereto, without further
shares shares. treasury shares action or approval by the stockholders or members (ibid).
POWER TO SELL OR DISPOSE OF CORPORATE ASSETS Effect of sale of all or substantially all of assets of one
(SLEMPAD) corporation to another corporation (1996, 2005 Bar)
Substantially all of corporate assets GR: The corporation who acquired all or substantially all
of the assets of the selling corporation shall not be liable
There is a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, and for the debts of the latter.
any other disposition (SLEMPAD) of substantially all of
corporate asset if in the SLEMPAD thereof, the XPNs:
corporation would be rendered: 1. Express or implied assumption of liabilities;
1. Incapable of continuing the business, or 2. Merger or consolidation;
2. Incapable of accomplishing the purpose for which it 3. If the purchase was in fraud of creditors;
was incorporated (Sec 40, CC). 4. If the purchaser becomes a continuation of the seller;
5. If there is violation of the Bulk Sales Law.
Procedural requirements for SLEMPAD of all or
substantially all of corporate assets Q: Divine Corporation is engaged in the manufacture
of garments for export. In the course of its business, it
1. Majority vote of the BOD or BOT; was able to obtain loans from individuals and
2. Ratification by stockholders representing at least 2/3 financing institutions. However, due to the drop in the
of the outstanding capital stock or by at least 2/3 of the demand for garments in the international market,
members in case of non-stock corporation; Divine Corporation could not meet its obligations. It
3. Written notice of the proposed action and of the time decided to sell all its equipments such as sewing
and place of the meeting addressed to each machines, permapress machines, highspeed sewers,
stockholder or member at his place of residence as cutting tables, ironing tables, etc., as well as its
shown on the books of the corporation and deposited supplies and materials to Top Grade Fashion
to the addressee in the post office with postage Corporation, its competitor.
prepaid, or served personally (Sec. 40, CC).
a. How would you classify the transaction?
NOTE: The sale of the assets shall be subject to the b. Can Divine Corporation sell aforesaid items to
provisions of existing laws on illegal combinations and its competitor, Top Grade Fashion
monopolies (ibid). Corporation? What are the requirements to
validly sell the items? Explain. (Bar 2005)
1. To eliminate fractional shares out of stock dividends Guidelines for the acquisition of its own shares
(CC, Sec. 41);
2. To collect or compromise an indebtedness to the 1. The capital of the corporation must not be impaired.
corporation, arising out of unpaid subscription, in a There shall be URE’s to purchase the shares;
delinquency sale and to purchase delinquent shares 2. Legitimate or proper corporate objective is
sold during said sale (ibid.); advanced;
3. To pay dissenting or withdrawing stockholders (in 3. Condition of the corporate affairs warrants it;
the exercise of the stockholder’s appraisal right) 4. Transaction is designed and carried out in good faith;
(ibid.); 5. Interest of creditors is not impaired, that is, the same
4. To acquire treasury shares (CC, Sec. 9); is not violative of the trust fund doctrine (Sec. 41, SEC
5. Redeemable shares regardless of existence of Opinions, October. 12, 1992, September 11, 1985, and
retained earnings (CC, Sec 8); April 11, 1994).
6. To effect a decrease of capital stock (CC, Sec. 38);
7. In close corporations, when there is a deadlock in the POWER TO INVEST CORPORATE FUNDS IN ANOTHER
management of the business, the SEC may order the CORPORATION OR BUSINESS
purchase at their fair value of the shares of any
stockholder by a corporation regardless of the The corporation is not allowed to engage in a business
availability of unrestricted retained earnings (URE’s) different from those enumerated in its AOI
in its books (CC, Sec. 104, par. 1 [4]).
The corporation is not allowed to engage in a business
NOTE: Where a corporation reacquires its own shares, it different from those enumerated in its AOI unless the
does not thereby become a subscriber thereof. purpose will be amended to include the desired business
activity among its secondary purpose.
Rule in order that a corporation may acquire its own
shares NOTE: However, in the case of pawnshops organized as
corporations and partnerships, they may be allowed to
GR: The corporation may only acquire its own stocks in engage in ancillary activity of directly purchasing or
the presence of unrestricted retained earnings (URE) selling goods or articles. The Pawnshop Regulation Act
contains no prohibition to engage in ancillary activities.
XPNs: (RDC) Hence, by implication, their scope may be extended to
3. Revaluation surplus – Increase in the value of a fixed a. Is Corporation X guilty of violating a law? If in
the affirmative, state the basis.
asset as a result of its appreciation. They are by
b. Are there instances when a corporation shall
nature subject to fluctuations.
not be held liable for not declaring dividends? (2001
GR: It cannot be declared as dividends because there is no Bar)
actual gain.
A:
XPN: It can be used in the declaration of dividends a. Corporation X is guilty of violating Section 43 of the
provided the following conditions exist: Corp Code. This provision prohibits stock corporations
1. The corporation has sufficient income from operations from retaining surplus profits in excess of 100% of their
from which the depreciation on the appraisal paid-in capital.
increase was charged;
b. The instances when a corporation shall not be held
2. It has no deficit at the time the depreciation on the liable for not declaring dividends are: (CC, Sec.43) Note:
appraisal increase was charged to operations; and See above XPNs.
3. Such depreciation on appraisal increase previously Penalty in case of unjustifiable retention of surplus
charged to operations has not been erased or profits
impaired by subsequent losses; otherwise, only that
portion not impaired by subsequent losses is The penalty in case a corporation unjustifiably retains
available for dividend (SEC Opinions, Oct. 2, 1981 and surplus profits in excess of one hundred (100%) percent
March 19, 1992). of the paid in accumulated capital is the payment of
Improperly Earnings Tax equal to 10% of the improperly
4. Reduction surplus – the surplus arises from the accumulated taxable income (NIRC OF 1997, Sec. 29 [A]).
reduction of the par value of the issued shares of
stocks. It cannot be declared as cash dividend but can Q: During the annual stockholders meeting, Cheryl, a
be declared only as stock dividends. majority stockholder, proposed that a part of the
corporation’s URE's be capitalized and stock
5. Gain from Sale of Real Property - Available as dividends dividends be distributed to the stockholders. Can she
compel the corporation to declare stock dividends?
6. Treasury Shares – Gain realized from reissuance of (2001 Bar)
treasury shares. It cannot be declared as stock or
cash dividends but it may be declared as property A: No. Stock dividends should initially be taken by the
dividend BOD and thereafter to be concurred in by a 2/3 vote of the
stockholders. A stockholder cannot compel the
Prohibition imposed by law on URE's of a stock corporation to declare neither cash nor stock dividends as
corporation it rests with the sound discretion of the board.
POWER TO ENTER INTO MANAGEMENT CONTRACT A corporation can enter into a management contract
with a natural person without complying with the
Management contract requisites of Sec. 44
It is any contract whereby a corporation undertakes to Sec 44 refers only to a management contract with another
manage or operate all or substantially all of the business corporation. Hence, it does not apply to management
of another corporation, whether such contracts are called contracts entered into by a corporation with natural
service contracts, operating agreements or otherwise (CC, persons.
Sec. 44).
Period for every management contract entered into
NOTE: Sec. 44 refers only to a management contract with by the corporation
another corporation. Hence, it does not apply to
management contracts entered into by a corporation with GR: Management contract shall be entered into for a
natural persons (ibid). period not longer than 5 years for any one term.
Requirements for a management contract to be valid XPN: In cases of service contracts or operating
agreements which relate to the exploitation,
1. Contract must be approved by the majority of the BOD development, exploration or utilization of natural
or BOT of both managing and managed corporation; resources, it may be entered for such periods as may be
provided by the pertinent laws or regulations.
2. Ratified by the stockholders owning at least the
majority of the outstanding capital stock, or members in ULTRA VIRES ACTS
case of a non-stock corporation, of both the managing and (1991, 1993, 2009 Bar)
the managed corporation, at a meeting duly called for the
purpose An ultra vires act refers to an act outside or beyond
express, implied and incidental corporate powers. The
3. Contract must be approved by the stockholders of the concept also includes those acts that may ostensibly be
managed corporation owning at least 2/3 of the within such powers but are, by general or special laws,
outstanding capital stock entitled to vote or 2/3 of the either proscribed or declared illegal (Rural Bank of Milaor
members when: v. Ocefemia, G.R. No. 137686, February 8, 2000).
a. Stockholders representing the same interest in
both of the managing and the managed corporation It is one committed outside the object for which a
own or control more than 1/3 of the total corporation is created as defined by the law of its
outstanding capital stock entitled to vote of the organization and therefore beyond the power conferred
managing corporation (interlocking stockholders); upon it by law (Atrium Management Corporation vs. CA,
b. Majority of the members of the BOD of the G.R. No. 109491, February 28, 2001).
managing corporation also constitute a majority of
the BOD of the managed corporation. (Interlocking
Directors; CC, Sec. 44)
Thus, Arma Traders bestowed upon Tan and Uy broad a. XL Food Corporation, which is engaged in the
powers by allowing them to transact with third persons fast-food business, entered into a contract with
without the necessary written authority from its non- its President, Jose Cruz, whereby the latter
performing board of directors. Arma Traders failed to would supply the corporation with its meat and
take precautions to prevent its own corporate officers poultry requirements.
from abusing their powers. Because of its own laxity in its b. The Board of Drectors of XL Foods Corporation
business dealings, Arma Traders is now estopped from declared and paid cash dividends without
denying Tan and Uy’s authority to obtain loan from approval of the stockholders.
Advance Paper (Advance Paper Corporation vs. Arma c. XL Foods Corporation guaranteed the loan of
Traders Corporation, G.R. No 176897, December 11, 2013). its sister company XL Meat Products, Inc. (Bar
2002)
CONSEQUENCES OF ULTRA VIRES ACTS
A:
Effects of an ultra vires act a. Voidable – A contract of the corporation with one
or more of its directors or trustees or officers is voidable,
Ultra vires actsentered into by the board of directors at the option of such corporation (Sec 32, Corporation
binds the corporation and the courts will not interfere Code). Such contract can be ratified by the vote of the
unless terms are oppressive and unconscionable (Gamboa stockholders representing at least two-thirds of the
vs. Victoriano, G.R. No. L-43324. May 5, 1979). outstanding capital stock in a meeting called for the
purpose: Provided, that full disclosure of the adverse
These are the effects for the specific acts: interest of the directors or trustees involved is made at
such meeting: Provided, however, That the contract is fair
1. Executed contract – courts will not set aside or interfere and reasonable under the circumstances.
with such contracts;
2. Executory contracts – no enforcement even at the suit of b. Valid – Approval of the stockholders is not required
either party (void and unenforceable); in declaring cash dividends
3. Partly executed and partly executory – principle of “no
unjust enrichment at expense of another” shall apply; c. Void – This is an ultra vires act on part of XL Foods
4. Executory contracts apparently authorized but ultra Corporation, and is not one of the powers provided for in
vires – the principle of estoppel shall apply. Sec. 36 of the Corporation Code. It can be ratified provided
it is not illegal per se but merely beyond the power of the
Remedies in case of ultra vires act corporation by the approval of the majority of the board
and vote of the stockholders representing at least two
1. State thirds of the outstanding capital stock. Where the contract
a. Obtain a judgment of forfeiture; or or act is not illegal per se but merely beyond the power of
b. The SEC may suspend or revoke the certificate of the corporation, the same is merely voidable and may be
registration enforced by performance, ratification, or estoppels, or on
equitable grounds (Republic v. Acoje Mining Co., Inc.)
2. Stockholders especially if no creditors are prejudiced thereby and no
a. Injunction; or rights of the state or the public are involved (Flecher,
b. Derivative suit p.585).
The trust fund doctrine covers not only capital stock At least 2, or such number of independent directors that
but also unpaid subscriptions, and other corporate constitute 20% of the members of the board, whichever is
property and assets. lesser, but in no case less than 2 (RCCG, Art. 3 [A]).
The creditor is allowed to maintain an action upon any Q: May the composition of the board of directors of
unpaid subscriptions (in the same collection suit against the National Power Corporation be validly reduced to
the corporation) and thereby steps into the shoes of the three (3)? Explain you answer fully. (Bar 2008)
corporation for the satisfaction of the debt. To make out a
prima facie case in a suit against stockholders of an A: Yes. NPC is a government owned and controlled
insolvent corporation to compel them to contribute to the corporation created by a special charter. Its charter
payment of its debts by making good the balances upon allows composition of its board of directors to be reduced.
their subscriptions, it is only necessary to establish that The prohibition only applies to private corporations. As
the stockholders have not in good faith paid the par value clearly enunciated in Article XII, Section 16, 1987
of the stocks of the corporation. Subscriptions to the Constitution: Congress shall not, except by general law,
capital stock of a corporation constitute a fund to which provide for the formation, organization, or regulation of
creditors have the right to look for satisfaction of their private corporations. The general law creating private
claims. The scope of the doctrine when the corporation is corporations is governed by Batas Pambansa Blg. 68
insolvent encompasses not only the capital stock, but also otherwise known as the Corporation Code of the
other property and assets generally regarded in equity as Philippines where the number of of directors or trustees
a trust fund for the payment of corporate debts (Halley v. shall not be less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15).
Printwell, Inc., G.R. No. 157549, May 30, 2011, in Divina, Since NPC is not governed by the Corporation Code, the
2014). standard number of directors is not required.
The Doctrine of Centralized Management states that all GR: Contracts intra vires entered into by the board of
corporate powers are exercised by the BOD or BOT (CC, directors are binding upon the corporation beyond the
Sec. 23). However, this doctrine is not applicable to the interference of courts. The courts are barred from
following instances: intruding into business judgments of corporations, when
1. In case of delegation to the Executive Committee duly the same are made in good faith (Ong v Tiu, G.R. No.
authorized in the by-laws; 144476. April 8, 2003).
2. Authorization pursuant to a contracted manager which
may be an individual, a partnership, or another XPNs: Courts can inquire unto contracts which are:
corporation; 1. Unconscionable and oppressive as to amount to wanton
3. In case of close corporations, the stockholders may destruction to the rights of the minority (Ong v Tiu, ibid).
manage the business of the corporation instead by a 2. Bad faith or gross negligence by the directors (Republic
board of directors, if the articles of incorporation so Communications Inc v CA, G.R. No. 135074, January 29,
provide. 1999).
For this purpose, an “independent director” shall mean a 1. Resolutions and transactions entered into by the
person other than an officer or employee of the Board within the powers of the corporation cannot
corporation, its parent or subsidiaries, or any other be reversed by the courts not even on the behest of
individual having a relationship with the corporation, the stockholders.
which would interfere with the exercise of independent
2. Directors and officers acting within such business
judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
judgment cannot be held personally liable for such
acts.
Cases where independent directors are required
3. If the cause of the losses is merely error in business
At least two (2) independent directors are required in the judgment, not amounting to bad faith or negligence,
following companies; directors and/or officers are not liable (Filipinas Port
1. Any corporation with a class of equity securities Services v. Go, G.R. No. 161886, March 16, 2007).
listed for trading on an Exchange (Publicly traded
companies); 4. The Board of Directors has the power to create
2. Banks; positions not provided for in the corporation's
1. Conviction by final judgment of an offense A: No. In a similar case, Gokongwei v. SEC, it was held that
punishable by imprisonment exceeding 6 years; a corporation is authorized to prescribe the qualifications
2. Violation of the Corporation Code committed within of its directors. A provision in the by-laws of the
5 years prior to his election or appointment (CC, Sec. corporation that no person shall qualify or be eligible for
27). nomination for elections to the BOD if he is engaged in any
business which competes with that of the corporation is
NOTE: Disqualification by reason of violation of the valid, provided, however, that before such nominee is
Corporation Code does not require conviction for the disqualified, a director stands in a competition from being
reason that the decision of the SEC is final and executory elected to the board of directors is a reasonable exercise
unless appealed in CA and a TRO is obtained. of corporate authority. Sound principles of corporate
management counsel against sharing sensitive
Q: John Gokongwei Jr., as stockholder of San Miguel information with a director whose fiduciary duty to
Corporation, filed with SEC a petition for declaration loyalty may well require that he discloses this information
of nullity of amended by-laws against the majority of to a competitive rival. In the case at bar, the petition of Y
the members of the Board of Directors and San Miguel is not tenable because he has no vested right to be elected
Corporation. Among others, it was claimed that prior as a director. When a person buys stock in a corporation,
to the questioned amendment, Gokongwei had all the he does so with the knowledge that its affairs are
qualifications to be a director of the corporation, dominated by a majority of the stockholders. Such
being a substantial stockholder thereof, that as a amendment are made in the by-laws is valid.
stockholder, Gokongwei had acquired rights inherent
in stock ownership, such as the rights to vote and to Foreigners are not disqualified from being elected/
be voted upon in the election of directors, and that in appointed as members of the BOD
amending the by-laws, Soriano, et. al. purposely
provided for Gokongwei's disqualification and While foreigners are disqualified from being elected/
deprived him of his vested right as aforementioned, appointed as corporate officers in wholly or partially
hence the amended by-laws are null and void. Is a nationalized business activities, they are allowed
provision on the by-laws disqualifying a person for a representation in the BOD or governing body of said
position in the board of directors on the ground that entities in proportion to their shareholding (Anti-Dummy
he is engaged in a business which competes with that Law, Sec. 2-A; 1987Constitution, Art. XII, Sec. 11).
of the Corporation valid?
Reason: The BOD/ governing body performs specific
A: Yes. A corporation is authorized to prescribe the duties as a “body”. Unlike corporate officers, each member
qualifications of its directors. A provision in the by-laws of the BOD/ governing body has no individual power or
of the corporation that no person shall qualify or be authority to perform management functions (De Leon,
eligible for nomination for elections to the board of supra).
directors if he is engaged in any business which compete
with that of the Corporation is valid; provided, however,
that before such nominee is disqualified, he should be Q: A Korean national joined a corporation which is
given due process to show that he is not covered by the engaged in the furniture manufacturing business. He
disqualification. A director stands in fiduciary relation to was elected to the Board of Directors. To complement
the corporation and its stockholders. The disqualification its furniture manufacturing business, the corporation
of a competitor from being elected to the board of also engaged in the logging business. With the
directors is a reasonable exercise of corporate authority. additional logging activity, can the Korean national
Sound principles of corporate management counsel still be a member of the Board of Directors? Explain
against sharing sensitive information with a director (Bar 2005)
whose fiduciary duty to loyalty may well require that he
discloses this information to a competitive rival (John A: Yes. The Korean national can still be a member of the
Gokongwei, Jr. v. SEC, et al., G.R. No. L-45911, April 11, Board of Directors as long as sixty percent (60%) of the
1979). Board of Directors are Filipinos. Corporations that are
sixty percent (60%) owned by Filipinos can engage in the
business of exploration, development and utilization of
Permanent representation is not allowed in the BOD To base the computation of quorum solely on the
obviously deficient, if not inaccurate stock and transfer
The board of directors of corporations must be elected book, and completely disregarding the issued and
from among the stockholders or members directors every outstanding shares as indicated in the articles of
year. Estoppel does not set in to legitimize what is incorporation would work injustice to the owners and/or
wrongful (Grace Christian High School v. CA, G.R. No. successors in interest of the said shares. This case is one
108905, October 23, 1997). instance where resort to documents other than the stock
and transfer books is necessary. The stock and transfer
Jurisdiction over election contests in stock and non- book of PMMSI cannot be used as the sole basis for
stock corporations determining the quorum as it does not reflect the totality
of shares which have been subscribed, more so when the
As amended by R.A. 8799 (The Securities Regulation articles of incorporation show a significantly larger
Code), the jurisdiction of the SEC under Sec. 5 P.D. No. amount of shares issued and outstanding as compared to
902‐A (SEC Reorganization Act) is now transferred to that listed in the stock and transfer book (Lanuza, et al. v.
Courts of General Jurisdiction (Regional Trial Court). CA, et al., G.R. No. 131394, March 28, 2005).
Thus, RTC now has jurisdiction over election contest.
Requisites for removal of directors or trustees (1991, Duration of the term of a replacement director
2001 Bar)
A director elected to fill vacancy shall serve the unexpired
1. It must take place either at a regular meeting or term of the director he replaced (CC, Sec. 29).
special meeting of the stockholders or members
called for the purpose; Filling-up a vacancy caused by resignation of a
2. Previous notice to the stockholders or members of director in a hold-over position
the intention to remove a director;
3. A vote of the stockholders representing 2/3 of The vacancy caused by resignation of a director in a hold-
outstanding capital stock or 2/3 of members. over position can only be filled up by the stockholders or
members, for the cause of vacancy is not resignation but
Q: In 1999, Corporation A passed a board resolution by expiration of term because the hold-over period is not
removing X from his position as manager of said a part of the director’s original term of office, nor is it a
corporation. The by‐laws of A corporation provide new term (De Leon, supra).
that the officers are the president, vice‐president,
treasurer and secretary. Upon complaint filed with Q: During the Annual Stockholders’ Meeting of Valle
the SEC, it held that a manager could be removed by Verde Country Club, Inc. (VVCC), Jaime Dinglasan, et
mere resolution of the board of directors. On motion al., were elected as new members of the board of
for reconsideration, X alleged that he could only be directors. In the succeeding years however, the
removed by the affirmative vote of the stockholders requisite quorum for the holding of the stockholders’
representing 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock. Is meeting could not be obtained. Consequently,
X's contention legally tenable. Why? (2001 Bar) Dinglasan, et al., continued to serve in the VVCC Board
in a hold-over capacity. Subsequently, Dinglasan
A: No. Stockholders' approval is necessary only for the resigned from his position as member of the VVCC
removal of the members of the Board. For the removal of Board. In a meeting, the remaining directors, still
a corporate officer or employee, the vote of the Board of constituting a quorum of VVCC’s nine-member board,
Directors is sufficient for the purpose. elected Eric Roxas to fill in the vacancy created by the
resignation of Dinglasan. A year later, Eduardo
FILLING OF VACANCIES Makalintal also resigned as member of the VVCC
Board. He was replaced by Jose Ramirez, who was
Ways of filling up the vacancies in the board elected by the remaining members of the VVCC Board.
Victor Africa, a member of VVCC, questioned the
1. Vacancies filled up by stockholders or members: election of Roxas and Ramirez as members of the
(ERORI) VVCC Board with the SEC and the RTC. May the
a. Expiration of term; remaining directors of the corporation’s Board, still
b. Removal; constituting a quorum, elect another director to fill in
c. Grounds Other than removal or expiration of term, a vacancy caused by the resignation of a hold-over
where the remaining directors do not constitute a director?
quorum for the purpose of filling the vacancy;
d. If the vacancy may be filled by the remaining A: No. The remaining directors of the corporation’s Board,
directors or trustees but the board Refers the matter even if still constituting a quorum, cannot elect another
to stockholders or members; or director to fill in a vacancy caused by the resignation of a
e. Increase in the number of directors results to hold-over director. The Section 23 of the Corporation
vacancy. Code means that the term of the members of the board of
directors shall be only for one year; their term expires one
2. Vacancies filled up by members of the board -If still year after election to the office. The holdover period –
constituting a quorum, at least a majority of the members that time from the lapse of one year from a member’s
are empowered to fill any vacancy occurring in the board election to the Board and until his successor’s election and
qualification – is not part of the director’s original term of
A: Yes. The resolution is valid. There is no argument that Special Fact Doctrine
directors or trustees, as the case may be, are not entitled
to salary or other compensation when they perform The special fact doctrine is an exception to the majority
nothing more than the usual and ordinary duties of their rule doctrine. It states that where special circumstances
office. This rule is founded upon a presumption that or facts are present which make it inequitable for the
directors /trustees render service gratuitously and that director to withhold information from the stockholder,
the return upon their shares adequately furnishes the the duty to disclose arises, and concealment is fraud
motives for service, without compensation. Under Section (ibid).
30, there are only two (2) ways by which members of the
board can be granted compensation apart from Instances where the Special Fact Doctrine has been
reasonable per diems: (1) when there is a provision in the applied
by-laws fixing their compensation; and (2) when the
stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding In foreign US jurisprudence, the special fact doctrine was
capital stock at a regular or special stockholders’ meeting applied in the following cases:
agree to give it to them.This proscription, however, 1. Where a director actively participation in the
against granting compensation to directors/trustees of a negotiations for a transfer of the corporate property
corporation is not a sweeping rule. Section 30 states that (Strong v. Repide, 213 U.S. 419, 29 S.Ct. 521, 53 L.Ed.
the directors shall not receive any compensation, as such 853).
directors. The phrase “as such directors” is not without 2. Where a director undertakes to speak or become
significance for it delimits the scope of the prohibition to active in inducing the sale, he must speak fully,
compensation given to them for services performed frankly, and honestly, and conceal nothing to the
purely in their capacity as directors or trustees. The disadvantage of the selling stockholder (Poole v.
unambiguous implication is that members of the board Camden, 79 W. Va. 310).
may receive compensation, in addition to reasonable per 3. Where a director personally seeks a stockholder for
diems, when they render services to the corporation in a the purpose of buying his shares without making
capacity other than as directors/trustees. In the case at disclosure of material facts within his peculiar
bench, the resolution granted monthly compensation to knowledge and not within reach of the stockholders,
Salas, et al., not in their capacity as members of the board, the transaction will be closely scrutinized and relief
but rather as officers of the corporation, more particularly may be granted in appropriate instances (Strong v.
as Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Treasurer and Secretary of Repide, Ibid).
Western Institute of Technology (Western Institute of
Technology, Inc., v. Ricardo T. Salas, et al., G.R. No. 113032, Liability of the directors/ trustees or officers of a
August 21, 1997). corporation for their official acts (1996, 1997 bar)
FIDUCIARY DUTIES AND LIABILITY RULES GR: The officers of a corporation are not personally liable
for their official acts.
Nature of the obligation of the directors to the
corporation XPNs: If it is shown that they exceeded their authority. In
the following instances, the directors/ trustees may be
The directors’ character is that of a fiduciary insofar as the held personally liable for damages:
corporation and the stockholders as a body are
concerned. As agents entrusted with the management of 1. They willfully and knowingly vote for or assent to
patently unlawful acts of the corporation; or
the corporation for the collective benefit of the
stockholders, they occupy a fiduciary relation, and in this 2. They are guilty of gross negligence or bad faith in
directing the affairs of the corporation; or
sense the relation is one of trust.
NOTE: Bad faith or negligence is a question of fact.
The ordinary trust relationship of directors of a
Bad faith does not simply mean bad judgment or
corporation and stockholders springs from the fact that
directors have the control and guidance of corporate negligence. It imparts a dishonest purpose or some
affairs and property and hence of the property interests moral obliquity and conscious doing of wrong. It
means breach of a known duty through some motive
of the stockholders. Equity recognizes that stockholders
or interest or ill-will; it partakes of the nature of
are the proprietors of the corporate interests and are
fraud (Ford Phils., Inc., et al. vs. CA, GR 99039, Feb. 3,
ultimately the only beneficiaries thereof (Gokongwei vs.
1997).
SEC, supra).
Q: BF Corporation, in a collection complaint filed Before a director or officer of a corporation can be held
against Shangri-La and its Board of Directors, alleged personally liable for corporate obligations, however, the
that Shangri-La induced BF Corporation to continue following requisites must concur:
with the construction of the buildings using its own
(1) The complainant must allege in the complaint that the
funds and credit despite Shangri-La’s default.
director or officer assented to patently unlawful acts of
According to BF Corporation, Shangri- La
the corporation, or that the officer was guilty of gross
misrepresented that it had funds to pay for its
negligence or bad faith; and
obligations with BF Corporation, and the delay in
payment was simply a matter of delayed processing of (2) The complainant must clearly and convincingly prove
BF Corporation’s progress billing statements. BF such unlawful acts, negligence or bad faith. (Heirs of Fe
Corporation eventually completed the construction of Tan Uy vs. International Exchange Bank, G.R. No. 166282,
the buildings. Shangri‐La allegedly took possession of G.R. No. 166283, February 13, 2013). The fact that the
the buildings while still owing BF Corporation an corporation ceased operations the day after the
outstanding balance. Petitioners’ main argument promulgation of the SC resolution finding the corporation
arises from the separate personality given to juridical laible does not prove bad faith on the part of the
persons vis‐à-vis their directors, officers, incorporator of the corporation (Polymer Rubber
stockholders, and agents. Since they did not sign the Corporation v. Ang, G.R. No. 185160, July 24, 2013, in Divina,
arbitration agreement in any capacity, they cannot be 2014).
forced to submit to the jurisdiction of the Arbitration
Tribunal in accordance with the arbitration Q: Rana and Burgos are the President and General
agreement. The Arbitral Tribunal rendered a Manager of SKILLEX. Skillex entered into a service
decision, finding that BF Corporation failed to prove contract with Robinsons Land Corporation. Halfway
the existence of circumstances that render through the service contract, Skillex asked the
petitioners and the other directors solidarily liable. It respondents-employees Seva, et al. to execute
ruled that petitioners and Shangri-La’s other individual contracts which stipulated that their
directors were not liable for the contractual respective employments shall end at the last day of
obligations of Shangri-La to BF Corporation. the year. Skillex and Robinsons no longer extended
their contract of janitorial services. Consequently, the
Are Shangri-La’s directors liable for the contractual Skillex dismissed Seva, et al. as they were project
obligations of Shangri-La to BF Corporation? employees whose duration of employment was
dependent on the petitioner's service contract with
A: No. Indeed, as petitioners point out, their personalities Robinsons. Respondents filed a complaint for illegal
as directors of Shangri-La are separate and distinct from dismissal with the NLRC.
Shangri-La.
Should Rana and Burgos be held solidarily liable with
A corporation is an artificial entity created by fiction of the corporation for respondents-employees’
law. This means that while it is not a person, naturally, the monetary claims against the corporation?
law gives it a distinct personality and treats it as such. A
corporation, in the legal sense, is an individual with a
Liability of a director for termination of employees A: No. A corporation, as a juridical entity, may act only
through its directors, officers and employees. Obligations
Without any evidence of bad faith or malice, directors may incurred as a result of the directors’ and officers’ acts as
not be held personally liable. Only when the termination corporate agents, are not their personal liability but the
is done with malice or in bad faith on the part of the direct responsibility of the corporation they represent. As
director may the director be held solidarily liable with the a rule, they are only solidarily liable with the corporation
corporation (Equitable Banking Corporation vs. NLRC, GR for the illegal termination of services of employees if they
No. 02467, June 13, 1997). acted with malice or bad faith.
Article 212(e) does not state that corporate officers are To hold a director or officer personally liable for
personally liable for the unpaid salaries or separation pay corporate obligations, two requisites must concur: (1) it
of employees of the corporation. The liability of corporate must be alleged in the complaint that the director or
officers for corporate debts remains governed by Section officer assented to patently unlawful acts of the
31 of the Corporation Code. A director is not personally corporation or that the officer was guilty of gross
liable for the debts of the corporation, which has a negligence or bad faith; and (2) there must be proof that
separate legal personality of its own. A director is the officer acted in bad faith (Girly G. Ico v. STI, Inc., et. al,
personally liable for corporate debts only if he wilfully G.R. No. 185100, July 9, 2014).
and knowingly votes for or assents to patently unlawful
acts of the corporation or he is guilty of gross negligence Q: Pasawilan, et al. were all employed by Alert
or bad faith in directing the affairs of the corporation. Security as security guards and were assigned at the
However, to hold a director personally liable for debts of DOST. Claiming that they were underpaid, Pasawilan,
the corporation, and thus pierce the veil of corporate et al. filed a complaint for money claims (and later on
fiction, the bad faith or wrongdoing of the director must for illegal dismissal) against Alert Security and its
be established clearly and convincingly. Bad faith is president and general manager, petitioner Manuel D.
never presumed. Moreover, bad faith does not Dasig, with the Labor Arbiter. The LA ruled that
automatically arise just because a corporation fails to Pasawilan, et al. were illegally dismissed and held
comply with the notice requirement of labor laws on Alert and Dasig solidarily laible. The NLRC dismissed
company closure or dismissal of employees. The failure the complaint for illegal dismissal. The CA reinstated
to give notice is not an unlawful act because the law does the LA decision and held that Alert Security and Dasig
not define such failure as unlawful. Such failure to give are solidarily liable for payment of the monetary
notice is a violation of procedural due process but does awards in favor of Pasawilan, et al.
not amount to an unlawful or criminal act. Patently
unlawful acts are those declared unlawful by law which Is the CA correct?
imposes penalties for commission of such unlawful acts.
There must be a law declaring the act unlawful and A: No. Basic is the rule that a corporation has a separate
penalizing the act (Carag v. NLRC, G.R. No. 147590, April 2, and distinct personality apart from its directors, officers,
2007, in Divina, 2014). or owners. In exceptional cases, courts find it proper to
breach this corporate personality in order to make
Q: Jacob and Fernandez are STI officers, the former directors, officers, or owners solidarily liable for the
being the President and CEO and the latter as the companies’ acts. Section 31 of the Corporation
Senior VP. Ico, was hired as Faculty Member by STI Code provides for the basis of the liability of directors,
College Makati, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of STI. trustees or officers. Article 212(e) of the Labor Code, by
Ico was subsequent promoted as Dean of STI College- itself, does not make a corporate officer personally liable
Parañaque and, thereafter, as COO of STI-Makati. for the debts of the corporation. The governing law on
However, after the merger between STI and STI personal liability of directors for debts of the corporation
College Makati (Inc.), Ico received a memorandum is still Section 31 of the Corporation Code.In the present
Q: Is the above rule changed by the fact that the However, if such act is ratified by a vote of the
agreement whereby the director/ trustee or officer is stockholders representing at least 2/3 of the outstanding
to receive a secret profit is made prior to the time he capital stock, the director is excused from remitting the
becomes as such director/ trustee or officer? profit realized (ibid).
A: No. Even though the agreement to receive a secret Non-applicability of the Doctrine of Corporate
profit is made prior to the time the recipient becomes a Opportunity
director/ trustee or officer, he is still liable under the
above rule (De Leon, supra). The doctrine is not applicable to the following instances:
1. When a director engages in a distinct enterprise of
Q: Is the above rule changed by the fact that the secret the same general class of business as that which his
profits were obtained from ultra vires transactions? corporation is engaged in, so long as he acts in good
faith.
A: No. Notwithstanding the fact that the profits were
derived from transaction ultra vires, the director/ trustee 2. The opportunity is one which is not essential to the
or officer is still liable (ibid). corporation’s business, or employment of company’s
resources, or where the director or officer embracing
Q: Hi Yielding Corporation filed a complaint against opportunity personally is not brought into direct
five of its officers for violation of Section 31 of the competition with the corporation.
Corporation Code. The corporation claimed that he
said officers were guilty of advancing their personal 3. When the property or business opportunity has
interests to the prejudice of the corporation, and that ceased to be a “corporate opportunity” and has
3. Full disclosure of the adverse interest of the directors A management contract is any contract whereby a
or trustees involved is made at the stockholders’ corporation undertakes to manage or operate all or
meeting called for the purpose; substantially all of the business of another corporation,
whether such contracts are called service contracts,
4. The contract is fair and reasonable under the operating agreements or otherwise. A corporation under
circumstances (CC, Sec. 32, par. 2). management is bound by the acts of the managing
corporation and is estopped to deny its authority
NOTE: Hence, in all such instances, the element that the (National Bank vs. Producers’ Warehouse Association, G.R.
contract is fair and reasonable cannot be dispensed with No. L-16510, January 9, 1922).
for the transaction is to be valid and enforceable.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Q: Suppose that the by-laws of X Corporation, a mining
firm, provides that "The directors shall be relieved Executive Committee
from all liability for any contract entered into by the
corporation with any firm in which the directors may An executive committee is a body created by the by-laws
be interested." Thus, director A acquired claims and composed of not less than three members of the
which overlapped with X's claims and were necessary board which, subject to the statutory limitations, has all
for the development and operation of X's mining the authority of the board to the extent provided in the
properties. Is the by-law provision valid? Why? (2001 board resolution or by-laws. The committee may act by a
Bar) majority vote of all of its members (CC, Sec. 35).
A: No. It is in violation of Sec. 32 of the Corporation Code. NOTE: An executive committee can only be created by
virtue of a provision in the by-laws and that in the absence
Q: What happens if director "A" is able to consummate of such by-law provision, the board of directors cannot
his mining claims over and above that of the simply create or appoint an executive committee to
corporation's claims?(2001 Bar) perform some of its functions (SEC Opinion, Sept. 27,
1993).
A: "A" should account to the corporation for the profits
which he realized from the transaction. He grabbed the In such a case where there was an unauthorized creation
business opportunity from the corporation (CC, Sec. 34). of executive committee by the board, the principle of de
facto officers may be applied insofar as third persons are
BETWEEN CORPORATIONS WITH INTERLOCKING concerned. However, insofar as the corporation is
DIRECTORS concerned, the unauthorized act of appointment of an
executive committee may be subject to Sec. 144, which
Contracts between corporations with interlocking provides for penalties in violation of the Code (ibid).
directors
Non-members of the board may be appointed as
A contract between two or more corporations having members of the executive committee
interlocking directors shall not be invalidated on that
ground alone. Provided that: Non-members of the board may be appointed as members
1. Contract is not fraudulent; of the executive committee provided that there are at
2. Contract is fair and reasonable under the least 3 members of the board who are members of the
circumstances; and committee (SEC Opinion, Sept. 16, 1986). A person not a
3. If the interest of the interlocking director in one director can be a member of the executive committee but
corporation or corporations is merely nominal (not only in a recommendatory or advisory capacity.
exceeding 20% of the outstanding capital stock), he
shall be subject to the provisions of Sec. 32 insofar as A foreigner is allowed to be a member of the executive
the latter corporation or corporations are concerned committee
(CC, Sec. 33).
A foreigner can be allowed representation in the
Substantial interest executive committee since he can be allowed in the BOD.
An Executive Committee is a governing body which
Stockholdings exceeding 20% of the outstanding capital functions as the board itself. Thus, membership therein
stock shall be considered substantial for purposes of shall be governed by the same law/ rules applicable to the
interlocking directors (ibid). BOD as provided in Sec. 35 (SEC Opinion, June 3, 1998).
REGULAR OR SPECIAL A: No. The general rule is that a corporation, through its
board of directors, should act in the manner and within
Meetings of BOD/BOT the formalities, if any, prescribed by its charter or by the
general law. Thus, directors must act as a body in a
i. DATE AND PLACE OF ii. REQUIRED WRITTEN meeting called pursuant to the law or the corporation's
MEETING /VERBAL NOTICE by-laws, otherwise, any action taken therein may be
Regular Meeting questioned by any objecting director or shareholder.
Notice must: However, the actions taken in such a meeting by the
1. State the date, time and directors or trustees may be ratified expressly or
4. The date fixed in the impliedly. In the present case, the ratification was
place of the meeting
by-laws; or expressed through the July 30, 1982 Board Resolution.
2. Be sent to every
5. If there is no date in Asuncion claims that the July 30, 1982 Board Resolution
director or trustee
the by-laws – shall did not ratify the Board Resolution dated August 17, 1981
a. Within the period
be held monthly for lack of the required number of votes because Juanito
provided in the by-laws
b. In the absence of is not entitled to vote while Leo voted "no" to the
Venue: ratification of the sale even if the minutes stated
provision in the by-
6. Venue fixed by the otherwise (Lopez Realty, Inc. et. al. v. Spouses Tanjangco,
laws, at least 1 day
by-laws; or G.R. No. 154291, November 12, 2014).
prior to the scheduled
7. If venue is not
meeting.
provided by the by- Meeting held in the absence of some of the directors
laws, anywhere in or and without any notice given to them is illegal
A director or trustee may
outside of the
waive this requirement,
Philippines. It is illegal, and the action at such meeting although by a
either expressly or
impliedly. majority of the directors, is invalid unless:
1. Subsequently ratified or waived, expressly or
Special Meeting
impliedly, by the absent directors or
8. Any time upon the Notice must: 2. Rights have been acquired by innocent third
call of the 1. State the date, time and persons, as against whom the corporation must be
president; or place of the meeting held estopped to set up the failure to observe
formalities (De Leon, supra).
The notice shall include the following: b. No. Section 51 provides that the annual
stockholders’ meeting shall be held in the city or
1. Inquiry on whether the director will attend physically municipality where the principal office is located. For this
or through tele/videoconferencing; purpose, the law also provides that Metro Manila is
2. Contact number/s of the Secretary and office staff considered a city or municipality. Since the principal
whom the director may call to notify and state whether he office or business of MIC is Pasig, Metro Manila, the
shall be physically present or attend through holding of the annual stockholders’ meeting in Manila is
tele/videoconferencing; proper.
3. Agenda of the meeting; c. No. Ting cannot question the validity of corporate
4. All documents to be discussed in the meeting, including resolutions passed in the BOD meeting because Section 53
of the Code does not require that the meeting must be held
attachments, shall be numbered and duly marked by the
within the city or municipality where the principal office
Secretary in such a way that all the directors, physically or
electronically present, can easily follow, refer to the of the corporation is located. The directors’ meeting can
documents and participate in the meeting (SEC Memo Circ. be held anywhere in or outside the Philippines.
No. 15, Series of 2001).
QUORUM
NOTE: If the director chooses tele/videoconferencing, he
shall give notice of at least five days prior to the scheduled Quorum in board meetings
meeting to the Secretary. The latter shall be informed of
GR: Majority of the number of directors or trustees.
his contact number/s. In the same way, the Secretary shall
inform the director concerned of the contact number/s he
XPN: If AOI or the by-laws provide for a greater number
will call to join the meeting. The Secretary shall keep the
records of the details, and on the date of the scheduled (CC, Sec. 25).
meeting, confirm and NOTE such details as part of the
NOTE: The quorum is the same even if there is vacancy in
minutes of the meeting (ibid).
the board.
In the absence of an arrangement, it is presumed that the
director will physically attend the Board meeting (ibid).
Under the Corporation Code, stockholders or members 1. Specific proxy – authority granted to the proxy holder to
periodically elect the board of directors or trustees, who vote only for a particular meeting on a specific date.
are charged with the management of the corporation.The 2. Continuing proxy – grants authority to a proxy to appear
board, in turn, periodically elects officers to carry out and vote for and in behalf of a shareholder for a
management functions on a day-to-day basis. As owners, continuing period which should not be more than 5
though, the stockholders or members have residual years at any one time. By-laws may provide for a
powers over fundamental and major corporate shorter duration of a continuing proxy.
changes.
Extent of authority of a proxy
While stockholders and members (in some instances) are
entitled to receive profits, the management and direction 1. General proxy – A general discretionary power to attend
of the corporation are lodged with their representatives and vote at an annual meeting, with all the powers the
and agents -- the board of directors or trustees. In other undersigned would possess if personally present, to vote
words, acts of management pertain to the board; and for directors and all ordinary matters that may properly
those of ownership, to the stockholders or members. In come before a regular meeting.
the latter case, the board cannot act alone, but must seek
approval of the stockholders or members (Tan v. Sycip, NOTE: A holder of a general proxy has no authority
G.R. No. 153468, August 17, 2006). to vote for a fundamental change in the corporate
charter or other unusual transactions such as merger
PROXY or consolidation.
The term “proxy” designates the formal written authority 2. Limited proxy – Restrict the authority to vote to
given by the owner or holder of the stock, who has a right specified matters only and may direct the manner in
to vote it, or by a member, as principal, to another person, which the vote shall be cast (ibid.)
as agent, to exercise the voting rights of the former.
Requirements of a valid proxy
It is also used to apply to the holder of the authority or
person authorized by an absent stockholder or member 1. Proxies shall be in writing and shall be signed by the
to vote for him at a stockholders’ or members’ meeting. stockholder or member concerned;
It also refers to the instrument which evidences the NOTE: Oral proxies are NOT valid.
authority of the agent (De Leon, supra).
2. The proxy shall be filed before the scheduled meeting
NOTE: A proxy is a special form of agency. A proxy holder with the corporate secretary;
is an agent and as such a fiduciary (De Leon, supra).Since
a proxy acts for another, he may act as such although he 3. Unless otherwise provided (continuing in nature) in the
himself is disqualified to vote his shares.A proxy- proxy, it shall be valid only for the meeting for which it
stockholder disqualified to vote because his stock has is intended; and
been declared delinquent may vote the stocks of his
principal which is not delinquent. NOTE: The authority may be general or limited.
Purposes of proxies 4. No proxy shall be valid and effective for a period longer
than 5 years at any one time (CC, Sec. 58, as amended by
The purposes and use of proxies are as follows: SRC, Sec. 20).
1. Assures the presence of a quorum in meetings of
stockholders of large corporations; Instances when the right to vote by proxy may be
2. Enables those who do not wish to attend a exercised
stockholders’/ members’ meeting to protect their
interest by exercising their right to vote through a 1. Election of the BOD/BOT (CC, Sec. 24)
representative; and 2. Voting in case of joint ownership of stock (CC, Sec. 56)
3. One of the devices in securing voting control or 3. Voting by trustee under VTA (CC, Sec. 59, last par.)
management control in the corporation (ibid.). 4. Voting by members in non-stock corps (CC, Sec. 89,
par. 2)
Who may be a proxy
NOTE: In non-stock corporations the right to vote by
Any person whom the stockholder or member sees fit to proxy, or even the right to vote may be denied to
represent him. members in the articles of incorporation or the by-
laws as long as the denial is not discriminatory.
NOTE: By-laws restricting the stockholder’s or member’s
right in this respect are void (De Leon, supra).Further, 5. In considering other matters:
same person may act as proxy for one or several 1. Pledge or mortgage of shares (CC, par. 2, Sec.
stockholders or members. 55).
Unless the stockholder or member who executed a proxy 8. To effect a plan for reorganization of a corporation
gives his consent in writing, a designated proxy may not in financial difficulty or in bankruptcy proceedings; and
further re-designate another under the same proxy. An
alternate proxy can only act as proxy in case of non- 9. To aid a financially embarrassed corporation to obtain
attendance of the other designated proxy (De Leon, supra). a loan and protect its creditors (De Leon, supra).
XPN: Said proxy is coupled with interest, even if it may 2. A certified copy of such agreement shall be filed with
appear by its terms to be revocable (De Leon, supra) the corporation and with the SEC, otherwise, it is
ineffective and unenforceable.
NOTE: Last proxy given revokes all previous proxies. (SEC
Opinion, October 14, 1991). 3. The certificate/s of stock covered by the VTA shall be
canceled.
SEC may pass upon the validity of the issuance and use
of proxies 4. A new certificate shall be issued in the name of the
trustee/s stating that they are issued pursuant to the
PD 902-A empowers the SEC, among others, “to pass upon VTA.
the validity of the issuance and use of proxies and voting
trust agreements for absent stockholders or members” 5. The transfer shall be noted in the books of the
(Sec. 6[g]). corporation, that it is made pursuant to said VTA.
Unless expressly renewed, all rights granted in a voting This is an agreement, also known as voting agreement,
trust agreement shall automatically expire at the end of entered into by and between 2 or more stockholders to
the agreed period, and the voting trust certificates as well make their shares as one unit (ex: Shareholders, A,B,C,D,E,
as the certificates of stock in the name of the trustee or holds 50% of the outstanding capital stock, entered into a
trustees shall thereby be deemed canceled and new pooling agreement to vote for F as a member of the board
certificates of stock shall be reissued in the name of the of director). This usually relates to election of directors
transferors (CC, Sec. 59). where parties often provide for arbitration in case of
disagreement. This does not involve a transfer of stocks
Effect of a voting trust agreement with respect to the but is merely a private agreement (CC, Sec. 100).
rights of the trustor and the trustee
Validity of pooling agreements
It is the trustee of the shares who acquires legal title to the
shares under the voting trust agreement and thus entitled Pooling agreements are valid as long as they do not limit
to the right to vote and the right to be elected in the board the discretion of the BOD in the management of corporate
of directors while the trustor-stockholder has the affairs or work any fraud against stockholders not party
beneficial title which includes the right to receive to the contract.
dividends (Lee v. CA, G.R. No. 93695, February 4, 1992).
Pooling agreement v. Voting Trust Agreement
Voting trust agreement v.Proxy
In Pooling Agreement, the stockholders themselves
VOTING TRUST PROXY exercise their right to vote. On the other hand, the trustees
If validly executed, VTA is are the ones who exercise the right to vote under the
A proxy, unless coupled Voting Trust Agreement.
intended to be irrevocable for
with interest, is
a definite and limited period of
revocable at anytime. Q: A distressed corporation executed a VTA for a
time.
Trustee acquires legal title to Proxy has no legal title period of three years over 60% of its outstanding paid
the shares of the transferring to the shares of the up shares in favor of a bank to which it was indebted,
stockholder principal with the Bank named as trustee. Additionally, the
Right to vote as well as other Company mortgaged all its properties to the Bank.
rights may be given except the Because of the insolvency of the Company, the Bank
Only right to vote is foreclosed the mortgaged properties, and as the
right to receive dividends. The
given. The proxy must highest bidder, acquired said properties and assets of
trustee may vote in person or
vote in person. the Company.
by proxy unless the agreement
provides otherwise
The agreement must be Proxy need not be The three-year period prescribed in the Voting Trust
notarized notarized Agreement having expired, the company demanded
Proxy can only act at a the turn-over and transfer of all its assets and
Trustee is not limited to act at specified stockholder’s properties, including the management and operation
any particular meeting meeting (if not of the Company, claiming that under the
continuing) Voting Trust Agreement, the Bank was constituted as
The stock certificate shall be trustee of the management and operations of the
cancelled and a new one in the Company. (1992 Bar)
No cancellation of the
name of the trustee shall be
certificate shall be made A: The demand of the company does not tally with the
issued stating that they are
issued pursuant to a VTA. concept of a VTA. The VTA merely conveys to the trustee
A trustee can vote and exercise the right to vote the shares of grantor/s. The consequence
A proxy can only vote in of foreclosure of the mortgaged properties would be alien
all the rights of the stockholder
the absence of the to the VTA and its effects.
even when the latter is
owner of the stocks
present.
A proxy is usually of
An agreement must not exceed
shorter duration
5 years at any one time except
although under Sec. 58
when the same is made a
it cannot exceed 5 years
condition of a loan.
at any one time
Governed by the law on
Governed by the law on trust
agency
A proxy does not have a
A trustee has the right to
right of inspection of
inspect corporate books.
corporate books.
VOTE REQUIREMENT
CORPORATE ACT
BOARD OF DIRECTORS STOCKHOLDERS
1. Amendments, repeal, or Majority vote of the BOD GR: Majority vote of the outstanding capital
adoption of new by-laws stock
XPN: If delegated by the stockholders to the
board
2. Entering into management Majority of the quorum of the GR: Vote of the majority of the outstanding
contract BOD shares of stock or members ofboth the
managing and the managed corporation.
1. A stockholder or stockholders
representing the same interest of both the
managing and the managed corporations
own or control more than one-third (1/3)
of the total outstanding capital stock
entitled to vote of the managing
corporation; or
5. Grant of compensation to Approval of the Board Majority vote of the outstanding capital stock
directors
6.Extending or shortening the Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
corporate term capital stock
7. Increase or decrease of capital Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
stock capital stock
8. To incur, create, or increase Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
bonded indebtedness capital stock
9. Deny Pre-emptive Right Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
(CC, Sec. 39). capital stock
10. Investment of corporate funds Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
in another corporation or capital stock
business or for any other purpose
other than the primary purpose
12. Merger or consolidation Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
capital stock
13. Voluntary dissolution Majority vote of the BOD Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding
capital stock
14. To adopt a plan of distribution Majority vote of the Trustees 2/3 of the members having voting rights
of assets of a non-stock
corporation
2. To elect officers of the corporation Plurality vote of the BOD listed in the AOI, not merely those
present constituting a quorum
3. Fixing the issued price of no-par value shares Majority of the quorum of the BOD if authorized by the AOI
or in the absence of such authority, by a majority of the
outstanding capital stock
4. Declaration of cash and other dividends other than stock Majority of the quorum of the board
dividends
6. To revoke the power delegated to the BOD to amend or Majority of the outstanding capital stock or of the members
repeal the by-laws or adopt new by laws
7. To call a special meeting to remove directors or trustees Majority of the outstanding capital stock or of the members
entitled to vote
8. Removal of directors Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock or of
members entitled to vote
9. Delegation of the power to amend by-laws to the board of Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock
directors
10. Ratification of corporate contract with a director Vote representing 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock
11. To delegate to the BOD the power to amend or repeal the 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock or of the members
by-laws or adopt new by laws
NOTE: Dividends declared before the transfer of shares Under Sec. 105, any stockholder of a close corporation
belong to the transferor and those declared after the may, for any reason, compel said corporation to purchase
transfer, belong to the transferee (ibid). his shares at their fair value, which shall not be less than
their par or issued value, when the corporation has
XPNs: sufficient assets in its books to cover its debts and
1. In case a record date is provided for. liabilities exclusive of capital stock.
NOTE: A record date is the date fixed in the resolution Limitations on the exercise of appraisal right
declaring dividends, when the dividend shall be payable
to those who are stockholders of record on a specified 1. Any of the instances provided by law for the exercise of
future date or as of the date of the meeting declaring said the right by a dissenting stockholder must be present (CC,
dividend (De Leon, supra). Secs. 81, 42);
2. Holders of shares not fully paid which are not 2. The dissenting stockholder must have voted against the
delinquent shall have all the rights of a stock holder. proposed corporate action (CC, Sec. 82);
Rule in applying dividends in delinquent shares NOTE: The right is not available to a stockholder
who was either absent at the meeting where the
Cash Cash dividends due on delinquent stock corporate action was approved, or was present at
shall first be applied to the unpaid such meeting but abstained from casting his vote;
balance on the subscription plus cost and
expenses. 3. A written demand on the corporation for payment of his
Stock Stock dividends are withheld from the shares must be made by him within 30 days after the date
delinquent stockholder until his unpaid the vote was taken. (ibid.);
subscription is fully paid.
NOTE: Failure to make the demand within such
RIGHT TO APPRAISAL period shall be deemed a waiver of the appraisal
right.
Appraisal right
4. The price must be based on the fair value of the shares
Appraisal right refers to the right of the stockholder to as of the day prior to the date on which the vote was take
demand payment of the fair value of his shares, after (ibid.);
dissenting from a proposed corporate action involving a
fundamental change in the corporation in the cases NOTE: If the proposed corporate action is
provided by law (De Leon, 2010). implemented or effected, the payment shall be made
upon surrender of the certificate(s) of stock
representing his shares.
NOTE: The fair value shall exclude any appreciation Effects of the exercise of the right of appraisal
or depreciation in anticipation of such corporate
action. 1. Once the dissenting stockholder demands payment
of the fair value of his shares:
6. Payment of the shares must be made only out of the a. All rights accruing to such shares including
unrestricted earnings of the corporation (ibid); and voting and dividend rights shall be suspended; and
b. He shall be entitled to receive payment of the
7. Upon such payment, the stockholder must transfer his fair value of his shares as agreed upon between him
shares to the corporation (ibid.). and the corporation or as determined by the
appraisers chosen by him;
Q: Assuming a stockholder disagrees with the c. GR: He is not allowed to withdraw his
issuance of new shares and the pricing for the shares, demand for payment of his shares
may the stockholder invoke his appraisal rights and
demand payment for his shareholdings? (1999 Bar) XPN: Unless the corporation consents thereto.
A: No, the stockholder may not exercise appraisal right 2. If the dissenting stockholder was not paid the value
because the matter that he dissented from is not one of of his shares within 30 days after the award, his
those where right of appraisal is available under the voting and dividend rights shall be immediately
Corporation Code. restored until payment of his shares (CC , Sec. 83).
NOTE: The duty to keep these books is imperative and Rationale behind the right of inspection of a
mandatory.The stockholder can likewise inspect the corporation
financial statements of the corporation (CC, Sec. 75).
The stockholder's right of inspection of the corporation's
Place where the books and records shall be kept books and records is based upon their ownership of the
assets and property of the corporation. It is, therefore, an
GR: All the above books and records must be kept at the incident of ownership of the corporate property (Republic
principal office of the corporation (ibid). v. Sandiganbayan, G.R. No. 88809, July 10, 1991).
It is the preferential right of shareholders to subscribe to The stockholder must be given a reasonable time within
all issues or disposition of shares of any class in which to exercise their preemptive rights. Upon the
proportion to their present shareholdings (CC, Sec. 39) expiration of said period, any stockholder who has not
exercised such right will be deemed to have waived it
Purpose of pre-emptive right (Majority Stockholders of Ruby Industrial Corporation vs.
Lim and the Minority Stockholders of Ruby Industrial
To enable the shareholder to retain his proportionate Corporation, G.R. Nos. 165887 & 165929, June 6, 2011).
control in the corporation and to retain his equity in the
surplus. Instances when pre-emptive right is not available
Exercise of pre-emptive right 1. Shares to be issued to comply with laws requiring stock
offering or minimum stock ownership by the public;
Pre-emptive right must be exercised in accordance with 2. Shares issued in good faith with the approval of the
the Articles of Incorporation or the By-Laws. When the stockholders representing 2/3 of the outstanding capital
Articles of Incorporation and the By-Laws are silent, the stock in exchange for property needed for corporate
Board may fix a reasonable time within which the purposes;
stockholders may exercise the right. 3. Shares issued in payment of previously contracted
debts;
Pre-emptive right on the re-issuance of treasury 4. In case the right is denied in the Articles of
shares Incorporation; (CC, Sec. 39)
5. Waiver of the right by the stockholder.
When a corporation reacquires its own shares which
thereby become treasury shares, all shareholders are Notwithstanding the non-existence of the pre-
entitled to pre-emptive right when the corporation emptive right, the validity of the issuance of
reissues or sells these treasury shares. The re-issuance of additional shares may be questioned if done in breach
treasury shares is not among the exception provided by of trust by the controlling stockholders.
Sec. 39 when pre-emptive right does not exist.
The validity of issuance of additional shares may be
Transferability of pre-emptive right questioned if done in breach of trust by the controlling
stockholders. Thus, even if the pre-emptive right does
Pre-emptive right is transferable unless there is an not exist, either because the issue comes within the
express restriction in the AOI. exceptions in Section 39 or because it is denied or limited
in the articles of incorporation, an issue of shares may still
Waiver of pre-emptive rightby the stockholder be objectionable if the directors acted in breach of trust
and their primary purpose is to perpetuate or shift control
The stockholder may waive his pre-emptive right either of the corporation, or to “freeze out” the minority
expressly or impliedly as when the stockholder fails to interest(Majority Stockholders of Ruby Industrial
exercise his pre-emptive right after being notified and Corporation v. Lim and the Minority Stockholders of Ruby
given an opportunity to avail of such right. Industrial Corporation, supra).
Q:Suppose that X Corporation has already issued the Q: A special meeting of the Board of Directors of
1000 originally authorized shares of the corporation LIMPAN approved a resolution making a partial
so that its Board of Directors and stockholders wish payment for the legal services of Gilda C. Lim in the
to increase X's authorized capital stock. After handling of various cases on behalf of, or involving the
Exercise the right to vote XPN: The pledgee or mortgagee has the right to vote and
attend meetings if he is expressly given by the pledgor or
The stockholders can exercise their right to vote through mortgagor such right in writing which is recorded on the
the election, replacement and removal of Board of appropriate corporate books (CC, Sec. 55).
Directors or Trustees and on other corporate acts which
require stockholders’ approval. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
AOI may validly grant a right of first refusal in favor of It is proper where the wrong is done to a group of
other stockholders stockholders, as where preferred stockholders’ rights are
violated, a class or representative suit will be proper for
The SEC, as a matter of policy, allows restrictions on the protection of all stockholders belonging to the same
transfer of shares in the AOI if the same is necessary and group (ibid).
convenient to the attainment of the objective for which
the company was incorporated, unless palpably Representative suit v. Derivative suit
unreasonable under the circumstances (SEC Opinion, Feb.
20, 1995). REPRESENTATIVE SUIT DERIVATIVE SUIT
Initiated by the stockholder Initiated by the
Pre-emptive right v. Right of first refusal under his own name or on stockholder on behalf of
behalf of other stockholders the corporation
RIGHT OF FIRST Seeks vindication for injury to Seeks to recover for the
PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT
REFUSAL his or her interest as a benefit of the corporation
Arises only by virtue of shareholder and its whole body of
May be exercised even contractual stipulations shareholders when injury
when there is no express but is also granted is caused to the
provision of law under the provisions on corporation that may not
close corporation otherwise be redressed
Pertains to unsubscribed because of failure of the
portion of the authorized Exercisable against corporation to act
capital stock. A right that another stockholder of Deals with individual Deals with corporate
may be claimed against the the corporation of his stockholders or a class of rights (ibid.)
corporation. It includes shares of stock stockholder’s rights
treasury shares.
Remedies of representative suit and derivative suit
REMEDIAL RIGHTS are mutually exclusive
Actions that the stockholders or members can bring The two actions are mutually exclusive: i.e., the right of
action and recovery belongs to either the shareholders
1. Derivative suit – one brought by one or more (direct action) or the corporation (derivative action)
stockholders or members in the name and on behalf (ibid.)
of the corporation to redress wrongs committed
against it or to protect or vindicate corporate rights, DERIVATIVE SUIT
whenever the officials of the corporation refuse to
sue or are the ones to be sued or hold control of the Requisites for the existence of a derivative suit (1993,
corporation. 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009 Bar) (C-SENA)
2. Individual suit – an action brought by a stockholder 1. Corporate cause of action: the cause of action must
against the corporation for direct violation of his devolve upon the corporation itself; the wrongdoing
contractual rights. or ham having been casued to the corporation and
not to the particular stockholder brining the suit
3. Representative suit – one brought by a person in his own (Reyes v. Hon. RTC of Makati Br. 142, G.R. No. 165744,
behalf and on behalf of all similarly situated. August 11, 2008);
Rationale for a derivative suit c) No. Watered shares are those sold by the
corporation for less than the par/book value. In the
Under the Corporation Code, where a corporation is an instant case, it will depend upon the value of services
injured party, its power to sue is lodged with its board of rendered in relation to the total par value of the shares.
directors or trustees. But an individual stockholder may
be permitted to institute a derivative suit on behalf of the Allegation of tort can coexist with a derivative suit in
corporation in order to protect or vindicate corporate the same petition
rights whenever the officials of the corporation refuse to
sue, or are the ones to be sued, or hold control of the Personal injury suffered by a stockholder cannot
corporation (Hi-Yield Realty v. CA, G.R. No. 168863, June 23, disqualify him from filing a derivative suit on behalf of the
2009). corporation. It merely gives rise to an additional cause of
action for damages against the erring directors (Goachan
Stockholder is not a real party in interest in a v. Young, G.R. No. 131889, March 12, 2001).
derivative suit
Jurisdiction over a derivative suit
The corporation is the real party-in-interest while the
suing stockholder, on behalf of the corporation, is only a A derivative suit is an intra-corporate controversy hence
nominal party (Ibid). under the jurisdiction of the RTC acting special
commercial court.
2. Liability to the corporation for interest on unpaid 1. It must be held in the proper place;
subscription if so required by the by laws (CC, Sec. 66) 2. It must be held at the stated date and at the appointed
time or at a reasonable time thereafter;
3. Liability to the creditors of the corporation for unpaid 3. It must be called by the proper person:
subscription (CC, Sec. 60) a. The person or persons designated in the by-laws
have authority to call stockholders’ or members’
4. Liability for watered stock (CC, Sec. 65) meeting
b. In the absence of such provision in the by-laws it
5. Liability for dividends unlawfully paid (CC, Sec. 43) may be called by a director or trustee or by an officer
entrusted with the management of the corporation
6. Liability for failure to create corporation (CC, Sec. 10) c. A stockholder or member may make the call on
(Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014). order of the SEC whenever for any cause there is no
person authorized to call a meeting
XPN: Two-tiered test: The registered owner of WHO CALLS THE MEETING
sequestered shares may only be deprived of these
voting rights, and the PCGG authorized to exercise The “call” for a meeting is exercised by the person who has
the same, only if it is able to establish that: the power to call the meeting.
1. There is prima facie evidence showing that
the said shares are ill-gotten and thus belong The following persons may exercise the power to “call” for
to the State; and a meeting:
2. There is an imminent danger of dissipation, 1. The person or persons designated in the by-laws to
thus necessitating the continued sequestration have the authority to call stockholders’/ members’
of the shares and authority to vote thereupon meeting;
by the PCGG while the main issue is pending 2. In the absence of such provision in the by-laws, the
before the Sandiganbayan (Trans Middle East director/trustee or officer entrusted with the
[Phils.] v. Sandiganbayan, GR 172556, June 9, management of the corporation unless otherwise
2006). provided by law;
3. A stockholder/ member may make the call on order of
Under the two-tiered test, the government, through the SEC whenever for any cause, there is no person
PCGG, may vote sequestered shares if there is a authorized to call a meeting (CC, Sec. 50) or the officers
prima facie evidence that the sahres are ill-gotten authorized fail or refuse to call a meeting.
wealth and there is imminent danger of dissipation
of assets while the case is pending. However, the NOTE: SEC may compel the officers of any corporation
two-tiered test contemplates a situation where the registered by it to call meetings of stockholders/members
registered stockholders were in control and had thereof under its supervision (PD No. 902-A, Sec. 6 [f]).
been dissipating company assets and the PCGG
wanted to vote the sequestered shares to save the 4. Corporate Secretary or a stockholder/member for a
company. It does not apply when the PCGG had special meeting intended for the removal of directors or
voted the shares and is in control of the sequestered trustees (CC, Sec. 28).
corporation (Africa v. Sandiganbayan and Migallos,
G.R. Nos. 172222, 174493 & 184636, November 11, QUORUM
2013, in Divina, 2014).
GR: Shall consist of the stockholders representing
XPN to the XPN: The two-tiered test does not apply majority of the outstanding capital stock or a majority of
in cases involving funds of public character (public the actual and living members with voting rights, in the
character exception). In such cases, the government case of non-stock corporation (Tan v. Sycip, G.R. No.
is granted the authority to vote said shares, namely: 153468, Aug. 17, 2006).
1. Where the government shares are taken
over by private persons or entities who or XPNs:
1. A different quorum may be provided for in the by-laws;
To have probative value and credibility, the minutes must Stock option v. Warrant
be signed by the corporate secretary, notwithstanding
that the one taking the minutes was a mere clerk (Union STOCK OPTION WARRANT
of Supervisors [RB]-NATU v. Sec. of Labor, supra). A privilege granted to a A type of security which
party to subscribe to a entitles the holder the right
CAPITAL STRUCTURE certain portion of the to subscribe to a pre-
unissued capital stock of a determined number of
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENTS corporation within a unissued capital stock of a
certain period and under corporation (subscription
Subscription contract the terms and conditions warrant), or to purchase a
of the grant exercisable by pre-determined number of
It is a contract for the acquisition of unissued stock in an the grantee at anytime issued or existing shares in
existing corporation or a corporation still to be formed. It within the period granted. the future (covered
is considered as such notwithstanding the fact that the warrant).
parties refer to it as purchase or some other contract (CC,
Sec. 60). NOTE: A warrant is
detachable if it may be
Nature of a subscription contract sold, transferred or
assigned to any person by
A subscription contract is indivisible. Consequently, the warrant holder
where stocks were subscribed and part of the separate from and
subscription contract price was not paid, the whole independent of the
subscription shall be considered delinquent and not only corresponding beneficiary
the shares which correspond to the amount not paid. securities, or shares of
stock or other securities of
NOTE: This is called the Doctrine of Individuality the issuer which form the
(Indivisibility) of Subscription. A subscription is one basis of the entitlement in
entire and indivisible whole contract. It cannot be divided a warrant. It is non-
into portions (CC, Sec. 64). detachable if it may not be
sold etc.
Subscription v. Purchase
(SEC Rules, in De Leon, 2010)
SUBSCRIPTION PURCHASE
May be made before or May be made only after Kinds of subscription contracts
after incorporation incorporation
Buyer does not become a 1. Pre-incorporation subscription – entered into before
Subscriber becomes a stockholder until the incorporation (CC, Sec. 61).
stockholder even if he has fulfillment of the terms of
not fully paid the the sale and registration 2. Post-incorporation subscription–entered into after
subscription thereof in the books of the incorporation (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2009).
corporation
Cannot be released from The corporation may
his subscription unless all rescind or cancel the
Persons required to pay in full their subscription NOTE: Since the constitutional requirement of at least 60
upon incorporation percent Filipino ownership applies not only to voting
control of the corporation but also to the beneficial
The following are required to pay their subscription in full ownership of the corporation, it is therefore imperative
upon incorporation: that such requirement apply uniformly and across the
1. Non‐resident foreign subscribers upon incorporation board to all classes of shares, regardless of nomenclature
must pay in full their subscriptions unless their unpaid and category, comprising the capital of a corporation.
subscriptions are guaranteed by a surety bond or by an
assumption by a resident stockholder through an affidavit Under the Corporation Code, capital stock consists of all
of liability. classes of shares issued to stockholders, that is, common
2. In case of no‐par value shares, they are deemed fully shares as well as preferred shares, which may have
paid and non‐assessable (CC, Sec. 6). different rights, privileges or restrictions as stated in the
articles of incorporation. The Corporation Code allows
NOTE: The issued price of no-par value shares may be denial of the right to vote to preferred and redeemable
fixed in the AOI or by the BOD pursuant to authority shares, but disallows denial of the right to vote in specific
conferred upon it by the AOI or the by-laws, or in the corporate matters. Thus, common shares have the right to
absence thereof, by the stockholders representing at least vote in the election of directors, while preferred shares
a majority of the outstanding capital stock at a meeting may be denied such right. Nonetheless, preferred shares,
duly called for the purpose (CC, Sec. 62). even if denied the right to vote in the election of directors,
are entitled to vote on certain corporate matters.
SHARES OF STOCK
Since a specific class of shares may have rights and
Stock or share of stock is one of the units into which the privileges or restrictions different from the rest of the
capital stock is divided. It represents the interest or right shares in a corporation, the 60-40 ownership
which the owner has— requirement in favor of Filipino citizens in Section 11,
1. In the management of the corporation in which he takes Article XII of the Constitution must apply not only to
part through his right to vote (if voting rights are shares with voting rights but also to shares without voting
permitted for that class of stock by the AOI); rights (This is because when only preferred shares
2. In a portion of the corporate earnings, if and when without voting rights are issued, the requirement of full
segregated in the form of dividends; and beneficial ownership will be used as the standard).
3. Upon its dissolution land winding up, in the property Preferred shares, denied the right to vote in the election
and assets of the corporation remaining after the payment of directors are anyway still entitled to vote on the eight
of corporate debts and liabilities to creditors (De Leon, specific corporate matters under Sec, 6. Thus, if a
2010, citing 11 Fletcher, 1971). corporation, engaged in a partially nationalized industry,
issues a mixture of common and preferred non-voting
Q: In order to comply with the 60% capital shares, at least 60 percent of the common shares and at
requirement for ownership by Filipinos of certain least 60 percent of the preferred non-voting shares must
corporations, what does the term capital refer to? be owned by Filipinos. Of course, if a corporation issues
only a single class of shares, at least 60 percent of such
A. The term “capital” refers to shares with voting rights, shares must necessarily be owned by Filipinos. In short,
as well as with full beneficial ownership, which must be the 60-40 ownership requirement in favor of Filipino
owned and held by citizens of the Philippines (Heirs of citizens must apply separately to each class of shares,
Gamboa v. Teves, G.R. No. 176579, October 9, 2012). whether common, preferred non-voting, preferred voting
or any other class of shares. This uniform application of
NOTE: This is precisely because the right to vote in the the 60-40 ownership requirement in favor of Filipino
election of directors, coupled with full beneficial citizens clearly breathes life to the constitutional
ownership of stocks, translates to effective control of a command that the ownership and operation of public
corporation (Heirs of Gamboa v. Teves, supra) utilities shall be reserved exclusively to corporations at
least 60 percent of whose capital is Filipino-owned.
Legal title without beneficial title of stocks is not
sufficient to meet the ownership requirement Applying uniformly the 60-40 ownership requirement in
favor of Filipino citizens to each class of shares, regardless
Mere legal title is insufficient to meet the 60% Filipino- of differences in voting rights, privileges and
owned “capital” required in the Constitution. Full restrictions, guarantees effective Filipino control of
beneficial ownership of 60% of the outstanding capital public utilities, as mandated by the Constitution.
stock, coupled with 60% of the voting rights, is required. Moreover, such uniform application to each class of
The legal and beneficial ownership of 60% of the shares insures that the “controlling interest” in public
outstanding capital stock must rest in the hands of utilities always lies in the hands of Filipino citizens. This
Filipino nationals in accordance with the constitutional addresses and extinguishes Pangilinan’s worry that
mandate. Otherwise, the corporation is “considered as foreigners, owning most of the non-voting shares, will
non-Philippine nationals. Full beneficial ownership of the exercise greater control over fundamental corporate
What is only required is the board resolution approving Treasury shares are not original issuances. They are
the additional issuance of shares. The corporation shall shares of stocks which have been issued and fully paid for,
also file the necessary application with the SEC to exempt but subsequently reacquired by the issuing corporation
these from the registration requirements under the by purchase, redemption, donation, or through some
Revised Securities Act (now the Securities Regulation other lawful means (CC, Sec. 9). Since they do not lose their
Code) (Majority Stockholders of Ruby Industrial status as issued shares, they cannot be treated as new
Corporation v. Lim and the Minority Stockholders of Ruby issues when disposed of or reissued.
Industrial Corporation, supra).
Limitation on the re-disposal of treasury shares
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENTS
Treasury shares may again be disposed of for a
*Please see page 238 for the extensive discussion regarding reasonable price fixed by the BOD. Since they are not
this topic. subject to the prohibition on the issuance of watered
stock, they may be sold for less than their par or issued
CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES OF STOCK value as long as the price for re-disposal is reasonable.
Liability of directors for watered stocks Generally, the situs of shares of stock is the country where
the corporation is domiciled (Wells Fargo Bank v. CIR, G.R.
Any director or officer of a corporation shall be solidarily No. L-46720, June 28, 1940).
liable with stockholder concerned to the corporation and
its creditors for difference between the fair value received Domicile of the corporation
at the time of the issuance of the stock and the par or
issued value of the same, if: The residence of the corporation is the place where the
1. He consents to the issuance of stocks for consideration principal office of the corporation is located as stated in
less than its par or issued value; or its AOI even though the corporation has closed its office
2. He consents to the issuance of stocks for a therein and relocated to another place (Hyatt Elevators
consideration in any form other than cash, valued in and Escalators Corp. v. Goldstar Elevator Phils., Inc.,
excess of its fair value; or supra.).
3. Who, having knowledge thereof, does not forthwith
express his objection in writing and file the same with Exception to the situs of shares
the corporate secretary (CC, Sec. 65).
The exception is when the case involves property
Basis for the solidary liability of directors consenting taxation. For that purpose, the situs of intangible
to the issuance of watered stock property, such as shares of stocks, is at the domicile or
residence of the owner. However, this exception admits of
The solidary liability of the directors emanates from the its own exceptions, i.e.—
fiduciary character of the position of director or corporate 1. When a nonresident alien has shares of stock in a
officer. domestic corporation, then the situs will be in the
Philippines.
Defenses that can be invoked in order that a director 2. For purposes of the estate tax, the gross estate of a
or an officer can escape liability for the issuance of resident decedent, whether citizen or alien, or a citizen
watered stocks decedent, whether resident or nonresident, includes his
intangible personal property wherever situated (De Leon,
1. The director or officer did not consent and did not have 2010).
knowledge in the issuance of the watered stock.
2. The director or officer objected to its issuance CLASSES OF SHARES OF STOCK
a. Objection must be directed to the issuance of the
watered stocks Kinds or classifications of shares
b. In writing
c. File the same with the corporate secretary 1. Par value shares
d. Such objection must be done before the sale of 2. No par value shares
stocks (CC, Sec. 65). 3. Common shares
4. Preferred shares
TRUST FUND DOCTRINE FOR LIABILITY FOR 5. Redeemable shares
WATERED STOCK 6. Treasury shares
7. Founder’s share
Trust fund doctrine 8. Voting shares
9. Non-voting shares
The subscribed capital stock of the corporation is a trust 10. Convertible shares
fund for the payment of debts of the corporation which 11. Watered stock
the creditors have the right to look up to satisfy their 12. Fractional share
credits, and which the corporation may not dissipate. The 13. Shares in escrow
creditors may sue the stockholders directly for the latter’s 14. Over-issued stock
unpaid subscription. 15. Street certificate
16. Promotion share
There is a violation of the trust fund doctrine when
stocks of the corporation are issued less than the par Who may classify shares
value
1. Incorporators - the classes and number of shares which
GR: The trust fund doctrine is violated where stocks are a corporation shall issue are first determined by the
issued by the corporation for a consideration which is less incorporators as stated in the articles of
than its par value. incorporation filed with the SEC.
1. Amendment of articles of incorporation NOTE: Watered stocks pertain only to original issuance of
2. Adoption and amendment of by-laws shares.
3. Sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the corporate A corporation can designate other classes of stocks
property
4. Incurring, creating or increasing bonded There can be other classifications as long as they are
indebtedness indicated in the AOI, stock certificate and not contrary to
5. Increase or decrease of capital stock law.
6. Merger or consolidation of the corporation with
another corporation or other corporations PAYMENT OF BALANCE OF SUBSCRIPTION
7. Investment of corporate funds in another
corporation or business in accordance with this Code Time when the balance of the subscription should be
8. Dissolution of the corporation (CC, Sec. 6). paid
A fractional share is a share of equity that is less than Unpaid balance will accrue interest if so required by the
one full share. by‐laws and at the rate of interest fixed in the by‐laws. If
no rate of interest is fixed in the by‐laws, such rate shall
Shares in escrow be deemed to be the legal rate (CC, Sec. 66).
Subject to an agreement by virtue of which the share is The above interest is different from the interest
deposited by the grantor or his agent with a third person contemplated by Sec. 67, the unpaid balance involved in
to be kept by the depositary until the performance of which, will only accrue interest, by way of penalty, on the
certain condition or the happening of a certain event date specified in the contract of subscription or on the
contained in the agreement. date stated in the call made by the board.
It shall render the entire balance due and payable and Notice of call is necessary to bind the stockholders (ibid.,
shall make the shareholder liable for compensatory citing Baltazar v. Lingayen Gulf Electric Power, G.R. No. L-
interest at the legal rate on such balance, unless a 16236, June 30, 1965)
different rate of interest is provided in the by‐laws.
SALE OF DELINQUENT SHARES
Remedies of corporations to enforce payment of
stocks If within 30 days from expiry of the date of payment or
from the date stated in the call made by the board, and no
1. Extra-judicial sale at public auction (CC, Sec. 67) payment is made, all stocks covered by said subscription
2. Judicial action (CC, Sec. 70). shall thereupon become delinquent and shall be subject to
delinquency sale unless the BOD orders otherwise (CC,
CALL BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS Sec. 67).
Call for the payment by the board of directors for EFFECT OF DELINQUENCY
unpaid subscription
Effects of stock delinquency (1997, 2008 Bar)
A call is made in a form of board resolution that unpaid
subscription to the capital stock are due and payable and 1. Upon the stockholder
the same or such percentage thereof shall be collected, a. Accelerates the entire amount of the unpaid
together with all accrued interest, on a specified date and subscription;
that if no payment is made within 30 days from said date, b. Subjects the shares to interest expenses and costs;
all stocks covered by said subscription shall thereupon c. Disenfranchises the shares from any right that
become delinquent and shall be subject to public auction inheres to a stockholder, except the right to
sale. dividends (CC, Sec. 71) (but which shall be applied
to any amount due on said shares, or, in the case of
Unpaid claim stock dividends, to be withheld by the corporation
until full payment of the delinquent shares (CC, Sec.
It refers to any unpaid subscription, and not to any 43).
indebtedness which a subscriber or stockholder may owe
the corporation arising from any other transaction 2. Upon the director owning delinquent shares
(Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2009, citing China Bank v. CA, G.R. a. If the delinquent stockholder is a director, the
No. 117604, March 26, 1997). director shall continue to be a director but he
cannot run for re-election (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino,
Requisites for a valid call 2009)
b. A delinquent stockholder seeking to be elected as
SEC opined on July 21, 1976 that the following are the director may not be a candidate for, not be duly
requisites for a valid call: elected to, the board.
1. It must be made in the manner prescribed by law;
2. It must be made by the BOD; and
Q: Ace Cruz subscribed to 100,000 shares of stock of 1. Resolution – the board shall issue resolution ordering
JP Development Corporation, which has a par value of the sale of delinquent stock
P 1 per share. He paid P25,000.00 and promised to 2. Notice – notice of said sale, with a copy of the resolution,
pay the balance before December 31, 2008. JP shall be sent to every delinquent stockholder either
Development Corporation declared cash dividends personally or by registered mail
on October 15, 2008 payable on December 1, 2008. 3. Publication – the notice shall furthermore be published
once a week for two consecutive weeks in a
a. For how many shares is Ace Cruz entitled to be newspaper of general circulation in the province or
paid cash dividends? Explain. city where the principal office of the corporation is
b. On December 1, 2008, can Ace Cruz compel JP located
Development Corporation to issue to him the 4. Sale – the delinquent stock shall be sold at the public
stock certificate corresponding to the P25,000 auction to be held not less than 30 days nor more
paid by him? (2008 Bar) than 60 days from the date stocks become
delinquent;
A: 5. Transfer – the stock so purchased shall be transferred
a. Ace is entitled to the whole amount of his shares to such purchaser in the books of the corporation and
which is 100,000. A contract of subscription is an a certificate for such stock shall be issued in his favor;
indivisible contract. If only partial payment for the and
subscription was made, it cannot be the basis for the 6. Credit remainder – the remaining shares, if any, shall be
amount of cash dividend in favor of the stockholder. Cash credited in favor of the delinquent stockholder who
dividends due on delinquent stocks shall first be applied shall likewise be entitled to the issuance of a
to the unpaid balance on the subscription plus cost and certificate of stock covering the same (CC, Sec. 68;
expenses. (Sec. 43) Stocks become delinquent 30 days Aquino, 2014).
from the due date specified in the contract of subscription
or in the date stated in the call made by the board (Sec 67). Discontinuance or cancellation of delinquency sale
In this case, the cash dividend is not yet delinquent. Ace
Cruz, therefore can claim the entire cash dividend payable Delinquency sale may be discontinued or canceled if the
on December 1, 2008. delinquent stockholder pays the unpaid balance plus
interest, costs and expenses on or before the date
b. No. No certificate of stock shall be issued to a specified for the sale or when the BOD orders otherwise
subscriber until the full amount of subscription together (CC, Sec. 68).
with interest and expenses (in case of delinquent shares),
if any is due, has been paid (Sec 64). Clearly, since Ace Cruz Winning bidder in a delinquency sale
did not pay the full subscription yet, the certificate of
stock shall not be issued to him. 1. The person participating in the delinquency sale who
offers to pay the full amount of the balance of the
CALL BY RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS subscription together with the accrued interest, costs of
advertisement and expenses of sale, for the smallest
Stocks become delinquent when the unpaid subscription number of shares;
and accrued interests thereon are not paid within 30 days
from their due date as specified in the subscription 2. If there is no bidder as mentioned above, the
contract or in the call by the board of directors. corporation, subject to the provisions of Sec. 68, CC, may
bid for the same, and the total amount due shall be
The delinquency is automatic after said 30 day period and credited as paid in full in the books of the corporation. The
does not need a declaration by the board making the stock purchase by the corporation must be made out of net
delinquent. earnings in view of the trust fund doctrine. Thereafter, the
reacquired shares shall be considered as treasury shares
NOTICE OF SALE (CC, Sec. 41; De Leon, 2010).
The notice of sale and copy of the board resolution NOTE: The board is not bound to accept the highest bid
ordering the sale shall be: unless the contrary appears. The bidder is the one making
the offer to purchase, which the corporation is free to
1. Sent to every delinquent stockholder either personally accept or reject (ibid.).
or by registered mail or;
Prescription period of the action to question a In case of subscription not fully paid, the corporation may
delinquency sale record such transfer, provided that the transfer is
approved by the board of directors and the transferee
For stock corporations, the action prescribes 6 months executes a verified assumption of obligation to pay the
from such sale. However, in case of non-stock unpaid balance of the subscription.
corporations, the applicable period is 4 years under the
Civil Code. NEGOTIABILITY
It is a written evidence of the shares of stock but it is not Although a stock certificate is sometimes regarded as
the share itself (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2009, citing Lincoln quasi-negotiable, in the sense that it may be transferred
Phils. Life v. CA, G.R. No. 118043, July 23, 1998) by delivery, it is well-settled that the instrument is NON-
NEGOTIABLE, because the holder thereof takes it without
Shares of stock v. Certificates of stock prejudice to such rights or defenses as the registered
owner or creditor may have under the law, except insofar
SHARE OF STOCK CERTIFICATE OF STOCK as such rights or defenses are subject to the limitations
Evidence of the holder’s imposed by the principles governing estoppel (Republic v.
ownership of the stock Sandiganbayan,G.R. Nos. 107789 & 147214, April 30, 2003).
Unit of interest in a
and of his right as a
corporation
shareholder and of his Q: A is the registered owner of Stock Certificate No.
extent specified therein. 000011. He entrusted the possession of said
It is an incorporeal or certificate to his best friend B who borrowed the said
It is concrete and tangible endorsed certificate to support B's application for
intangible property
It may be recognized by passport (or for a purpose other than transfer). But B
It may be issued only if sold the certificate to X, a bona fide purchaser who
the corporation even if
the subscription is fully relied on the endorsed certificates and believed him
the subscription is not
paid. to be the owner thereof. Can A claim the shares of
fully paid.
stocks from X? Explain. (2001 Bar)
NATURE OF THE CERTIFICATE
A: No. Since the shares were already transferred to "B",
A certificate of stock is a prima facie evidence of "A" cannot claim the shares of stock from "X". The
ownership and evidence can be presented to determine certificate of stock covering said shares have been duly
the real owner of the shares (Bitong vs. CA, supra). endorsed by "A" and entrusted by him to "B". By his said
acts, "A" is now estopped from claiming said shares from
It is not essential to the existence of a share of stock or the "X", a bona fide purchaser who relied on the endorsement
creation of the relation of the shareholder with the by “A” of the certificate of stock.
corporation (Tan v. SEC, G.R. No. 95696, March 3, 1992)
NOTE: There must be a special power of attorney A: Juan is the owner. In the instant case, there is no
executed by the registered owner of the share authorizing dispute that the questioned 1,500 shares of stock of E.
transferor to demand transfer in the stock and transfer Razon, Inc. are in the name of the late Juan Chuidian in the
book (Ponce v. Alsons Cement, G.R. No. 139802, December books of the corporation. Moreover, the records show
10, 2002). that during his lifetime Chuidian was elected member of
the Board of Directors of the corporation which clearly
The law does not prescribe a period within which the shows that he was a stockholder of the corporation. From
registration of the transfer of shares should be effected. the point of view of the corporation, therefore, Chuidian
Hence, the action to enforce the right does not accrue until was the owner of the 1,500 shares of stock. In such a case,
there has been a demand and a refusal concerning the Razon who claims ownership over the questioned shares
transfer. of stock must show that the same were transferred to him
by proving that all the requirements for the effective
Valid refusal by the corporation to register the transfer of shares of stock in accordance with the
transfer of shares corporation's by laws, if any, were followed. The law is
clear that in order for a transfer of stock certificate to be
The corporation may refuse to register the transfer of effective, the certificate must be and that title to such
shares if it has an existing unpaid claim over the shares to certificate of stock properly indorsed ock is vested in the
A: No. A transfer of shares not registered in the books of Q: Fil-Estate Golf and Development, Inc. (FEGDI) is a
the corporation is not valid as against subsequent stock corporation whose primary business is the
attachment of the shares. All transfers of shares not so development of golf courses. Fil-Estate Land, Inc.
entered in the books of the corporation are invalid as to (FELI) is also a stock corporation, but is engaged in
attaching or execution creditors of the assignors, as well real estate development. FEGDI was the developer of
as to the corporation and to subsequent purchasers in the Forest Hills Golf and Country Club (Forest Hills)
good faith, and, indeed, as to all persons interested, except and, in consideration for its financing support and
the parties to such transfers. Hence, the transfer of the construction efforts, was issued several shares of
subject certificate made by Dico to Garcia was not valid as stock of Forest Hills.
to the spouses Atinon, the judgment creditors, as the same
still stood in the name of Dico, the judgment debtor, at the FEGDI sold on installment, to RS Asuncion
time of the levy on execution (Nemesio Garcia v. Nicolas Construction Corporation (RSACC) one common
Jomouad, et al., G.R. No. 133969, January 26, 2000). share of Forest Hills. Prior to the full payment of the
purchase price, RSACC sold the share to respondent
Q: Vicente C. Ponce acquired 239,500 shares of the Vertex Sales and Trading, Inc. (Vertex). RSACC
Alsons Cement Corporation (ACC) from its advised FEGDI of the sale to Vertex and FEGDI, in turn,
incorporator, Fausto Gaid. Despite Gaid’s instructed Forest Hills to recognize Vertex as a
endorsement and the repeated demands of Ponce,
Despite Vertex’s full payment, the share remained in A: No. While Forest Hills questioned and presented its
the name of FEGDI. Vertex made several demands to arguments against the CA ruling rescinding the sale of the
FEGDI to issue a stock certificate in its name. As the share in its petition, it is not the proper party to appeal
demands went unheeded, Vertex filed a Complaint for this ruling.
Rescission with Damages and Attachment against
FEGDI, FELI and Forest Hills. It averred that the As correctly pointed out by Forest Hills, it was not a party
petitioners defaulted in their obligation as sellers to the sale even though the subject of the sale was its
when they failed and refused to issue the stock share of stock. The corporation whose shares of stock are
certificate covering the subject share despite the subject of a transfer transaction (through sale,
repeated demands. On the basis of its rights under assignment, donation, or any other mode of conveyance)
Article 1191 of the Civil Code, Vertex initiated a suit need not be a party to the transaction, as may be inferred
for the rescission of the sale and demanded the from the terms of Section 63 of the Corporation Code.
reimbursement of the amount it paid However, to bind the corporation as well as third parties,
(or P1,100,000.00), plus interest. it is necessary that the transfer is recorded in the books
of the corporation. In the present case, the parties to the
The RTC dismissed the case, and held that the delay in sale of the share were FEGDI as the seller and Vertex as
the issuance of a stock certificate does not warrant the buyer (after it succeeded RSACC). As party to the sale,
rescission. The CA reversed the RTC, holding that FEGDI is the one who may appeal the ruling rescinding
under Section 63 of the Corporation Code, there can the sale. The remedy of appeal is available to a party who
be no valid transfer of shares when there is no has "a present interest in the subject matter of the
delivery of the stock certificate, and that that the litigation and is aggrieved or prejudiced by the judgment.
delay was a substantial breach that warranted A party, in turn, is deemed aggrieved or prejudiced when
rescission. his interest, recognized by law in the subject matter of
the lawsuit, is injuriously affected by the judgment, order
Is the delay in the issuance of the stock certificate a or decree." The rescission of the sale does not in any way
substantial breach of the sale which entitles Vertex prejudice Forest Hills in such a manner that its interest
entitled to the rescission thereof? in the subject matter – the share of stock – is injuriously
affected. Thus, Forest Hills is in no position to appeal the
A: Yes. Section 63 of the Corporation Code provides, ruling rescinding the sale of the share. Since FEGDI, as
among others, that shares of stock may be transferred by party to the sale, filed no appeal against its rescission, we
delivery of the certificate or certificates indorsed by the consider as final the CA’s ruling on this matter (Forest
owner or his attorney-in-fact or other person legally Hills Golf & Country Club v. Vertex Sales and Trading, Inc.,
authorized to make the transfer. G.R. No. 202205, March 6, 2013).
WHO MAY MAKE VALID ENTRIES Probative value of the stock and transfer book
Entries in stock and transfer books The stock and transfer book is the best evidence of the
transactions that must be entered or stated therein.
The obligation and duty to make proper entries in stock However, the entries are considered prima facie evidence
and transfer books falls on the corporate secretary. If the only and may be subject to proof to the contrary (Bitong
corporate secretary refuses to comply, the stockholder vs. CA, supra).
may rightfully bring suit to compel performance. The
stockholder cannot take the law on to his hands;
otherwise such entry shall be void (Torres, Jr. v. CA, G.R.
No. 120138, Sept. 5, 1997).
Shares of stock against which the corporation holds any Q: Four months before his death, PX assigned 100
unpaid claim shall not be transferable in the books of the shares of stock registered in his name in favor of his
corporation. Hence, a transferee of the partially paid wife and his children. They then brought the deed of
4. Copy of the resolution is then certified by the majority Consents of creditors are not necessary to approve
of Board of directors or trustees and countersigned by the dissolution for the reason that liquidation proceedings
secretary of the Corporation. will be conducted to protect their interest.
5. Petition for dissolution together with the signed and BY SHORTENING THE CORPORATE TERM
countersigned copy of the resolution is then filed with the
SEC. Procedure for dissolving the corporation by
shortening of the corporate term (ASAF)
6. Approval of SEC of the petition and issuance of
certificate of dissolution (CC, Sec. 118). 1. Amending the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to Sec.
16
WHERE CREDITORS ARE AFFECTED a. Approved by majority vote of the board of
directors or trustees
Procedure of dissolution of a corporation where b. Ratified at a meeting by the stockholders
creditors are affected (APSIVECSO – CPUPOOJ) representing at least 2/3 of the outstanding capital
stock or by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members
1. Approval of the stockholders representing at least 2/3 in case of non-stock corporations).
of the outstanding capital stock or by at least two-thirds
(2/3) of the members at a meeting of its stockholders or 2. Copy of the amended AOI shall be submitted with the
members called for that purpose. SEC.
2. Filing of Petition for dissolution with SEC, petition must 3. Approval of SEC of the amended AOI.
be (SiVeCS)
a. SIgned by a majority of its board of directors or 4. As an additional requirement, the SEC requires to
trustees or other officers having the management of its submit the final audited Financial statement not older
affairs; than 60 days before the application for shortening the
b. VErified by its president or secretary or one of corporate term (CC, Sec. 120 in relation to Sec. 16).
its directors or trustees
c. Set forth all Claims and demands against it Q: The Securities and Exchange Commission
approved the amendment of the articles of
d. State that its dissolution was approved by the incorporation of GHQ Corporation shortening its
required votes of Stockholders or members. corporate life to only 25 years in accordance with Sec.
120 of the Corporation Code. As shortened, the
3. SEC shall issue an Order reciting the purpose of the corporation continued its business operations until
petition and fix a date when objections thereto may be May 30, 1997, the last day of its corporate existence.
filed by any person. Said date must not be less than thirty Prior to said date, there were a number of pending
(30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the entry of civil actions, of varying nature but mostly money
the order. claims filed by creditors, none of which was expected
to be completed or resolved within five years from
4. Copy of the order shall be: May 30, 1997. If the creditors had sought your
a. PUblished at least once a week for three (3) professional help at that time about whether or not
consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general their cases could be pursued beyond May 30, 1997,
circulation published in the municipality or city what would have been your advice? (2000 Bar)
where the principal office of the corporation is
situated, or if there be no such newspaper, A: The cases can be pursued even beyond May 30, 1997,
then in a newspaper of general circulation in the the last day of the corporate existence of GHQ
Philippines, and Corporation. The corporation is not actually dissolved
b. POsted for three (3) consecutive weeks in three upon the expiration of its corporate term. There is still the
(3) public places in such municipality or city. period for liquidation or winding up.
4. After expiration of the time to file objections and upon Q: X Corporation shortened its corporate life by
prior 5-day notice to hear the objections, SEC shall amending its articles of incorporation. It has no debts
proceed to hear the petition and try any issue made by the but owns a prime property located in Quezon City.
Objections file. How would the said property be liquidated among the
five stockholders of said corporation? Discuss two
methods of liquidation. (2001 Bar)
A: No. XYZ Corporation’s contention is not meritorious DISSOLUTION BY THE SEC ON GROUNDS UNDER
XYZ Corp. was dissolved ipso facto upon the expiration of EXISTING LAWS
its original term. It ceased to be a body corporate for the
purpose of continuing the business for which it was Dissolution by the SEC
organized, except only for purposes connected with its
winding up or liquidation. Extending the lease is not an A corporation may be dissolved by the Securities and
act to wind up or litigate XYZ’s affairs. It is contrary to the Exchange Commission upon filing of a verified complaint
idea of winding up the affairs of the corporation (PNB v. and after proper notice and hearing on the grounds
CFI of Rizal, G.R. No. 63201, May 27, 1992). provided by existing laws, rules and regulations (CC, Sec.
121).
Approval of the SEC is not required in order to A corporation in the process of liquidation has no legal
liquidate and distribute the assets of a dissolved authority to engage in any new business, even if the same
corporation is in accordance with the primary purpose stated in its
article of incorporation.
The liquidation and distribution of the assets of a
dissolved corporation is a matter of internal concern of
the corporation and falls within the power of the directors
Corporations whose certificate of registration was Every corporation whose charter expires by its own
revoked by the SEC may still maintain actions in court for limitation or is annulled by forfeiture or otherwise, or
the protection of its rights which includes the right to whose corporate existence for other purposes is
appeal (Paramount Insurance Corp. v. A.C. Ordonez Corp., terminated in any other manner:
G.R. No. 175109, August 6, 2008). 1. Shall nevertheless be continued as a body corporate for
3 years after the time when it would have been so
Liquidation is not necessary in case a corporation is dissolved,
dissolved by merger and consolidation 2. For the purpose of
a. Prosecuting and defending suits by or against it;
In case of merger or consolidation, the surviving or the b. Enabling it to settle and close its affairs;
consolidated corporation shall thereupon and thereafter c. To dispose of and convey its property; and
possess all the rights, privileges, immunities and d. to distribute its assets
franchises of each of the constituent corporations; and all 3. But NOT for the purpose of continuing the business for
property, real or personal, and all receivables due on which it was established (CC, Sec. 122 [1]).
whatever account, including subscriptions to shares and
other choses in action, and all and every other interest of, CONVEYANCE TO A TRUSTEE WITHIN A 3-YEAR
or belonging to, or due to each constituent corporation, PERIOD
shall be deemed transferred to and vested in such
surviving or consolidated corporation without further act Conveyance to a trustee within a 3 year-period
or deed (CC, Sec 80).
At anytime during the 3-year period for liquidation, said
Distribution of the corporation’s assets prior to corporation is authorized and empowered to convey all of
dissolution its property to trustees for the benefit of its stockholders,
members, creditors and other persons in interest.
GR: A corporation cannot distribute its assets prior to
dissolution. This will violate the trust fund doctrine. A From and after any such conveyance by the corporation
corporation is allowed to distribute its assets or property of its property in trust for the benefit of its stockholders,
only upon lawful dissolution and after payment of all its members, creditors and others in interest, all interest
debts and liabilities (CC, Sec. 122). which the corporation had in the property terminates, the
legal interest vests in the trustees, and the beneficial
XPNs: interest in the stockholders, members, creditors or other
1. Decrease of Capital Stock (CC, Sec. 38) persons in interest(par. [2], Sec. 122, CC).
2. Redemption of Redeemable Shares (CC, Sec. 8)
4. Reacquisition of shares which are considered as
treasury shares (CC, Sec. 9)
It does not provide that a claim arising from a pre-need LIQUIDATION AFTER 3 YEARS
contract is an exception to the power of the trial court to
stay enforcement of all claims upon the finding that the If the 3-year extended life has expired without a receiver
petition for rehabilitation is sufficient in form and or trustee having been expressly designated by the
substance. corporation within that period:
The foregoing provision echoes the provision in Section 1. The BOT/BOT itself may be permitted to so continue
6(c) of the governing law, P.D. No. 602-A, as amended by as ‘trustees” by legal implication to complete the
P.D. No. 1758, which mandates that upon appointment of liquidation.
a management committee, rehabilitation receiver, board 2. Still, in the absence of BOD/BOT, those having a
or body, x x x all actions for claims against corporations, pecuniary interest in the corporate assets, including
partnerships or associations under management or not only the stockholders but likewise the creditors
receivership pending before any court, tribunal, board or of the corporation, acting for and in its behalf, may
body shall be suspended accordingly. make proper representations with the SEC which has
primary and sufficiently broad jurisdiction in
The Interim Rules of Procedure on Corporate matters of this nature, for working out a final
Rehabilitation of 2000 has been amended by the Rules of settlement of the corporate concerns.
Procedure on Corporate Rehabilitation of 2009, which 3. The only surviving stockholder or director of a
took effect on January 16, 2009. Under the 2009 Rules of corporation whose term of existence has expired
Procedure, the power of the RTC to issue a Stay Order may act as trustee-in-liquidation after the 3-year
when it finds the petition for rehabilitation to be sufficient period to liquidate has expired without the
in form and substance is contained in Section 7, Rule 3, appointment of a trustee-in-liquidation.
[17] which likewise does not exempt claims arising from 4. The counsel who prosecuted and defended the
pre-need contracts from the Stay Order (Abrera, et al., v. interest of the corporation and who, in fact, appeared
Hon. Barza and College Assurance Plan, G.R. No. 171681, in behalf of the corporation, may be considered a
September 11, 2009). trustee of the corporation at least with respect to the
matter in litigation only (De Leon, supra, pgs. 768-769,
Q: DNG Realty And Development Corporation (DNG) citing: Sec. 145, CC; Clemente vs. CA, supra; SEC
obtained a loan from petitioner Equitable PCI Bank Opinion No. 10-96, January 29, 2010, Reburiano vs. CA,
(EPCIB) secured by a real estate mortgage over DNG’s G.R. No. 102965, January 21, 1999).
property. When DNG defaulted payment, EPCIB
foreclosed the mortgage and bought the property at
public auction. The sheriff issued a certificate of sale
in favor of EPCIB.
NOTE: Any transfer made should not result in exceeding Conclusive presumption of knowledge of restrictions
the number of stockholders as allowed by the Code.
There is a conclusive presumption of knowledge of
Exercise of right of first refusal exercised in Sec. 98 restrictions when the stock certificate issued or
transferred conspicuously shows the qualifications of
The corporation or the stockholders have the right of first persons entitled to be holders of record; number of
refusal, that is, the stockholder who wants to sell his persons, not exceeding 20 allowed to be stockholders; and
shares to any third person must first offer it either to the other restrictions as provided in the AOI of the close
corporation or to the other existing stockholders usually corporation (CC, Sec. 99 [1],[2],[3]).
under the same terms and conditions. The right pertains
to shares already issued to stockholders. If the existing Stock transfers in violation of the restrictions can
stockholders or the corporation fails to exercise the still be registered in the books of the Corporation
option to purchase within the period stated, the
transferring stockholder may sell his shares to any third Stock transfers in violation of the restrictions can still be
person. registered in the books of the Corporation in the
following cases:
Option period to exercise the right of first refusal 1. If all the stockholders consent;
2. If the AOI of the close corporation was duly amended
The option period to exercise the right of first refusal is (CC, Sec. 99 [5]).
that period stated in the AOI, By-laws and Certificate of
Stock. The SEC likewise limits the period to 1 month
which is deemed sufficient for the stockholders or for the NOTE: In both the above cases, the corporation will no
corporation to signify their desire to buy the shares of longer be a close corporation if the conditions under Sec.
stock being offered for sale by any stockholder (SEC 96 will no longer be present, as in the case where the
Opinion, Oct. 13, 1964). transfer results in the presence of more than 20
stockholders.
AOI cannot provide that the consent of the
corporation shall be obtained in case the stockholder Breach of any of these restrictions does not bar
sells his shares rescission by the transferee of the transaction
The AOI cannot provide that the consent of the The breach in any of the restrictions shall not in any way
corporation shall be obtained in case the stockholder sells impair any right of a transferee regarding any right to
his shares because such restriction is more onerous than rescind the transaction or to recover under any applicable
the right of first refusal. warranty, express or implied (CC, Sec. 99[7]).
In case of deadlock in the management of the corporation, NOTE: Dissolution of the corporation is one of the
the SEC may intervene and can do certain acts which possible consequences of deadlock (CC, Sec. 104).
would have not been allowed to do in open corporations.
Remedy in case of deadlocks in a close corporation
PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT
The SEC may be asked, upon written petition by any
Pre-emptive right in an ordinary corporation v. Pre- stockholder, to intervene. And SEC shall have the
emptive right in a close corporation authority to do the following:
4. To arbitrate the dispute
As compared to ordinary corporations, in close 5. Cancel or alter any provision contained in the articles
corporations, the pre-emptive right can be exercised even of incorporation, by-laws, or any stockholder's
as to stocks issued for corporate purposes or for payment agreement;
of a previously contracted debt. 6. Cancel, alter or enjoin any resolution or act of the
corporation or its board of directors, stockholders, or
AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION officers;
7. Direct or prohibit any act of the corporation or its
Requirements for the amendment of the AOI to delete board of directors, stockholders, officers, or other
or remove any provision required for close persons party to the action;
corporations or to reduce a quorum or voting 8. Require the purchase at their fair value of shares of
requirement stated in the AOI any stockholder, either by the corporation regardless
of the availability of unrestricted retained earnings in
Any amendment to the articles of incorporation which its books, or by the other stockholders;
seeks to delete or remove any provision required for close 9. Appoint a provisional director;
corporations or to reduce a quorum or voting 10. Dissolve the corporation; or
requirement stated in the articles of incorporation must 11. Grant such other relief as the circumstances may
be: warrant. (ibid.)
1. Standards - A non-stock corporation is authorized to Political purpose is not included on the purposes for
terminate the membership in accordance with the which a non-stock corporation may be established. SEC
standards fixed in the AIO or the by-laws (CC, Sec. 91). may reject the AOI if the purpose of the corporation is to
engage in election campaign or partisan political activity
2. When property rights are involved - Membership may (SEC Opinion, April 10, 1985).
involve property rights. Example: Membership in a
golf club where the purchase of the share is a sine qua TREATMENT OF PROFITS
non (Valley Golf & Country Club Inc. v. Caram, G.R. No.
158805, April 16, 2009). Non-stock corporation may earn profit
3. Lien -Non payment of dues may be a ground for Mere intangible or pecuniary benefit to the members does
termination or suspension of membership. The AOI not change the nature of the corporation. The fact that a
or the by-laws of a non-stock corporation may non‐stock corporation earns a profit does not make it a
provide that unpaid dues shall constitute a lien on the profit‐making corporation where such profit or income is
member’s share. However, Section 68 of the used for purposes set forth in its articles of incorporation
Corporation Code does not apply if the membership and is not distributed to its incorporators, members or
shares are sold under the provisions that provide for officers.
the constitution of lien (Calatagan Golf & Country
Club Inc. V. Caram, G.R. No. 165443, April 16, 2009); DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS UPON DISSOLUTION
4. Notice - For the termination of membership to be valid, Order of distribution of assets on dissolution of non-
there should be reasonable notice to the member stock corporations
concerned and he must be given a fair opportunity to
be heard in his defense; 1. All liabilities of the corporation shall be paid or
adequate provision thereof shall be made;
5. Effect of death of a member - Membership in and all 2. Assets held upon a condition requiring return, transfer
rights arising from a non-stock corporation are or conveyance upon, and which condition occurs by
personal and non-transferable, unless the AOI or the reason of the dissolution, shall be returned, transferred or
by-laws of the corporation provide otherwise. conveyed;
Deceased members who are dropped from the 3. Assets received and held by the corporation subject to
membership roster in the manner and for the cause limitations permitting their use only for charitable,
provided for in the by-laws are not to be counted in religious, benevolent, educational or similar purposes
determining the requisite vote in corporate matters shall be transferred or conveyed to one or more
or the requisite quorum for the annual member’s corporations, societies or organizations engaged in
meeting (Tan v. Sycip, G.R. No. 153468, August 17, activities in the Philippines substantially similar to those
2006). of the dissolving corporation.
4. All other assets shall be distributed to the members as
PURPOSES provided by the articles of incorporation or the by-laws.
5. In the absence of provision in the AOI or by-laws,
Purposes for which a non-stock corporation may be distribution may be made in accordance to a plan of
organized distribution adopted by the board of trustees by majority
vote and by at least 2/3 of the members (CC, Sec. 94).
Non-stock corporations may be formed or organized for:
(CREP-CFLSS-CS)
1. Charitable,
2. Religious,
3. Educational,
4. Professional,
Since the SEC will grant a license only when the foreign It shall be his or its duty to immediately notify in writing
corporation has complied with all the requirements of the SEC of the new address (CC, Sec. 128).
law, it follows that when it decides to issue such license, it
is satisfied that the applicant's by-laws, among the other Instances when service of summons or other legal
documents, meet the legal requirements. This, in effect, is processes made upon the SEC instead of a resident
an approval of the foreign corporation’s by-laws (Citibank agent
v. Chua, G.R. no. 102300, March 17, 1993).
1. If a foreign corporation, previously granted a license,
RESIDENT AGENT ceases to transact business in the Philippines, or
2. Shall be without any resident agent in the Philippines
1. An individual, who must be of good moral character on whom any summons or other legal processes may be
and of sound financial standing, residing in the served, then in any action or proceeding arising out of any
Philippines; or business or transaction which occurred in the Philippines,
2. A domestic corporation lawfully transacting business in service of any summons or other legal process may be
the Philippines (CC, Sec. 127). made upon the SEC (ibid.)
Purpose of appointing a resident agent Effect of service made upon the SEC
The appointment of a resident agent is required for the Such service made upon the SEC shall have the same force
purpose of accepting and receiving, on behalf of the and effect as if made upon the duly authorized officers of
foreign corporation: the corporation at its home office (ibid).
1. Notice affecting the corporation pending the
establishment of its local office and Whenever such service shall be made upon the SEC, it
2. Summons and other legal processes in all proceedings must, within 10 days thereafter, transmit by mail a copy
for or against the corporation. of such summons or other legal process to the corporation
at its home or principal office. The sending of such copy
Effect of service of summons and notices to the by the Commission shall be a necessary part of and shall
resident agent complete such service.
While a resident agent may be aware of the actions filed XPN: Under the rule on estoppel, a party is estopped to
against the principal, he may not be aware of the actions challenge the personality of a foreign corporation to sue,
initiated by the principal, therefore he cannot sign the even if it has no license, after having acknowledged the
certificate of non-forum shopping that is a requirement same by entering to a contract with it.
for filing of an initiatory pleading in court (Expert Travel
& Tours Inc. v. CA, G.R. No. 152392, May 26, 2005). One who has dealt with a corporation of foreign origin as
a corporate entity is estopped to deny its corporate
Replacement of a resident agent existence.
A foreign corporation without any license, engaged in When Global took over the operations of ABC, it found
doing business in the Philippines, may be sued in the the System unworkable for its operations, and
country informed Surecomp of its decision to discontinue
with the agreement and to stop further payments
While an unlicensed foreign corporation doing business thereon. Consequently, for failure of Global to pay its
in the country cannot maintain any action, said obligations under the agreement despite demands,
corporation can be sued in the country, under the Surecomp filed a complaint for breach of contract
doctrine of quasi-estoppel by acceptance of benefits. It with damages before the RTC.
shall not be allowed to invoke its lack of license to impugn
the jurisdiction of the courts (Marubeni Nedeland BV v.
GROUNDS FOR REVOCATION OF LICENSE 3. Innocent parties can enforce such contracts whether
the same are considered valid or not. However, the
Grounds for revocation of license of a foreign foreign corporation can no longer transact business in the
corporation Philippines, and it cannot maintain any suit or action in
any court or administrative agency (CC, Sec. 133).
Without prejudice to other grounds provided by special
laws, the license of a foreign corporation to transact Withdrawal by foreign corporation licensed to
business in the Philippines may be revoked or suspended transact business in the Philippines from said license
by the SEC upon any of the following grounds:
1. Failure to file its annual report or pay any fees as A foreign corporation licensed to transact business in the
required by the Code; Philippines may be allowed to withdraw from the
2. Failure to appoint and maintain a resident agent in the Philippines by filing a petition for withdrawal of license.
Philippines; However, no certificate of withdrawal shall be issued by
3. Failure, after change of its resident agent or of his the SEC unless all the following requirements are met:
address, to submit to the Securities and Exchange 1. All claims which have accrued in the Philippines have
Commission a statement of such change; been paid, compromised or settled;
4. Failure to submit to the SEC an authenticated copy of
any amendment to its articles of incorporation or by- 2. All taxes, imposts, assessments, and penalties, if any,
laws or of any articles of merger or consolidation lawfully due to the Philippine Government or any of its
within the time prescribed by the Corporation Code; agencies or political subdivisions have been paid; and
5. A misrepresentation of any material matter in any
application, report, affidavit or other document 3. The petition for withdrawal of license has been
submitted by such corporation pursuant to this Title; published once a week for three (3) consecutive weeks in
a. Was there a transfer of business such that b. No. Respondent employees argue that the Samson
Samson,, being an innocent transferee, has no Group had already taken over and conducted an inventory
obligation to retain the employment of Gaspar, et al. before the execution of the share purchase agreement.
? Agustin and De Guzman likewise argued that it was at
b. May the Spouses Samson be held liable? Olga Samson’s behest that the employees were required
to resign from their posts. Even if this statement were
A: true, it cannot amount to a finding that spouses Samson
a. No. The argument is misleading and unmeritorious. should be treated as corporate directors or officers of SME
Contrary to petitioner bank’s argument, there was no Bank. The records show that it was Espiritu who asked the
transfer of the business establishment to speak of, but employees to tender their resignation and or retirement
merely a change in the new majority shareholders of the letters, and that these letters were actually tendered to
corporation. him. He then transmitted these letters to the
representative of the Samson Group. That the spouses
There are two types of corporate acquisitions: asset sales Samson had to ask Espiritu to require the employees to
and stock sales. In contrast with asset sales, in which the resign shows that they were not in control of the
assets of the selling corporation are transferred to corporation, and that the former shareholders – through
another entity, the transaction in stock sales takes place Espiritu – were still in charge thereof. As the spouses
at the shareholder level. Because the corporation Samson were neither corporate officers nor directors at
possesses a personality separate and distinct from that of the time the illegal dismissal took place, we find that there
its shareholders, a shift in the composition of its is no legal basis in the present case to hold them in their
shareholders will not affect its existence and continuity. personal capacities solidarily liable with SME Bank for
Thus, notwithstanding the stock sale, the corporation illegally dismissing respondent employees, without
continues to be the employer of its people and continues prejudice to any liabilities that may have attached under
to be liable for the payment of their just claims. other provisions of law.
Furthermore, the corporation or its new majority share
holders are not entitled to lawfully dismiss corporate Furthermore, even if spouses Samson were already in
employees absent a just or authorized cause. control of the corporation at the time that Simeon, Jr. was
constructively dismissed, we refuse to pierce the
In the case at bar, the Letter Agreements show that their corporate veil and find them liable in their individual
main object is the acquisition by the Samson Group of steads. There is no showing that his constructive
86.365% of the shares of stock of SME Bank. Hence, this dismissal amounted to more than a corporate act by SME
case involves a stock sale, whereby the transferee Bank, or that spouses Samson acted maliciously or in bad
acquires the controlling shares of stock of the faith in bringing about his constructive dismissal (SME
corporation. Thus, following the rule in stock sales, Bank, Inc., et al., v. Gaspar, et al., G.R. Nos. 184517 & 186641,
respondent employees may not be dismissed except for October 8, 2013).
just or authorized causes under the Labor Code.
Q: Petitioner Bank of Commerce (BOC) and Traders
The transfer only involved a change in the equity Royal Bank (TRB) executed a Purchase and
composition of the corporation. To reiterate, the Assumption agreement, where the former acquired
employees are not transferred to a new employer, but the latter’s specified assets and liabilities, excluding
remain with the original corporate employer, liabilities arising from judicial actions which were
notwithstanding an equity shift in its majority covered by a BSP-mandated escrow fund of P50
shareholders. This being so, the employment status of the million. Shortly after, the Supreme Court, in TRB v.
employees should not have been affected by the stock RPN, ordered TRB to pay respondents Radio
sale. A change in the equity composition of the corporate Philippines Network, Intercontinental Broadcasting
shareholders should not result in the automatic Corporation, and Banahaw Broadcasting Corporation
termination of the employment of the corporation’s (RPN, et al.) actual damages with legal interest. RPN,
employees. Neither should it give the new majority et al. filed a motion for execution against TRB before
shareholders the right to legally dismiss the corporation’s the RTC. But rather than pursue a levy in execution of
employees, absent a just or authorized cause. the corresponding amounts on escrow, RPN, et al.
filed a Supplemental Motion for Execution where they
It is thus erroneous on the part of the corporation to described TRB as “now BOC” based on the assumption
consider the employees as terminated from their that TRB had been merged into BOC.
employment when the sole reason for so doing is a change
of management by reason of the stock sale. The BOC opposed RPN, et al.’s motion and denied that
conformity of the employees to the corporation’s act of there was a merger between itself and TRB. The RTC
considering them as terminated and their subsequent granted the writ of execution to cover all assets of
acceptance of separation pay does not remove the taint of TRB, including those subject of the P & A agreement.
illegal dismissal. Acceptance of separation pay does not The RTC held that the P & A agreement was a mere
bar the employees from subsequently contesting the tool to effectuate merger.
legality of their dismissal, nor does it estop them from
Q: Where one corporation sells or otherwise transfers The plan of merger or consolidation is a plan created by
all of its assets to another corporation, is the latter the representatives of the constituent corporations,
liable for the debts and liabilities of the transferor? providing for the details of such merger.
1. Board of each corporation shall draw up a plan of Q: FISLAI and DSLAI entered into a merger, with
merger or consolidation. DSLAI as the surviving corporation.The articles of
2. Plan of merger or consolidation shall be approved by merger were not registered with the SEC due to
majority vote of each board of the concerned corporations
incomplete documentation.DSLAI changed its
at separate meetings.
3. The plan of merger or consolidation shall be submitted corporate name to MSLAI. The business of MSLAI,
for approval by the stockholders or members of each such however, failed.
corporation at separate corporate meetings duly called
for the purpose. Notice should be given to all Prior to the closure of MSLAI, Remedios Uy filed an
stockholders or members at least two (2) weeks prior to action for collection of sum of money against FISLAI.
date of meeting, either personally or by registered mail. The RTC ruled in favor of Uy and hence, six (6) parcels
4. Affirmative vote of 2/3 of the outstanding capital stock
of land owned by FISLAI were sold to Willkom, the
in case of stock corporations, or 2/3 of the members of a
non-stock corporation shall be required. highest bidder.
5. Dissenting stockholders may exercise the right of
appraisal.But if Board abandons the plan to merge or MSLAI filed a complaint for annulment of
consolidate, such right is extinguished. sheriff’s sale. Willkom, et al., averred that MSLAI had
6. The plan may still be amended before the same is filled no cause of action against them or the right to recover
with the SEC; however, any amendment to the plan must
the subject properties because MSLAI is a separate
be approved by the same votes of the board members of
trustees and stockholders or members required for the and distinct entity from FISLAI. They further
original plan. contended that the “unofficial merger” between
7. After such approval, Articles of Merger or Articles of FISLAI and DSLAI (now MSLAI) did not take effect
Consolidation shall be executed by each of the constituent considering that the merging companies did not
corporations, signed by president or VP and certified by comply with the formalities and procedure for
secretary or assistant secretary, setting forth:
In this case, it is undisputed that the articles of merger A: What happened is that TRB sold and BOC purchased
between FISLAI and DSLAI were not registered with the identified recorded assets of TRB in consideration of
SEC due to incomplete documentation. Consequently, the BOC’s assumption of identified recorded liabilities of TRB
SEC did not issue the required certificate of merger. Even including booked contingent accounts. There is no law
if it is true that the Monetary Board of the Central Bank of that prohibits this kind of transaction especially when it
the Philippines recognized such merger, the fact remains is done openly and with appropriate government
that no certificate was issued by the SEC. Such merger is approval. x x x In strict sense, no merger or
still incomplete without the certification. consolidation took place as the records do not show any
plan or articles of merger or consolidation. More
The issuance of the certificate of merger is crucial because importantly, the SEC did not issue any certificate of
not only does it bear out SEC’s approval but it also marks merger or consolidation (Bank of Commerce v. Radio
the moment when the consequences of a merger take Philippines Network, Inc., et al., G.R. No. 195615, April 21,
place. By operation of law, upon the effectivity of the 2014).
merger, the absorbed corporation ceases to exist but its
rights and properties, as well as liabilities, shall be taken LIMITATIONS
and deemed transferred to and vested in the surviving
Limitations with regard to merger or consolidation of
corporation (Mindanao Savings and Loan Association, Inc.,
corporations
et al., v. Edward Willkom, et al., G.R. No. 178618, October 11,
2010). Subject to the limitations provided by the Constitution,
the merger or consolidation should not create illegal
Q: TRB proposed to sell to petitioner BOC for P10.4B combinations nor create monopolies and it should not
its banking business consisting of specified assets and eliminate free and healthy competition.
liabilities. BOC agreed subject to prior BSP’s approval
Monopoly
of their Purchase and Assumption (P & A) Agreement.
The latter approved that Agreement subject to the A "monopoly" embraces any combination the tendency of
condition that BOC and TRB would set up an escrow which is to prevent competition in the broad and general
fund of P50M with another bank, which was complied sense, or to control prices to the detriment of the public
by TRB through MBTC. Based on a prior decision (Gokongwei v. SEC, G.R. No. L-45911, April 11, 1979).
rendered by the SC, RPN, IBC, and BBC (RPN, et. al.)
filed a motion for execution against TRB before the EFFECTS
RTC. But rather than pursue a levy in execution of
Effects of a merger or consolidation
the corresponding amounts on escrow with MBTC,
RPN, et al. filed a Supplemental Motion for Execution The effects of merger or consolidation are:
where they described TRB as “now Bank of 1. The constituent corporations shall become a single
Commerce” based on the assumption that TRB had corporation which:
been merged into BOC.
2. In case of merger, shall be the surviving corporation
designated in the plan of merger
Citytrust, therefore, upon service of the notice of The trial court ordered Sarmiento to pay. The CA
garnishment and its acknowledgment that it was in however, held that the Associated Bank had no cause
possession of defendants’ deposit accounts became a of action against Lorenzo Sarmiento Jr., since said
“virtual party” to or “forced intervenor” in the civil case. bank was not privy to the promissory note executed
As such, it became bound by the orders and processes by Sarmiento in favor of Citizens Bank and Trust
issued by the trial court despite not having been properly Company (CBTC). The court ruled that the earlier
A: Yes. Associated Bank may enforce the promissory note. 1. Debt instruments – bonds, debentures, notes, evidence
Ordinarily, in the merger of two or more existing of indebtedness, asset-backed securities
corporations, one of the combining corporations survives
and continues the combined business, while the rest are NOTE: Asset-backed securities (ABS) - These are financial
dissolved and all their rights, properties and liabilities are securities the value of which depends on the assets
acquired by the surviving corporation. Although there is underlying it. For investors, ABS are alternative to
dissolution of the absorbed corporations, there is no investing in corporate debt. An ABS is essentially the same
winding up of their affairs or liquidation of their assets, thing as a mortgage-backed security, except that the
because the surviving corporation automatically acquires securities backing it are assets such as loans, leases, credit
all their rights, privileges and powers, as well as their card debt, a company’s receivables, royalty and so on, and
liabilities. All contracts of the absorbed corporations, not mortgage-based securities, hence, the risk involved in
regardless of the date of execution shall pertain to the ABS is greater.
surviving corporation (Associated Bank v. CA, G.R. No.
123793, June 29, 1998). 2. Other instruments as may in the future be determined
by the SEC.
SECURITIES REGULATION CODE
3. Derivatives– options and warrants
STATE POLICY, PURPOSE NOTE: Options - are contracts that give the buyer the
right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell an underlying
Nature of the Securities Regulation Code (SRC) security at a predetermined price called the exercise or
strike price, on or before a predetermined date, called the
The SRC is the law that regulates securities (its issuance, expiry date, which can only be extended in accordance
distribution and sale) and the person who deals with such with Exchange rules (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
securities. It is enacted to protect the public from
unscrupulous promoters, who stake business or venture Kinds of Options
claims which have really no basis, and sell shares or
interests therein to investors. The SRC also serves to a. Call option - option to buy
protect investors, promote investor confidence, and b. Put option - option to sell
stabilize the financial markets. c. Straddle - combination of both call and put option
The law does not guarantee that a person who invests in Warrants - are rights to subscribe or purchase new shares
securities will make money. The law only ensures that or existing shares in a company, on or before a
there will be a fair and full disclosure of information predetermined date called the expiry date, which can only
regarding securities so that the investor could make an be extended in accordance with Exchange rules. Warrants
informed judgment (Divina, 2014). generally have a longer exercise period than options.
State policy with regard to the SRC 4. Investments instruments – Investment contracts,
fractional undivided interests in oil, gas, or other mineral
1. Establish a socially-conscious free market that rights
regulates itself
2. Encourage widest participation of ownership in NOTE: Investment contract - An investment contract is a
enterprises contract, transaction or scheme whereby a person invests
3. Enhance democratization of wealth his money in a common enterprise and is led to expect
4. Promote development of the capital market profits primarily from the efforts of others.
5. Protect investors
6. Ensure full and fair disclosure about securities Howey Test
7. Minimize, if not totally eliminate, insider trading and
other fraudulent or manipulative devices and For an investment contract to exist, the following
practices which creates distortion in the free market. elements must concur:
a. A contract, transaction or scheme;
b. An investment of money;
c. Investment is made in a common enterprise;
d. Expectation of profits
A: No. Mere registration as a corporation does not NOTE: Since a brokerage relationship is essentially a
authorize it to deal with unregistered contract for the employments of an agent, the law on
timeshares.Corporate registration is just one of several contracts govern the broker-principal relationship.
requirements before it may deal with timeshares. Prior to
fulfillment of all the other requirements of Section 8, Registration of security market professionals
Timeshare Corp. is absolutely proscribed from dealing
with unregistered timeshares No securities, except of a Security market professionals are required to be
class exempt under the SRC or unless sold in any registered. No broker shall sell any securities unless he is
transaction exempt under the same, shall be sold or registered with the SEC (Revised Securities Act, Sec. 1,)
offered for sale or distribution to the public within the (Nicolas v. CA, et al., G.R. No. 12285, Mar. 27, 1998)
Philippines unless such securities shall have been
registered and permitted to be sold as provided by the Q: Can a stock broker without license from the SEC,
SRC (Timeshare Realty Corporation v. Cesar Lao, G.R. No. recover management fees allegedly earned from
158941, February 11, 2008). handling the securities transactions of a client?
Validity of the sale of shares acquired 12 months after A: No. An unlicensed person may not recover
the approval of the Registration Statement compensation for services as a broker where a statute or
ordinance is applicable and such is of a regulatory nature.
If the person who acquired the security did so after the
issuer has made generally available to its security holders EXEMPT SECURITIES
an income statement covering a period of at least twelve (2009 Bar) (PC-RIBO)
months beginning from the effective date of the
registration statement the right of recovery shall be 1. Any security issued or guaranteed by the Government
conditioned on proof that the person who acquired the of the Philippines, or by any political subdivision or
security relying upon such untrue statement in the agency thereof, or by any person controlled or supervised
registration statement or relying upon the registration by, and acting as an instrumentality of said government.
statement and not knowing of such income statement, but
such reliance may be established without proof of the 2. Any security issued or guaranteed by the government
reading of the registration statement by such person (SRC, of any Country with which the Philippines maintains
Sec. 56). diplomatic relations, or by any state, province or political
subdivision thereof on the basis of reciprocity. Provided,
Securities market professionals (persons who deal that the SEC may require compliance with the form and
with securities) content of disclosures the Commission may prescribe.
3. Certificates issued by a Receiver or by a trustee in
They are the broker, dealer, associated person of a broker bankruptcy duly approved by the proper adjudicatory
or dealer, and a salesman. body.
5. Sale of CApital stock of a corporation to its own Although the securities themselves must still be
stockholders exclusively wherein no commission or registered, the sale or issue need not be registered
remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly in because the investors involved herein are considered as
connection with the sale of such capital stock highly sophisticated investors or specialized investors
and as such, have a greater risk tolerance or do not need
NOTE: Also, this sale must not involve an underwriter or strict protection from the Commission.
financial advisor
List of exempt transactions under SRC is not exclusive
6. Bonds or notes secured by a mortgage upon Real estate
or tangible personal property, where the entire mortgage The list of exempt transaction under the SRC is not
together with all the bonds or notes secured thereby are exclusive because under Section 10.2 of Republic Act
sold to a single purchaser at a single sale 8799, the Commission may exempt other transactions, if
it finds that the requirements of registration under the
7. Issue and delivery of any security in exchange for any Code is not necessary in the public interest or for the
other security of the same Issuer pursuant to the right of protection of the investors such as by reason of the small
conversion entitling the holder of the security amount involved or the limited character of the public
surrendered in exchange to make such conversion. offering.
3. Circulating or disseminating information that the price Who may be an insider (1994, 1995, 2004, 2008 Bar)
of any security listed in an Exchange will or is likely to rise
or fall because of manipulative market operations of any 1. The issuer
one or more persons conducted for the purpose of raising 2. A director or officer (or person performing similar
or depressing the price of that security for the purpose of functions) of, or a person controlling the issuer
inducing the purchase or sale of such security. 3. A person whose relationship or former relationship to
the issuer gives or gave him access to material
4. To make false or misleading statement with respect to information about the issuer or the security that is not
any material fact, which he knew or had reasonable generally available to the public
ground to believe was so false or misleading, for the 4. A government employee, or director , or officer of an
purpose of inducing the purchase or sale of any security exchange, clearing agency and/or self-regulatory
listed or traded in an Exchange. organization who has access to material information
about an issuer or a security that is not generally available
5. To effect, either alone or with others, any series of to the public; or
transactions for the purchase and/or sale of any security 5. Constructive Insider – A person who learns such
traded in an exchange for the purpose of pegging, fixing or information by a communication from any of the
stabilizing the price of such security, unless otherwise foregoing insiders (SRC, Sec. 3.8).
allowed by the Code or by rules of the Commission.
Other prohibited acts in an insider trading
SHORT SALES
1. For an insider to communicate material non-public
It is the selling of shares which the seller does not actually information about the issuer or the security to any person
own or possess and therefore he cannot, himself, supply who by virtue of the communication thereby becomes an
the delivery. Short selling leads to speculation of price of insider, where the original insider communicating the
securities. information knows or has reason to believe that such
person will likely buy or sell a security of the issuer while
Short swing transaction in possession of such information;
It is a transaction by the director, issuer or any person 2. When a tender offer has commenced or is about to
controlling the issuer (stockholder owning 10% of the commence, it is unlawful for any person, other than the
stocks), whereby such person buys and sells securities tender offeror, who is in possession of material non-
within six (6) months. public information relating to such tender offer to buy or
sell the securities of the issuer that are sought or to be
FRAUDULENT TRANSACTIONS sought by such tender offer, if such person knows or has
reason to believe that the information is non-public and
The following are considered as fraudulent transactions: has been acquired directly or indirectly from the tender
1. Employment of any device, scheme or artifice to offer, or those acting on its behalf, the issuer of the
defraud investors. securities sought or to be sought by such tender offer, or
2. Obtaining money or property by means of any untrue any insider of such issuer;
statement of a material fact or any omission to state a
b) The said employees will be also liable for engaging in It would be unethical to sell the shares. Rule 1.01 of the
insider trading. Sec. 3.8 of the Securities and Regulation Code of Professional Responsibility provides, “A lawyer
Code, an insider is also a person whose relationship or shall not engage in unlawful, dishonest, immoral or
former relationship to the issuer gives or gave him access deceitful conduct.”
It is the publicly declared intention by a person alone or NOTE: In the event that the tender offer is
in concert with others to buy securities of a public oversubscribed, the aggregate amount of securities to be
corporation. It is an invitation by the acquirer of shares of acquired at the close of such tender offer shall be
a company for other stockholders to tender their shares proportionately distributed across both selling
to the acquirer so that they may sell their shares in the shareholder with whom the acquirer may have been in
same price and conditions as the previously acquired private negotiations and the minority shareholders.
shares.
2. Any person or group of persons acting in concert who
It is given to all stockholders by: intends to acquire 35% or more of any class of equity
1. Filing with the SEC a declaration to that effect, and shares of a public company (corporation with assets of at
paying the filing fee. least P 50,000,000.00 and having 200 or more
2. Furnishing the issuer a statement containing the stockholders with at least 100 shares for each stock
information required of the issuers as SEC may prescribe, holder) pursuant to an agreement made between or
including subsequent or additional materials. among the person or group of persons and one or more
3. Publishing all requests or invitations for tender, or sellers.
materials making a tender offer or requesting or inviting
letters of such security. 3. Any person or group of persons acting in concert
intends to acquire 35% or more of equity shares of a
Q: What is tender offer? (2002 Bar) public company in one or more transactions within a
period of 12 months shall be required to make a tender
A: Tender offer means a publicly announced intention by offer to all holders of such class for the number of shares
a person acting alone or in concert with other persons to so acquired within the same period.
acquire equity securities of a public company. It is also an
offer by the acquiring person to stockholders of a public 4. If any acquisition of even less than 35% would result in
company for them to tender their shares therein on the ownership of over 51% of the total outstanding equity
terms specified in the offer. Tender offer is in place to securities of a public company, the acquirer shall be
protect their minority shareholders against any scheme required to make a tender offer under this Rule for all the
that dilutes the share value of any investments. It gives the outstanding equity securities to all remaining
minority shareholders the chance to exit the company stockholders of the said company at a price supported by
under reasonable terms, giving them opportunity to sell a fairness opinion provided by an independent financial
their shares at the same price as those of the majority advisor or equivalent third party. The acquirer in such
shareholders (CEMCO HOLDINGS, INC. v. National Life tender offer shall be required to accept any and all
Insurance Company, Inc. G.R. No. 171815, August 7, 2007). securities thus tendered.
Coverage of the application of tender offer 3. Report the results of the tender offer by filing with the
SEC, not later than ten (10) calendar days after the
The mandatory tender offer rule covers not only direct termination of the tender offer, copies of the final
acquisition but also indirect acquisition or “any type of amendments to the form (Sundiang Sr. & Aquino, 2014).
acquisition.” The legislative intent of Section 19 of the
Code is to regulate activities relating to acquisition of Unlawful and prohibited acts relating to tender offers
control of the listed company and for the purpose of
protecting the minority stockholders of a listed It shall be unlawful for any person to:
corporation. Whatever may be the method by which
control of a public company is obtained, either through 1. Make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
the direct purchase of its stocks or through an indirect state any material fact necessary in order to make
means, mandatory tender offer applies. What is decisive statements made, in the light of the circumstances under
is the determination of the power of control. The which they are made, not misleading, or
legislative intent behind the tender offer rule makes clear
that the type of activity intended to be regulated is the 2. Engage in any fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative
acquisition of control of the listed company through the acts or practices, in connection with any tender offer or
purchase of shares. Control may be effected through a request or invitation for tenders, or any solicitation of
direct and indirect acquisition of stock, and when this security holders in opposition to or in favor of any such
takes place, irrespective of the means, a tender offer must offer, request, or invitation.
occur (Cemco Holdings v. National Life Insurance Company,
G.R. No. 171815, August 7, 2007). Margin trading (2009 Bar)
Illustration of the application of tender offer in direct A kind of trading that allows a broker to advance for the
acquisition: customer/investor part of the purchase price of the
security and to keep the same security as collateral for
The shares of stock of X company are owned by A (19%), such advance.
B (16%), C (20%), D (14%), E (31%). If Aljon buys the
shares of A (19%), the transaction is not subject to Margin allowance standard
mandatory tender offer. However, if Aljon buys the shares
of A (19%) and the shares of B (16%), then tender offer GR: The credit extended must be for an amount not
must be made because the total shares bought by Aljon is greater than, whichever is higher of:
35%.
1. 65% of the current market price of the security; or
Illustration of the application of tender offer in indirect 2. 100% of the lowest market price during the preceding
acquisition: 36 calendar months, but not more than 75% of the current
market price.
The shares of stock of X company are owned by A (16%),
B (19%), C (15%), D (18%), and Corporation E (32%) XPN: The Monetary Board may increase or decrease the
respectively. The shares of Corporation E are owned by above percentages, in order to achieve the objectives of
Kenneth (50%), King (25%) and Jacq (25%). If Aljon the Government with due regard for promotion of the
acquires the shares of B (19%), the transaction is not economy and prevention of the use of excessive credit.
subject to mandatory tender offer because it did not reach
the 35% threshold limit required by law. However, if Purposes of the margin requirements
Aljon acquires the shares of B (19%) and the shares of
Kenneth in Corporation E (50% of 32 is 16%), then, They are primarily intended to achieve a macroeconomic
tender offer must be made because the total shares purpose – the protection of the overall economy from
bought by Aljon directly and indirectly is 35%. excessive speculation in securities. Their recognized
secondary purpose is to protect small investors.
Obligations of person making a tender offer
Burden of compliance with margin requirements
1. Make an announcement of his intention in a newspaper
of general circulation, prior to the commencement of the The brokers and dealers have the burden of compliance
offer; with margin requirements.
Persons liable with regard to fraud in connection with SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
security transactions
ADMINISTRATIVE AND REGULATORY JURISDICTION
Any person who engages in any act or transaction in
violation of Sections 19.2, 20 or 26 of SRC. Q: Does the SEC have the power to recall and cancel a
stock and transfer book which was erroneously
Persons liable for the manipulation of security prices registered.
Any person who willfully participates in any act or A: Yes. Considering that the SEC, after due notice and
transaction in violation of Section 24 shall be liable to any hearing, has the regulatory power to revoke the corporate
person who shall purchase or sell any security at a price franchise -- from which a corporation owes its legal
which was affected by such act or transaction. existence -- the SEC must likewise have the lesser power
of merely recalling and canceling a STB that was
Persons liable with regard to insider trading erroneously registered (Provident International Resources
Corporation vs. Venus, G.R. No. 167041, June 17, 2008)
Any person in case of legal tender who:
1. Purchases or sells a security while in possession of Q: Does the SEC’s jurisdiction extend to the
material information not generally available to the public. liquidation of a corporation?
2. Communicates material non-public information.
A: SEC’s jurisdiction does not extend to the liquidation of
a corporation. While the SEC has jurisdiction to order the
NOTE: The liability of the persons enumerated shall be dissolution of a corporation, jurisdiction over the
jointly and severally. liquidation of the corporation now pertains to the
appropriate regional trial courts. This is the correct
Prescriptive period for filing of action procedure because the liquidation of a corporation
requires the settlement of claims for and against the
Two years after the discovery of the facts constituting the corporation, which clearly falls under the jurisdiction of
cause of action and within five years after such cause of the regular courts. The trial court is in the best position to
action accrued convene all the creditors of the corporation, ascertain
their claims, and determine their preferences. (Bank of the
Jurisdiction over civil liabilities Philippine Islands, as successor-in-interest of Far East Bank
and Trust Company vs. Eduardo Hong, doing business under
The court which has jurisdiction over cases involving civil the name and style Super Line Printing Press and the Court
liabilities is the Regional Trial Court. of Appeals, G.R. No. 161771, February 15, 2012)
Limitation for awarding damages Thus, a person is liable for violating Sec. 28 of the SRC
where acting as a broker, dealer or salesman, is in the
1. The court can award not exceeding triple the amount of employ of a corporation which sold or offered for sale
the transaction plus actual damage unregistered securities in the Philippines. (Securities and
2. The court is also authorized to award attorney’s fees Exchange Commission vs. Santos, G.R. No. 195542, March
not exceeding 30% of the award 19, 2014)
Award exemplary damages When it is mentioned in paragraph 4(c) of A.M. No. 04-9-
07-SC that in case a petition appealing or assailing the
The court may award exemplary damages in cases of: decision and/or final order is filed directly with the Court
1. Bad Faith of Appeals within the reglementary period, petition shall
2. Fraud be considered a petition for review under Rule 3, it is
There are three distinct bases for the issuance by the SEC 1. Relationship Test- No doubt exists that the parties
of the CDO: were members of the same association, but this
conclusion must still be supplemented by the
1. The first, allocated by Section 5(i), is predicated on a controversy test before it may be considered as an
necessity to prevent fraud or injury to the investing intra-corporate dispute.
public. No other requisite or detail is tied to this CDO
authorized under Section 5(i). 2. Controversy Test- The dispute must be rooted in the
existence of an intra-corporate relationship, and
2. The second basis, found in Section 53.3, involves a must refer to the enforcement of the parties’
determination by the SEC that any person has engaged or correlative rights and obligations under the
is about to engage in any act or practice constituting a Corporation Code, as well as the internal and intra-
violation of any provision of this Code, any rule, regulation corporate regulatory rules of the corporation, in
or order thereunder, or any rule of an Exchange, order to be an intra-corporate dispute. (Gulfo vs.
registered securities association, clearing agency or other Ancheta, G.R. No. 175301, August 15, 2012)
self-regulatory organization. The provision additionally
requires a finding that there is a reasonable likelihood of Doctrine of Primary Jurisdiction
continuing [or engaging in] further or future violations by
such person. The maximum duration of the CDO issued Under the doctrine of primary jurisdiction, courts will not
under Section 53.3 is ten (10) days. determine a controversy involving a question within the
jurisdiction of the administrative tribunal, where the
3. The third basis for the issuance of a CDO is Section question demands the exercise of sound administrative
64. This CDO is founded on a determination of an act or discretion within the jurisdiction of the administrative
practice, which unless restrained, will operate as a fraud tribunal. The Securities Regulation Code is a special law.
on investors or is otherwise likely to cause grave or Its enforcement is particularly vested in the SEC. Hence,
irreparable injury or prejudice to the investing public. all complaints for any violation of the Code and its
Section 64.1 plainly provides three segregate instances implementing rules and regulations should be filed with
upon which the SEC may issue the CDO under this SEC. Where the complaint is criminal in nature, SEC shall
provision: (1) after proper investigation or verification, indorse the complaint to the DOJ for preliminary
(2) motu proprio, or (3) upon verified complaint by any investigation and prosecution. (Baviera vs. Standard
aggrieved party. While no lifetime is expressly specified Chartered Bank, G.R. No. 170602, February 8, 2007)
for the CDO under Section 64, the respondent to the CDO
may file a formal request for the lifting thereof, which the Q: DC is a unit owner of Medici Condominium located
SEC must hear within fifteen (15) days from filing and in Pasig City. On September 7, 2011, Medici
decide within ten (10) days from the hearing. Condominium Corp. (Medici) demanded from DC
payment for alleged unpaid association dues and
A singular CDO could not be founded on Section 5.1, assessments amounting to P195,000.00. DC disputed
Section 53.3 and Section 64 collectively. At the very least, the claim, saying that he paid all dues as shown by the
the CDO under Section 53.3 and under Section 64 have fact that he was previously elected as Director and
their respective requisites and terms (GSIS vs. CA, G.R. Nos. President of Medici. Medici, on the other hand,
183905 and 184275, April 16, 2009). claimed that DC’s obligation was a carry-over of his
obligations to the condominium developer, Medici
A: In ordinary cases, the failure to specifically allege the Requirement of independent director
fraudulent acts does not constitute a ground for illegal
dismissal since such a defect can be cured by a bill of The Securities Regulations Code requires an independent
particulars. The above-stated rule, however, does not director when any corporation with a class of equity
apply to intra-corporate controversies. In cases governed securities listed for trading on an exchange or with assets
by the Interim Rules of Procedure on Intra-Corporate in excess of Fifty Million Pesos and having two hundred or
Controversies a bill of particulars is a prohibited pleading. more holders, at least 200 of which are holding at least
It is essential, therefore, for the complaint to show on its one hundred shares of a class of its equity securities or
face what are claimed to be the fraudulent acts if the which has sold a class of equity securities to the public
complainant wishes to invoke the court’s special pursuant to sec. 12 must have at least two independent
commercial jurisdiction (Guy vs. Guy, G.R. No. 189486, directors or such directors must constitute at least twenty
September 5, 2012). percent of the board, whichever is less.
Q: May the Board create appointive positions other Q: Section 38 of The Securities Regulation Code
than the positions of corporate officers? defines an independent director as a person who
must not have a relation with the corporation which
A: Though the Board may create appointive positions would interfere with his exercise of independent
other than the positions of corporate officers, the persons judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a
occupying such positions cannot be viewed as corporate director. To ensure independence therefore, he must
officers under Sec. 25 of the Corporation Code. (March II be – (2012 Bar)
Marketing vs. Joson, G.R. No. 171993, December 12, 2011)
A: B. He must be nominated and elected by the minority
Q: What must be alleged in filing a derivative suit? shareholders
THE NEW CENTRAL BANK ACT (NCBA, R.A. 7653) Primary objectives of Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) 1. To maintain price stability conducive to a balanced and
sustainable growth of the economy; and
It is the state’s central monetary authority. It is the 2. To promote and maintain monetary stability and the
government agency charged with the responsibility of convertibility of the peso (NCBA, Sec. 3).
administering the monetary, banking and credit system of
the country and is granted the power of supervision and Functions of Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BRAGS-
examination over bank and non-bank financial CHB)
institutions performing quasi-banking functions,
including savings and loan associations (Busuego vs. CA, 1. Banker of the government – the BSP shall be the
G.R. No. L-48955, June 30, 1987). official depository of the Government and shall
represent it in all monetary fund dealings (NCBA,
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas as an institution Secs. 110- 116).
2. Custodian of Reserves (NCBA, Secs. 64-66, 94, 103)
The BSP is a government-owned corporation which 3. Financial Advisor of the government (NCBA, Secs.
enjoys fiscal and administrative autonomy. 123-124) – Under Article VII, Sec. 20 of the 1987
Constitution, the President may contract or
STATE POLICIES guarantee foreign loans but with the prior
concurrence of the Monetary Board.
Policy of the state with respect to the creation of the 4. Government agent (NCBA, Secs. 117-122)
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas 5. Source of credit (NCBA, Secs. 61-63, 81-89, 109)
6. Issuer of Currency (NCBA, Sec. 49-60)
The State shall maintain a central monetary authority that 7. Clearing channel or House; especially where the
shall function and operate as an independent and PCHC does not operate (NCBA, Sec. 102)
accountable body corporate in the discharge of its 8. Supervisor of the Banking system (NCBA, Sec. 25) –
mandated responsibilities concerning money, banking shall include the power to:
and credit (NCBA, Sec 2). While it is a government owned
corporation it enjoys fiscal and administrative autonomy. a. Examine, which power extends to enterprises
wholly or majority-owned or controlled by the
CREATION OF THE BANGKO SENTRAL NG PILIPINAS bank (GBL, Sec. 7); this power may not be
(BSP) restrained by a writ of injunction unless there is
convincing proof that the action of the BSP is
Salient considerations on the creation of Bangko plainly arbitrary (NCBA, Sec. 25)
Sentral ng Pilipinas
b. Place a bank under receivership or liquidation
1. It is established as an independent central monetary (NCBA, Sec. 30)
authority.
2. Its capital shall be P50,000,000,000, to be fully c. Initiate criminal prosecution of erring officers of
subscribed by the Philippine Government. banks
3. The P10,000,000,000 of the capital shall be fully paid
for by the Government upon the effectivity of NCBA POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE MONETARY
and the balance to be paid for within a period of 2 BOARD
years from the effectivity of NCBA in such manner
and form as the Government, through the Secretary Monetary Board
of Finance and the Secretary of Budget and
Management, may thereafter determine (ibid). It is the body through which the powers and functions of
the BSP are exercised (NCBA, Sec 6).
RESPONSIBILITY AND PRIMARY OBJECTIVE
Powers and functions of the Monetary Board (RASBI)
Responsibilities of Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
(1992, 1998 Bar) (PSR) 1. Issue Rules and regulations it considers necessary for
the effective discharge of the responsibilities and exercise
1. To provide policy directions in the areas of money, of its powers.
banking, and credit 2. Direct the management, operations, and
Administration of the BSP, reorganize its personnel, and
2. To supervise bank operations issue such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary
or convenient for this purpose.
3. To regulate the operations of finance companies and 3. Establish a human resource management System.
non-bank financial institutions performing quasi- 4. Adopt an annual Budget for and authorize such
expenditures by the BSP as are in the interest of the
3. Fail to exercise extraordinary diligence in the Grounds for closure of a bank or a quasi bank
performance of his duties
1. Cash Flow test - Inability to pay liabilities as they
Shall be held liable for any loss or injury suffered by the become due in the ordinary course of business (NCBA, Sec.
BSP or other banking institutions as a result of such 30 [a], 1997 Bar).
violation, negligence, abuse, malfeasance, misfeasance or 2. Balance sheet test – Insufficiency of realizable assets
failure to exercise extraordinary diligence (NCBA, Sec 16). to meet its liabilities (NCBA, Sec 30 [b], 1997 Bar).
3. Inability to continue business without involving
HOW BSP HANDLES BANKS IN DISTRESS probable losses to its depositors and creditors (NCBA, Sec
30 [c], 1997 Bar).
In case of a distressed bank, the BSP appoints a 4. Willful violation of a cease and desist order under
conservator or receiver or closure of the bank. Section 37 that has become final, involving acts or
transactions which amount to fraud or a dissipation of the
CONSERVATORSHIP assets (NCBA, Sec 30 [d], 1997 Bar).
5. Notification to the BSP or public announcement of a
Conservator (2006 Bar) bank holiday (GBL, Sec 53).
6. Suspension of payment of its deposit liabilities
One appointed if the bank is in the state of illiquidity or continuously for more than 30 days (GBL, Sec 53).
the bank fails or refuses to maintain a state of liquidity 7. Persisting in conducting its business in an unsafe or
adequate to protect its depositors and creditors. The bank unsound manner (GBL, Sec 56).
still has more assets than its liabilities but its assets are
not liquid or not in cash thus it cannot pay its obligation Close now-hear later doctrine
when it falls due. The bank, not the BSP, pays for fees.
It is to prevent unwarranted dissipation of the bank’s
Powers of a conservator (CARe BEAr) assets and as a valid exercise of police power to protect
the depositors, creditors, stockholders and the general
1. Collect all monies and debts due to the said bank public. The law does not contemplate prior notice and
2. To take charge of the Assets, liabilities, and the hearing before the bank may be directed to stop
management thereof operations and placed under receivership (Central Bank
3. REorganize, the management thereof of the Philippines v. CA, G.R. No. 76118 Mar. 30, 1993).
The order of closure (receivership or conservatorship) NOTE: For banks, the receiver would be the Philippine
may be assailed: a) by the stockholders representing at Deposit Insurance Corporation; for quasi-banks, it could
least majority of the outstanding capital stock; b) within be any person of recognized competence in banking or
ten days from receipt by the board of directors of the finance (NCBA, Sec. 30).
order; c) thru a petition for certiorari on the ground that
the action taken by the BSP was in excess of jurisdiction Duties of a receiver
or with grave abuse of discretion as to amount to lack of
jurisdiction. 1. The receiver shall immediately gather and take charge
of all the assets and liabilities of the institution.
Under R.A .No. 7653, the power of the Monetary Board 2. Administer the same for the benefit of the creditors, and
(MB) over banks, including rural banks, was increased exercise the general powers of a receiver under the
and expanded. The Court, in several cases, upheld the Revised Rules of Court
power of the MB to take over banks without need for prior 3. Shall not, with the exception of administrative
hearing. It is not necessary inasmuch as the law entrusts expenditures, pay or commit any act that will involve the
to the MB the apprec-iation and determination of whether transfer or disposition of any asset of the institution:
any or all of the statutory grounds for the closure and Provided that the receiver may deposit or place the funds
receiver-ship of the erring bank are present. The MB, of the institution in non-speculative investments.
under R.A. No. 7653, has been invested with more power 4. Within 90 days from the take-over, the receiver shall
of closure and placement of a bank under receivership for determine whether the institution may be rehabilitated or
insolvency or illiquidity, or because the bank’s otherwise placed in such a condition that it may be
continuance in business would probably result in the loss permitted to resume business with safety to its depositors
to depositors or creditors. and creditors and the general public
5. If the receiver determines that the institution cannot be
The doctrine is founded on practical and legal rehabilitated or permitted to resume business, then the
considerations to obviate unwarranted dissipation of the Monetary Board shall notify in writing the board of
bank’s assets and as a valid exercise of police power to directors of the institution of its findings and direct the
protect the depositors, creditors, stock-holders, and the receiver to proceed with liquidation of the institution
general public. Swift, adequate and determined actions (NCBA, Sec 30).
must be taken against fi-nancially distressed and
mismanaged banks by government agencies lest the
public faith in the banking system deteriorate to the
Prosecution of suits, collection and the foreclosure of Q: Aaron, a well known architect, is suffering from
mortgages against debtors of the bank by the financial reverses. He has four creditors with a total
liquidatorare among the usual and ordinary transactions claim of P 26 million. Despite his intention to pay
pertaining to the administration of a bank (Banco Filipino these obligations, his current assets are insufficient to
v. Central Bank, ibid). cover all of them. His creditors are about to sue him.
Consequently, he was constrained to file a Petition for
A liquidator may foreclose mortgages due to a bank Insolvency (Act 1956).
while the issue of receivership is pending
a. Since Aaron was merely forced by circumstances
A liquidator can foreclose mortgages for and in behalf of to petition the court to declare him insolvent, can
the judge properly treat the petition as one for
the bank even if the issue on receivership and liquidation
involuntary insolvency. Explain.
is still pending (Supra).
b. If Aaron is declared an insolvent by the court,
Q: An intra-corporate case was filed before RTC. On what would be the effect, if any, of such declaration
on hid creditors? Explain.
the other hand, another complaint was filed before
BSP to compel a bank to disclose its stockholdings c. Assuming that Aaron has guarantors for his
debts, are the guarantors released from their
invoking the supervisory power of the latter. Is there
a forum shopping? obligations once Aaron is discharged from his
debts? Explain.
d. What remedies are available to the guarantors in
A: None. The two proceedings are of different nature
praying for different relief. The complaint filed with the case they are made to pay the creditors? Explain.
BSP was an invocation of its supervisory powers over (2005 Bar)
banking operations which does not amount to a judicial
A:
proceeding (Suan v. Monetary Board, A.C. No. 6377, March
a. No. In involuntary insolvency, it is the creditors who
12, 2007).
ask for the declaration of the debtor’s insolvency. In this
HOW BSP HANDLES EXCHANGE CRISIS Exercise of the power to determine rates of exchange
Legal Tender (2000 Bar) 1. The Monetary Board shall determine the rates at
which the BSP shall buy and sell spot exchange, and
All notes and coins issued by the BSP are fully guaranteed shall establish deviation limits from the effective
by the Republic and shall be legal tender in the Philippines exchange rate or rates as it may deem proper.
for all debts, both public and private (NCBA, Sec. 52).
2. The Monetary Board shall similarly determine the
Legal tender power of coins rates for other types of foreign exchange transactions
by the BSP, including purchases and sales of foreign
1. 1-Peso, 5-Peso and 10-Peso coins: In amounts not notes and coins, but the margins between the
exceeding P1,000.00 effective exchange rates and the rates thus
established may not exceed the corresponding
2. 25 centavo coin or less: In amounts not exceeding margins for spot exchange transactions by more than
P100.00 (Circular No. 537, 2006). the additional costs or expenses involved in each
type of transactions (NCBA, Sec. 74).
NOTE: Notes, regardless of denomination, are legal
tender for any amount. Instances where the Banko Sentral may exercise its
exchange regulating powers
Rules on the authority of the Bangko Sentral ng
Pilipinas to replace legal tender 1. The international reserve of the BSP falls to a level
which the Monetary Board considers inadequate to
1. Notes and coins called in for replacement shall remain meet the prospective demands
legal tender for a period of one year from the date of call.
2. After that period, they shall cease to be legal tender 2. Whenever the international reserve appears to be in
during the following year or for such longer period as MB imminent danger of falling to such a level
may determine. 3. Whenever the international reserve is falling as a
3. After the expiration of this latter period, the notes and result of payments or remittances abroad which, in
coins which have not been exchanged shall cease to be a the opinion of the Monetary Board are contrary to
liability of BSP and shall be demonetized (NCBA, Sec. 57). the national welfare (NCBA, Sec 67).
NOTE: Checks representing demand deposits do not have Actions taken by the Bangko Sentral when
legal tender power and their acceptance in the payment international stability of Peso is threatened
of debts, both public and private, is at the option of the
creditor.However, a check which has been cleared and 1. Take such remedial measures as are appropriate and
credited to the account of the creditor shall be equivalent within the powers granted to the Monetary Board,
to a delivery to the creditor of cash in an amount equal to and the BSP.
the amount credited to his account (NCBA, Sec. 60).
2. Submit to the President of the Philippines and the
Period of replacement Congress, and make public a detailed report which
shall include, as a minimum, a description and
1. Notes for any series or denomination – More than 5 analysis of:
years old a. The nature and causes of the existing or
2. Coins – More than 10 years old imminent decline;
NOTE: Coins which show signs of filing, clipping or b. The remedial measures already taken or to be
perforation and notes which have lost more than 2/5s of taken by the Monetary Board
their surface or all of the signatures inscribed therein
shall be withdrawn from the circulation and demonitized c. The monetary, fiscal or administrative
without compensation to the bearer. measures further proposed
A:
a. No. The suit will not prosper. It is clear as provided in
section 3 of R.A. 1405 that it shall be unlawful for any
official or employee of a banking institution to disclose to
any person other than those mentioned in section two of
the said law any information concerning said deposits.
Manosa as a columnist is not one of those persons
contemplated under the law. Furthermore, he merely
overheard what appeared to be a vague remark of the
bank teller therefore is not in a sense an inquiry or a
disclosure.
Trust funds covered by the term “deposit” 9. The prohibition against examination of bank deposit
does not preclude its garnishment to satisfy a
The money deposited under the trust agreement (“Trust judgment against the depositor (Oñate vs. Abrogar,
account”) is intended not merely to remain with the bank G.R. No. 107303, February 21, 1994)
but to be invested by it elsewhere. To hold that this type
of account is not protected by R.A. 1405 would encourage 10. Presidential Commission on Good Government may
private hoarding of funds that could otherwise be require the production of bank records material to its
invested by banks in other ventures, contrary to the policy investigation (Opinion of the Secretary of Justice,
behind the law (Ejercito v. Sandiganbayan, G.R. No. February 27, 1987)
157294-95, November 30, 2006).
11. The Anti-Money Laundering Council (AMLC) may
NOTE: Despite such pronouncement that trust funds are inquire into any deposit with any bank in case of
considered deposits, trust funds remain not covered by violation of the RA 9160 or the AMLA if there is
PDIC. probable cause that it is related to an unlawful
activity (RA 9160, as amended, Sec. 11)
Confidentiality granted by RA 1405 does NOT extend
to Letters of Credit and Trust Receipts 12. The PDIC and the BSP may examine deposit accounts
and all information related to them in case of a
The confidentiality granted by the law does NOT extend finding of unsafe or unsound banking practices (RA
to other documents and records like L/C’s, TR’s, bank 3591, as amended, Sec. 8)
drafts and promissory notes (Opinion of the Secretary of
13. With court order:
Justice No. 5, Series of 1982; Opinion of the Secretary of
a. In cases of unexplained wealth under Sec. 8
Justice No. 126, Series of 1989).
of the Anti-Graft and Corrupt Practices Act
(PNB v
EXCEPTIONS
b. . Gancayco, L-18343, September 30, 1965)
c. In cases filed by the Ombudsman and upon
Instances where examination or disclosure of
the latter’s authority to examine and have
information about deposits can be allowed (1990-
access to bank accounts and records
1992, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2004-
(Marquez v. Desierto, GR 138569, September
2006 Bar)
11, 2003)
1. Upon written consent of the depositor (RA 1405,Sec. 2)
14. Without court order: If the AMLC determines that a
particular deposit or investment with any banking
2. In cases of impeachment (ibid)
institution is related to the following (HK-MADS):
3. Upon order of competent court in cases of bribery or a. Hijacking,
dereliction of duty of public officials (ibid) b. Kidnapping,
c. Murder,
d. Destructive Arson, and
Q: Michael withdrew without authority funds of the A: C. The deposit, being in US Dollars, is covered by the
partnership in the amounts of P500th and US$50th Foreign Currency Deposit Act which allows disclosure
for services he claims rendered for the benefit of the only upon the written permission of the depositor.
partnership. He deposited the P 500 th in his personal
peso current account with Prosperity Bank and the A bank can be compelled to disclose the records of the
US$50th in his personal foreign currency savings accounts of a depositor under the investigation for
account with Eastern Bank. The partnership unexplained wealth
In an action filed by the bank to recover the money 1.In cases of impeachment
transmitted by mistake, the bank is allowed to 2.In cases involving bribery
3.In cases involving BIR inquiry
present the accounts which it believed were
4.In cases of anti-graft and corrupt practices
responsible for the acquisition of the money
5.In cases where the money involved is the subject of
litigation.
R.A. 1405 allows the disclosure of bank deposits in cases
where the money deposited is the subject matter of Explain your answer or choice briefly (2004 Bar)
litigation. In an action filed by the bank to recover the
A: Under Section 6 (F) of the NIRC, the CIR can inquire into
money transmitted by mistake, necessarily, an inquiry
the deposits of a decedent for the purpose of determining
into the whereabouts of the amount extends to whatever
the gross estate of such decedent. Apart from this case, a
is concealed by being held or recorded in the name of the
persons other than the one responsible for the illegal BIR inquiry into bank deposits cannot be made. Thus,
exception 3 may not be always applicable. Turning to
acquisition.
exception 4, an inquiry into bank deposits is possible only
Q: Socorro received $10,000 from a foreign bank in prosecutions for unexplained wealth under the Anti-
Graft and Corrupt Practices Act, according to the Supreme
although she was entitled only to $1,000. In an
Court in the cases of Philippine National Bank v. Gancayco,
apparent plan to conceal erroneously sent amount,
G.R. No. L-18343, September 30, 1965 and Banco Filipino
she opened a dollar account with her local bank,
Savings and Mortgage Bank v. Purisima, G.R. No. L-56429,
deposited $ 10,000 and issued 4 checks in the amount
of $2,000 and 1 check for $1,000 each payable to May 28,1988. However, all other cases of anti-graft and
corrupt practices will not warrant an inquiry into bank
different individuals who deposited the same in their
deposits. Thus, exception 4 may not always be applicable.
respective dollar accounts with different local banks.
The sender bank then brought a civil suit before the Like any other exception, it must be interpreted strictly.
Exceptions 1,2 and 5, on the other hand, are provided
RTC for the recovery of erroneously send amount. In
expressly in the Law onSecrecy of Bank Depositors. They
the course of trial, the sender presented testimonies
are available to depositors at all times.
of bank officials to show that the funds were, in fact,
deposited in a bank by Socorro and paid out to several
persons, who participated in the concealment and Q: Miguel, a special customs agent is charged before
dissipation of the amount that Socorro had the Ombudsman with having acquired property out of
erroneously received. Socorro moved to strike out the proportion to his salary, in violation of the Anti-Graft
and Corrupt Practices Act. The Ombudsman issued a
testimonies from the record invoking the law on
secrecy of bank deposits. If you were the Judge, would subpoena duces tecum to the Banco De Cinco
commanding its representative to furnish thr
you issue and order to strike them out? Why? (1992
Bar) Ombudsman records of transactions by or in the
name of Miguel, his wife and children. A second
subpoena was issued expanding the first by including
A: If I am the judge I would not issue an order to strike
them out. The testimonies of the bank officials showing the production of records of friends of Miguel in said
that the funds were in fact deposited in a bank by Socorro bank and in all its branches and extension offices,
specifically naming them, Miguel moved to quash the
and paid our to several persons, who participated in the
concealment and dissipation of the amount that Socorro subpoenas arguing that they violate the Secrecy of
Bank Deposits Law. In addition, he contends that the
had erroneously received,were presented in the course of
the trial. Therefore, the said testimonies must be subpoenas are in the nature of - fishing expedition or
general warrants and are constitutionally
considered as involved in the litigation. In the case of
impermissible with respect to private individuals
Mellon Bank vs. Magsino, G.R. No. 71479, October 18, 1990,
it was held that R.A. 1405 allows the disclosure of bank who are not under investigation. Is Miguel’s
deposits in cases where the money deposited is the contention tenable?
subject matter of litigation. In an action filed by a bank to
A: No. The contention of Miguel is not tenable. In the case
recover money it transmitted by mistake, necessarily, an
of Banco Filipino v. Purisima, it was held that the inquiry
inquiry to its whereabouts of the amount extends to
into illegally acquired property-or property not
whatever concealed by, being held or recorded in the
The prohibition against examination or inquiry does not A: The above provision does not violate R.A. 1405 because
preclude its being garnished for satisfaction of judgment. the enactment of R.A. 6832 is valid exercise of police
The disclosure is purely incidental to the execution power. R.A. 1405 is in itself a statutory enactment which
process and it was not the intention of the legislature to can be validly be modified, amended or repealed by a
place bank deposits beyond the reach of judgment subsequent law. The Secrecy of Bank Deposits Act did not
creditor (PCIB v. CA, G.R. No. 84526, January 28, 1991). amount to a contract between the depositors and
depository banks within the meaning of the non-
Garnishment of foreign currency deposits impairment clause of the Constitution. Even if it did, the
police power of the State is superior to the non-
GR: Foreign currency deposits shall be exempt from impairment clause.
attachment, garnishment, or any other order or process of
any court, legislative body, government agency or any GENERAL BANKING LAW OF 2000 (R.A. 8791)
administrative body whatsoever (R.A. 6426, Sec 8).
Policy of the state behind the General Banking Act (RA
XPN: The application of Section 8 of R.A. 6426 depends on 8791)
the extent of its justice. The garnishment of a foreign
currency deposit should be allowed to prevent injustice The State recognizes the vital role of banks in providing
and for equitable grounds, otherwise, it would negate an environment conducive to the sustained development
Article 10 of the New Civil Code which provides that “in of the national economy and the fiduciary nature of
case of doubt in the interpretation or application of laws, banking that requires high standards of integrity and
it is presumed that the lawmaking body intended right performance. In furtherance thereof, the State shall
and justice to prevail (Salvacion vs. Central Bank of the promote and maintain a stable and efficient banking and
Philippines, G.R. 94723, August 21, 1997). financial system that is globally competitive, dynamic and
responsive to the demands of a developing economy (RA
The foreign currency deposit of a transient foreigner 8791, Sec 2).
who illegally detained and raped a minor Filipina can
be garnished to satisfy the award for damages to the
victim
1. The entity is engaged in the lending of funds Different classifications of banks (2002, 2010 Bar)
2. Funds obtained from the public with at least 20
depositors 1. Universal banks- Primarily governed by the General
3. Funds are in the form of deposits Banking Law. They can exercise the powers of an
investment house and invest in non-allied enterprises and
NOTE: A transaction involving not a loan but purchase of have the highest capitalization.
receivables at a discount within the purview of
2. Commercial banks- Ordinary banks governed by the
investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities which
an investment company may perform is not banking. GBL which have a lower capitalization requirement than
universal banks and can neither exercise the powers of an
Extent of ownership of foreign individuals and non- investment house nor invest in non-allied enterprises.
bank corporations in a bank 3. Thrift banks – These are a) Savings and mortgage banks;
b) Stock savings and loan associations; and c) Private
Foreign individuals may own or control up to forty development banks, which are primarily governed by the
percent (40%) of the voting stock of a domestic bank Thrift Banks Act (R.A. 7906).
(GBL, Sec 2).
4. Rural banks – these are mandated to make needed
Extent of ownership of a non-banking corporations in credit available and readily accessible in the rural areas
a bank on reasonable terms and which are primarily governed by
the Rural Banks Act of 1992 (RA 7353).
GR: A corporation may only own 40% of the bank 5. Cooperative banks –banks whose majority shares are
owned and controlled by cooperatives primarily to
XPNs: provide financial and credit services to cooperatives. It
1. A universal bank can own up to 100% of a thrift bank shall include cooperative rural banks. They are governed
2. A corporation whose shares are listed in the stock primarily by the Cooperative Code (RA 6938).
exchange can own up to 60% of the bank. This privilege
can be exercised only once. 6. Islamic banks – Banks whose business dealings and
3. If the corporation is in existence for 10 years it can activities are subject to the basic principles and rulings of
own up to 60% of the bank. This privilege can be Islamic Shari’ a, such as the Al Amanah Islamic Investment
exercised only once. Bank of the Philippines which was created by RA 6848.
4. Under Foreign Bank Liberalization Law (RA 7721), 7. Other classification of banks as determined by the
the Monetary Board may authorize foreign banks to Monetary Board of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas.
operate in the Philippines.
Governing Laws General Banking Law (GBL) GBL Thrift Banks Act (R.A. 7906)
1. Has the authority to To engage in allied All the powers of a
exercise the powers of a undertakings and, in commercial bank, except:
commercial bank. addition to the general
powers incident to a 1. To issue imported LC
2. To act as an investment corporation, may exercise
house – a corporation that 2. To accept or open
all such powers as may be
sells and guarantees sale of necessary to carry on the checking account except
securities and shares of business of commercial with prior approval by the
Powers stocks. i.e. Petron will tap an Monetary Board (MB
banking.
investment house in order requires at least a net asset
to sell its stocks. worth of 28M)
NOTE: Allied undertakings
3. To engage in a non-allied are those activities or
undertaking – which is not entities which enhance or
related at all to banking. complement banking.
e.g. Realty
4.95 Billion 2.4 Billion 1. Metro Manila – 1 Billion
2. Cebu and Davao – 500
Million
Capitalization
3. Elsewhere 250 Million
(BSP Circular No. 0715, Apr
2011)
Can be a stock holder in Only allied undertaking Only allied undertaking
Equity Investment both allied and non-allied
undertaking
Can invest but shall not Cannot invest Cannot invest
Non- Allied Transaction exceed 25% of the investee
(receiving) corporation.
Total Amount of Not to exceed 50% of the Not to exceed 35% of bank’s Not to exceed 35% of bank’s
Investment Equity bank’s net worth. net worth. net worth.
Single Equity Investment Not to exceed 25% of bank’s net worth
These are entities engaged in the borrowing of funds 3. A universal and commercial bank can both invest in
through the issuance, endorsement or assignment with equity but only universal bank is allowed to invest in
recourse or acceptance of deposit substitutes for equity of non-allied enterprises.
purposes of re-lending or purchasing of receivables and
other obligations (GBL, Sec 4). Unlike banks, quasi-banks BANKING AND INCIDENTAL POWERS
do not accept deposits. Neither are funds obtained
insured with the PDIC. Certificate of Authority to Register
Q: XYZ Corporation is engaged in lending funds to 4. Buying and selling FOREX and gold or silver bullion
small vendors in various public markets. To fund the
lending, XYZ Corporation raised funds through 5. Acquiring marketable bonds and other debt
borrowings from friends and investors. Which securities
statement is most accurate? (2012 Bar)
6. Extending credit
a. XYZ Corporation is a bank.
b. XYZ Corporation is a quasi-bank. 7. Determination of bonds and other debt securities
c. XYZ Corporation is an Investment Company. eligible for investment including maturities and aggregate
d. XYZ is none of the above. amount of such investment, subject to such rules as the
Monetary Board may promulgate.
A: B. XYZ Corporation is a quasi bank
8. And all other powers as may be necessary to carry
BANK POWERS AND LIABILITIES on the business of a bank (GBL, Sec. 29).
1. All powers provided by the corporation code, like 1. The Monetary Board may prescribe rules and
issuance of stocks and entering into merger or regulations on the types of stock a bank may issue.
consolidation with other corporation or banks. 2. Banks shall issue par value stocks only (GBL, Sec. 9).
3. GR: No bank shall purchase or acquire shares of its own
2. It can only acquire real property when it is needed for capital stock or accept its own shares as a security for
business, in settlement of debt incurred in the course of a loan.
the business, property as may be mortgaged to it to secure XPN: When authorized by the Monetary Board.
NOTE: Trust account – a savings account, established Contract between banks and depositors is not a trust
under a trust agreement containing funds administered agreement
by the bank for the benefit of the trustor or another
person or persons. The fiduciary nature of the bank-depositor relationship
does not convert the contract between banks and
4. As agent-principal: depositors to a trust agreement.Thus, failure by the bank
a. Deposit of checks for collection to pay the depositor is failure to pay simple loan, and not
b. Deposit for specific purpose a breach of trust (Consolidated Bank and Trust Corp. v. CA,
c. Deposit for safekeeping G.R. No. 138569, September 11, 2003).
1. Savings The contract for the use of a safety deposit box should be
2. Current governed by the law on lease.
3. Time
In the case of Sia vs. CA and Security Bank and Trust
NOTE: Deposit accounts may also be classified as: Company and under the old banking law, a safety deposit
1. Individual; or box is a special deposit. However, the new General
2. Joint: Banking Law, while retaining the renting of safe deposit
a. “And” account – the signature of both co- box as one of the services that the bank may render,
depositors are required for withdrawals. deleted reference to depository function (Divina,
b. “And/or” account – either one of the co- Handbook on Philippine Commercial Law).
depositors may deposit and withdraw from
the account without the knowledge consent Q: After procuring a checking account, the depositor
and signature of the other. issued several checks. He was surprised to learn later
that they had been dishonored for insufficient funds.
Joint accounts may be subject of a survivorship agreement Investigation disclosed that deposits made by the
whereby the co-depositors agree to permit either of them depositor were not credited to its account. Is the bank
to withdraw the whole deposit during their lifetime and liable for damages?
transferring the balance to the survivor upon the death of
one of them (Vitug v. CA, G.R. No. 82027, March 29, 1990). A: Yes, the depositor expects the bank to treat his account
with utmost fidelity, whether such account consist only of
Anonymous account a few hundred pesos or of millions. The bank must record
every single transaction accurately, down to the last
GR: Anonymous accounts or those under fictitious names centavo, and as promptly as possible. This has to be done
are prohibited (R.A. 9160 as amended by by R.A. 9194; BSP if the account is to reflect at any given time the amount of
Circular No. 251, July 21, 2000). money the depositor can dispose of as he sees fit,
confident that the bank will deliver it as and to whomever
XPN: In case where numbered accounts is allowed such as he directs. A blunder on the part of the bank, such as the
in foreign currency deposits. However, banks/non-bank dishonor of the check without good reason, can cause the
financial institutions should ensure that the client is depositor not a little embarrassment if not also financial
identified in an official or other identifying documents loss and perhaps even civil and criminal litigation (Simex
(R.A. 6426 as amended, FCDA, Sec. 8). Intl. v. CA, G.R. No. 88013, March 19, 1990).
1. Central Bank Circular 416 – 12% per annum in cases of: 1. Distribution of net profits may be limited or prohibited
a. Loans and MB may require that part or all of the net profits be
b. Forbearance of money, goods and credits used to increase the capital accounts of the bank until the
c. Judgment involving such loan or forbearance, in the minimum requirement has been met; or
absence of express agreement as to such rate of interest
2. GR: Acquisition of major assets and making of new
investments may be restricted.
2. Interest accruing from unpaid interest– interest due
shall earn interest from the time it is judicially demanded XPN: Purchases of evidence of indebtedness guaranteed
although the obligation may be silent upon this point. by the Government can be exempted from restrictions
(GBL, Sec. 34).
New rule
SINGLE BORROWER’S LIMIT
Through Circular No. 799, the Monetary Board declared
that effective July 1, 2013 the rate of interest for the loan Limitations imposed upon banks with respect to its
or forbearance of any money, goods or credits and the rate loan function
allowed in judgments, in the absence of an express
contract as to such rate of interest, shall be 6 percent per 1. GR: Single borrower’s limit – The total amount of loans,
annum (Section 1, Circular 799, Seies of 2013 amending credit accommodations and guarantees that the bank
Section 2 of Circular No. 905, Series of 1982). could grant should at no time exceed 25% of the bank’s
net worth (GBL, Sec 35.1, 2002 Bar).
This means that if the parties fail to state in writing the
interest payable on any of the transactions mentioned, or XPN:
on account of a court judgment involving a related money a. As the Monetary Board may otherwise prescribe for
claim, the imposable interest is 6 percent every year. reasons of national interest
b. Deposits of rural banks with government-owned or
A bank forbidden by Central Bank to do business is controlled financial institutions like LBP, DBP, and
NOT obligated to pay interest on deposit PNB.
A bank lends money, engages in international 2. The total amount of loans, credit accommodations and
transactions, acquires foreclosed mortgaged properties guarantees prescribed in (a) may be increased by an
or their proceeds and generally engages in other banking additional 10% of the net worth of such bank provided
and financing activities in order that it can derive income that additional liabilities are adequately secured by trust
therefrom. Therefore, unless a bank can engage in those receipt, shipping documents, warehouse receipts and
activities from which it can derive income, it is other similar documents which must be fully covered by
inconceivable how it can carry on as a depository an insurance (GBL, Sec. 35.2).
obligated to pay interest on money deposited with it 3. Loans and other credit accommodations secured by
(Fidelity & Savings and Mortgage Bank v. Cenzon, G.R. No.
REM shall not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the
L-46208, April 5, 1990).
real estate security plus 60% of the appraised value of the
insured improvements (GBL, Sec. 37) CM/intangible
GRANT OF LOANS AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS property such as patents, trademarks, etc. shall not exceed
75% of the appraised value of the security (GBL, Sec. 38).
RATIO OF NET WORTH TO TOTAL RISK ASSETS
4. Loans being contractual, the period of payment may be
Net worth subject to stipulation by the parties. In the case of
amortization, the amortization schedule has no fixed
The total of the unimpaired paid-in surplus, retained period as it depends on the project to be financed such
earnings and undivided profit, net of valuation reserves that if it was capable of raising revenues, it should be at
and other adjustments as may be required by the BSP least once a year with a grace period of 3 years if the
(GBL, Sec. 24.2). project to be financed is not that profitable which could
be deferred up to 5 years if the project was not capable of
Risked based capital raising revenues (GBL, Sec. 44).
5. Loans granted to DOSRI:
The minimum ratio prescribed by the Monetary Board
a. Director
which the net worth of a bank must bear to its total risk
b. Officer
assets which may include contingent accounts.
c. Stockholder, having at least 1% ownership over the
bank
NOTE: The Monetary Board may require or suspend
compliance with such ratio whenever necessary for a
Exclusions from the aforesaid loan limitations It does not make the transaction void but only renders the
responsible officers and directors criminally liable.
Non-risk loans, such as: (Republic v. Sandiganbayan, G.R. No. 166859, 169203,
180702, April 12, 2011).
1. Loans secured by obligations of the Bangko Sentral ng
Pilipinas or the Philippine Government Transactions covered by the DOSRI regulation
2. Loans fully guaranteed by the Government
3. Loans covered by assignment of deposits maintained in The transactions covered are loan and credit
the lending bank and held in the Philippines accommodation. Not being a loan, the ceiling will not
4. Loans, credit accommodations and acceptances under apply to lease and sale. However, it should still comply
letters of credit to the extent covered by margin deposits
with the procedural requirement.
5. Other loans or credit accommodations which the MB
may specify as non-risk items. Arms-length rule
Joint and solidary signature (JSS) practice It provides that any dealings of a bank with any of its
DOSRI shall be upon terms not less favorable to the bank
It is a common banking practice requiring as an additional
than those offered to others (GBL, Sec. 36 [2]).
security for a loan granted to a corporation the joint and
solidary signature of a major stockholder or corporate
The bank may terminate the loan and demand
officer of the borrowing corporation (Security Bank v. immediate payment if the borrower used the funds
Cuenca, G.R. No. 138544, October 3, 2000).
for purposes other than that agreed upon
RESTRICTIONS ON BANK EXPOSURE TO DOSRI If the bank finds that the borrower has not employed the
(DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, STOCKHOLDERS AND THEIR
funds borrowed for the purpose agreed upon between the
RELATED INTERESTS)
bank and the borrower, the bank may terminate the loan
and demand immediate payment (Banco de Oro v. Bayuga,
Requirements that must be complied with in case of
G.R. No. L-49568, Oct. 17, 1979).
DOSRI accounts (2002 Bar)
Q: Pio is the president of Western Bank. His wife
1. Procedural requirement - Loan must be approved by the
applied for a loan with the said bank to finance an
majority of all the directors not including the director internet cafe. The loan officer told her that her
concerned. CB approval is not necessary; however, there
application will not be approved because the grant of
is a need to inform them prior to the transaction. Loan
loand to related interests of bank directors, officers,
must be entered in the books of the corporation (GBL, Sec.
and stockholders is prohibited by the General
36).
Banking Law. Explain whether the loan officer is
correct. (2006 Bar)
2. Substantive requirement - Loan must not exceed the
paid in contribution and unencumbered deposits. (Not to A: No. The loan officer should have advised the wife to ask
exceed 15% of the portfolio or 100% of the net worth,
her husband to secure approval of the bank’s Board of
whichever is lower) (GBL, Sec. 36 [4]). Directors for the intended loan and to limit the same in an
amount not to exceed its unencumbered deposits and
In the case of Go v. Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas,G.R. No. book value of its paid in capital contribution in the bank;
178429, October 23, 2009, it was held that the
if the intended loan should exceed the foregoing limit, the
requirements are: (1) Approval requirement which
borrower should have the same secured by a non-risk
means that the DOSRI transaction must be approved by at assets determined by the Monetary Board, unless the loan
least majority of the directors excluding the director shall be in the form of a fringe benefit. (GBL, Sec. 36)
concerned. (2) Reportorial requirement means that the
transaction must be recorder in the books of the bank and A bank officer violates the DOSRI law when he acquires
reported to the BSP. (3) Ceiling requirement which means
bank funds for his personal benefit, even if such
that the amount of the loan shall not exceed the book acquisition was facilitated by a fraudulent loan
valued of the paid-in contribution and the amount of the
application. Directors, officers, stockholders, and their
unencumbered deposits. Three different offenses are
related interests cannot be allowed to interpose the
committed by those who fail to observe the board fraudulent nature of the loan as a defense to escape
approval, reporting and ceiling requirements. culapability or their circumvention of the law. The
prohibition under the law covers loand by a bank director
or officer which are made directly, indirectly, for himself
or as the representative or agent of others. At the same
time, he is liable for estafa through falsification of
INTELLECTUAL
DEFINITION
PROPERTY RIGHTS
Copyright and Related exists over original and derivative intellectual creations in the literary and artistic domain
Rights protected from the moment of their creation
Trademarks and Service any visible sign capable of distinguishing the goods (trademark) or services (service mark)
Marks of an enterprise and shall include a stamped or marked container of goods.
indications which identify a good as originating in the territory of a Member of the
Agreement, or a region or locality in that territory, where a given quality, reputation or
Geographic Indications
other characteristic of the good is essentially attributable to its geographical origin. (Article
22, TRIPS Agreement)
any composition of lines or colors or any three-dimensional form, whether or not
associated with lines or colors, provided that such composition or form gives a special
Industrial Designs
appearance to and can serve as pattern for an industrial product or handicraft. It must be
new or ornamental
any technical solution of a problem in any field of human activity which is new, involves an
Patents inventive step and is industrially applicable. It may be, or may relate to, a product, or
process, or an improvement of any of the foregoing.
is synonymous with 'Topography' and means the three-dimensional disposition, however
expressed, of the elements, at least one of which is an active element, and of some or all of
Layout Designs
the interconnections of an integrated circuit, or such a three-dimensional disposition
prepared for an integrated circuit intended for manufacture
protection of information lawfully held from being disclosed to, acquired by, or used by
others without their consent in a manner contrary to honest commercial practices so long
as such information: (a) is secret in the sense that it is not, as a body or in the precise
configuration and assembly of its components, generally known among or readily
Protection of Undisclosed
accessible to persons within the circles that normally deal with the kind of information in
Information
question; (b) has commercial value because it is secret; and (c) has been subject to
reasonable steps under the circumstances, by the person lawfully in control of the
information, to keep it secret. (Article 39, TRIPS Agreement)
is a plan or process, tool, mechanism or compound known only to its owner and those of
his employees to whom it is necessary to confide it. The definition also extends to: (a) a
secret formula or process not patented, but known only to certain individuals using it in
compounding some article of trade having a commercial value; or (b) any formula, pattern,
Trade Secrets
device, or compilation of information that: (1) is used in one's business; and (2) gives the
employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess the
information. (Air Philippines Corporation vs. Pennwell, Inc., G.R. No. 172835 December 13,
2007)
3. Use by Government– A
government agency or third
person authorized by the
government may exploit
invention even without
agreement of a patent owner
where:
a. Public interest, as
determined by the
appropriate agency of the
government, so requires;
or
b. A judicial or
administrative body has
determined that the
manner of exploitation by
owner of patent is anti-
competitive. (IPC, Sec. 74)
4. Reverse reciprocity of
foreign law– Any condition,
restriction, limitation,
diminution, requirement,
Prescriptive 4 years from time of 4 years from the time the cause 4 years from the time the cause
period for commission of infringement of action arose. of action arose. (IPC, Sec. 226)
filing of an (IPC, Sec.79)
action for
damages due
to
infringement
1. Literal infringement Test – 1. That it is duly registered in A person infringes a right
Resort must be had, in the the Intellectual Property Office protected under this Act when
first instance, to words of 2. The validity of the mark one:
the claim. If the accused 3. The plaintiff’s ownership of (a) Directly commits an
matter clearly falls within the mark infringement;
the claim, infringement is 4. The use of the mark or its (b) Benefits from the
committed. colorable imitation by the infringing activity of
alleged infringer results in another person who
Minor modifications are “likelihood of confusion” commits an infringement if
sufficient to put the item (McDonald’s Corp v. L.C. Big Mak the person benefiting has
beyond literal infringement Burger, Inc., G.R. No. been given notice of the
(Godines v. CA, G.R. No. L- 143993, Aug 18, 2004) infringing activity and has
97343, Sept. 13, 1993). 5. Used without the consent of the right and ability to
2. Doctrine of Equivalents – the owner (Prosource control the activities of the
Tests or There is infringement where International Inc.v. Horphag other person;
elements a device appropriates a Research Management SA G.R. (c) With knowledge of
which will prior invention by No. 180073, November 25, 2009) infringing activity, induces,
establish the incorporating its innovative causes or materially
presence of concept and, although with contributes to the
infringement some modification and infringing conduct of
change, performs another (IPC, as amended
substantially the same by R.A. No. 10372, Sec. 216).
function in substantially the
same way to achieve
substantially the same result
(Ibid.).
3. Economic interest test –
when the process-discoverer’s
economic interest are
compromised, i.e., when others
can import the products that
result from the process, such
an act is said to be prohibited.
1. Civil action for infringement 1. Civil – i.e. preliminary 1. Injunction
– (IPC, Sec 76.3). injunction with damages 2. Damages, including legal
2. Criminal action for 2. Criminal — remedies costs and other expenses, as
infringement available shall also include he may have incurred due
Remedies 3. Administrative remedy the seizure, forfeiture and to the infringement as well
against 4. Destruction of infringing destruction of the as the profits the infringer
infringers material (IPC, Sec.76.5). infringing goods and of any may have made due to such
materials and implements infringement
the predominant use of 3. Impounding during the
which has been in the pendency of the action sales
commission of the offense.
Contracts or agreements involving the transfer of The primary purpose of the patent system is not the
systematic knowledge for the manufacture of a product, reward of the individual but the advancement of the arts
the application of the process, or rendering of a service and sciences. The function of a patent is to add to the sum
including management contracts; and the transfer, of useful knowledge and one of the purposes of the patent
assignment or licensing of all forms of intellectual system is to encourage dissemination of information
property rights, including licensing of computer software concerning discoveries and inventions (Manzano vs. Court
except computer software developed for mass market of Appeals, G.R. No. 113388, September 5, 1997).
(IPC, Sec. 4.2).
The patent law has a threefold purpose: first, patent law
Nature of technology transfer arrangement seeks to foster and reward invention; second, it promotes
disclosures of inventions to stimulate further innovation
Technology transfer arrangement is in the nature of a and to permit the public to practice the invention once the
Voluntary License Contract. It is a contract between an patent expires; and third, the stringent requirements for
intellectual property right owner (licensor) and a second patent protection seek to ensure that ideas in the public
party (licensee), authorizing the latter to commercially domain remain there for the free use of the public. (Pearl
exploit the same intellectual property right under & Dean (Phil.), Incorporated vs. Shoemart, Incorporated,
specified terms and conditions (Salao, 2012). G.R. No. 148222, August 15, 2003)
2. Inventive Step –if, having regard to prior art, it is not N.B. If the disclosure was made by the designer in the
obvious to a person skilled in the art at the time of the filing case of industrial design the period is 6 months. In other
date or priority date of the application claiming the words, the application must be filed within 6 months after
invention. disclosure for it to be non-prejudicial.
3. Industrially Applicable – An invention that can be Burden of proving want of novelty of an invention
produced and used in any industry (IPC, Sec. 27).
The burden of proving want of novelty is on him who
avers it and the burden is a heavy one which is met only
by clear and satisfactory proof which overcomes every
N.B. Only prior art made available to the public before the
filing date or priority date is considered in assessing Industrial Applicability
inventive step (Revised IRR for RA 8293, Rule 206).
An invention that can be produced and used in any
Test of non-obviousness industry meets the industrial application requirement of
patent registrability. This means an invention is not
If any person possessing ordinary skill in the art was able merely theoretical, but also has a practical purpose. If the
to draw the inferences and he constructs that the invention is a product, it should be able to produce a
supposed inventor drew from prior art, then the latter did product and if the invention is a process, it should be able
not really invent. to lay out a process (WIPO, IP Handbook 2nd Edition,
Chapter 2: “Fields of Intellectual Property Protection”
Person skilled in the art Publication No. 489 (E), p. 18.)
Defines the matter for which protection is sought. Each Rights conferred by a patent application after the first
claim shall be clear and concise, and shall be supported by publication
the description. It must point out and distinctly show the
part, improvement, or combination which the applicant The applicant shall have all the rights of a patentee against
regards as his invention. any person who, without his authorization, exercised any
of the rights conferred under Section 71 in relation to the
Abstract invention claimed in the published patent application, as
if a patent had been granted for that invention, provided
A concise summary of the disclosure of the invention as that the said person had:
contained in the description, claims and merely serves as
technical information. 1. Actual knowledge that the invention that he was using
was the subject matter of a published application; or
Unity of invention 2. Received written notice that the invention was the
subject matter of a published application being identified
The application shall relate to one invention only or to a in the said notice by its serial number
group of inventions forming a single general inventive
concept (IPC, Sec. 38.1). If several independent inventions NOTE: That the action may not be filed until after the
which do not form a single general inventive concept are grant of a patent on the published application and within
claimed in one application, the application must be four (4) years from the commission of the acts
restricted to a single invention (IPC, Sec. 38.2). complained of (IPC, Sec. 46).
Divisional applications come into play when two or more A patent shall take effect on the date of the publication of
inventions are claimed in a single application but are of the grant of the patent in the IPO Gazette (IPC, Sec. 50.3).
such a nature that a single patent may not be issued for
them. The applicant, is thus required to “divide”, that is, to
limit the claims to whichever invention he may elect,
whereas those inventions not elected may be made the
subject of separate applications which are called
Any interested party may petition to cancel any patent or Remedies of persons with a right to a patent
any claim or parts of a claim any of the following grounds:
(NDCIS) If a person other than the applicant is declared by final
court order or decision as having the right to a patent, he
1. The invention is Not new or patentable; may within 3 months after such decision has become
final:
2. The patent does not Disclose the invention in a manner 1. Prosecute the application as his own
sufficiently clear and complete for it to be carried out by
2. File a new patent application
any person skilled in the art; or
3. Request the application to be refused; or
3. Contrary to public order or morality (IPC, Sec. 61.1). 4. Seek cancellation of the patent (IPC, Sec. 67.1).
4. Patent is found Invalid in an action for infringement Remedies of the true and actual inventor (1993, 2005
(IPC, Sec. 82); Bar)
5. The patent includes matters outside the Scope of the
disclosure contained in the application (IPC, Sec 21, If a person, who was deprived of the patent without his
Regulations on Inter Partes Proceeding, Sec.1). consent or through fraud is declared by final court order
or decision to be the true and actual inventor, the court
Ground/s for cancellation that relate to some of the shall order for his substitution as patentee, or at the
claims or parts of the claim only option of the true inventor, cancel the patent, and award
actual damages in his favor if warranted by the
Cancellation may be effected to such extent only. (IPC, Sec. circumstances (IPC, Sec. 68).
61.2)
Publication of the court order
Grounds for cancellation of a utility model (QCNO)
In the two circumstances aforementioned, the court shall
1. The invention does not Qualify for registration as a furnish the Office a copy of the order or decision which
utility model shall be published in the IPO Gazette within three (3)
2. That the description and the claims do not Comply with months from the date such order or decision became final
the prescribed requirements and executor, and shall be recorded in the register of the
3. Any drawing which is Necessary for the understanding Office (IPC, Sec. 69).
of the invention has not been furnished Time to file action in court
4. That the Owner of the utility model registration is not
the inventor or his successor in title (IPC, Sec. 109.4). The actions indicated in Sections 67 and 68 shall be filed
within one (1) year from the date of publication made in
Grounds for cancellation of an industrial design accordance with Sections 44 and 51, respectively (IPC,
Sec. 70).
1. The subject matter of the industrial design is not
registrable; Q: Cezar works in a car manufacturing company
2. The subject matter is not new; or owned by Joab. Cezar is quite innovative and loves to
3. The subject matter of the industrial design extends tinker with things. With the materials and parts of the
beyond the content of the application as originally filed car, he was able to invent a gas-saving device that will
(IPC, Sec. 120). enable cars to consume less gas. Francis, a co-worker,
saw how Cezar created the device and likewise, came
Grounds for Cancellation of Layout-Design of up with a similar gadget, also using scrap materials
Integrated Circuits. and spare parts of the company. Thereafter, Francis
filed an application for registration of his device with
1. The layout-design is not protectable; the Bureau of Patents. Eighteen months later, Cezar
2. The right holder is not entitled to protection: filed his application for the registration of his device
3. Where the application for registration of the layout- with the Bureau of Patents.
design, was not filed within two (2) years from its first a. Is the gas-saving device patentable? Explain.
commercial exploitation anywhere in the world.
b. Assuming that it is patentable, who is entitled to
N.B. Where the grounds for cancellation are established the patent? What, if any, is the remedy of the losing
with respect only to a part of the layout-design, only the party? (2005 Bar)
corresponding part of the registration shall be cancelled.
(IPC, Sec. 120.3, IPC, as amended by RA 9150) A:
a. Yes. For the gas saving device to be patentable
invention it must be new; must involve an inventive step;
and must be industrially applicable. In the given case, it
shows that the gas saving device is new and with the
innovativeness of Cezar using certain materials of the car,
b. Where the act is done privately and on a non- (c) In the case of drugs and medicines, there is a
commercial scale or for a non-commercial purpose national emergency or other circumstance of extreme
(IPC, Sec. 72.2). urgency requiring the use of the invention; or
c. Exclusively for experimental use of the invention for (d) In the case of drugs and medicines, there is a public
scientific purposes or educational purposes. (IPC, non-commercial use of the patent by the patentee,
Sec. 72.3). without satisfactory reason; or
d. In the case of drugs and medicines, where the act (e) In the case of drugs and medicines, the demand for
includes testing, using, making or selling the the patented article in the Philippines is not being met to
invention including any data related thereto, solely an adequate extent and on reasonable terms, as
for purposes reasonably related to the development determined by the Secretary of the Department of Health.
and submission of information and issuance of
approvals by government regulatory agencies NOTE: The use by the Government, or third person
required under any law of the Philippines or of authorized by the Government shall be subject, where
another country that regulates the manufacture, applicable, to the following provisions:
construction, use or sale of any product.
(a) In situations of national emergency or other
The data submitted by the original patent holder may circumstances of extreme urgency, the right holder shall
be protected from unfair commercial use provided in be notified as soon as reasonably practicable;
Article 39.3 of the TRIPS Agreement (IPC, Sec. 72.4).
(b) In the case of public non-commercial use of the patent
e. Where the act consists of the preparation for by the patentee, without satisfactory reason, the right
individual cases, in a pharmacy or by a medical holder shall be informed promptly;
professional, of a medicine in accordance with a
medical prescription. (Sec. 72.5, IPC) (c) If the demand for the patented article in the
Philippines is not being met to an adequate extent and on
f. Where the invention is used in any ship, vessel, reasonable terms as determined by the Secretary of
aircraft, or land vehicle of any other country entering Health, the right holder shall be informed promptly;
the territory of the Philippines temporarily or
accidentally: Provided, That such invention is used (d) The scope and duration of such use shall be limited to
exclusively for the needs of the ship, vessel, aircraft, the purpose for which it was authorized;
or land vehicle and not used for the manufacturing of
anything to be sold within the Philippines. (IPC, Sec. (e) Such use shall be non-exclusive;
72.5).
(f) The right holder shall be paid adequate remuneration
in the circumstances of each case, taking into account the
economic value of the authorization; and
Q: X invented a device which, through the use of noise, INDUSTRIAL New or Five (5) years
can recharge a cellphone battery. He applied for and DESIGN Ornamental from the date of
was granted a patent on his device, effective within filing with 2 five
the Philippines. As it turns out, a year before the grant year term
of X's patent, Y, also an inventor, invented a similar renewals upon
device which he used in his cellphone business in
payment of fees
Manila. But X files an injunctive suit against Y to stop
him from using the device on the ground of patent (IPC, Sec. 118.2).
infringement. Will the suit prosper? (2011 Bar)
PATENT INFRINGEMENT
A: No, since Y is a prior user in good faith.
Civil Infringement
Parallel importer
The making, using, offering for sale, selling, or importing
One which imports, distributes, and sells genuine a patented product or a product obtained directly or
products in the market, independently of an exclusive indirectly from a patented process, or the use of a
distributorship or agency agreement with the patented process without the authorization of the
manufacturer. patentee constitutes patent infringement.
Doctrine of exhaustion
Exemption:
Also known as the doctrine of first sale, it provides that the
patent holder has control of the first sale of his invention. a. Parallel importation for patented drugs and medicines;
He has the opportunity to receive the full consideration
for his invention from his sale. Hence, he exhausts his b. In the case of drugs and medicines, where the act
rights in the future control of his invention. includes testing, using, making or selling the invention
including any data related thereto, solely for purposes
It espouses that the patentee who has already sold his reasonably related to the development and submission of
invention and has received all the royalty and information and issuance of approvals by government
consideration for the same will be deemed to have regulatory agencies required under any law of the
released the invention from his monopoly. The invention Philippines or of another country that regulates the
thus becomes open to the use of the purchaser without manufacture, construction, use or sale of any product;
further restriction. (Adams v. Burke, 84 U.S. 17, 1873)
c. Use of Invention by Government;
Application of the doctrine of exhaustion in the
Philippine jurisdiction d. Compulsory licensing;
GR: Patent rights are exhausted by first sale in the e. Procedures on Issuance of a Special Compulsory
Philippines (Domestic exhaustion). License under the TRIPS Agreement for patented drugs
and medicines.
XPN: On drugs and medicines: first sale in any jurisdiction
exhausts the rights of the owner thereof (International Contributory Infringement
exhaustion) (R.A. 9502).
Anyone who actively induces the infringement of a patent
Duration of protection of an invention, utility model or provides the infringer with a component of a patented
and industrial design product or of a product produced because of a patented
process knowing it to be especially adopted for infringing
the patented invention and not suitable for substantial
Literal Infringement - In using literal infringement, 1. Civil action for infringement – The owner may bring a
resort must be had, in the first instance, to the words of civil action with the appropriate Regional Trial Court to
the claim. If accused matter clearly falls within the claim, recover from infringer the damages sustained by the
infringement is made out and that is the end of it. To former, plus attorney’s fees and other litigation
determine whether the particular item falls within the expenses, and to secure an injunction for the
literal meaning of the patent claims, the Court must protection of his rights. (IPC, Sec 76.2) If the damages
juxtapose the claims of the patent and the accused are inadequate or cannot be reasonably ascertained
product within the overall context of the claims and with reasonable certainty, the court may award by way
specifications, to determine whether there is exactly of damages a sum equivalent to reasonable royalty (IPC,
identity of all material elements. (Godines vs. The Sec 76.3).
Honorable Court of Appeals, G.R. No. 97343, September 13, 2. Criminal action for infringement – If the infringement is
1993) repeated, the infringer shall be criminally liable and
upon conviction, shall suffer imprisonment of not less
Doctrine of Equivalents - According to the doctrine of than six (6) months but not more than three (3) years
equivalents, an infringement also occurs when a device and/or a fine not less than P100,000.00 but not more
appropriates a prior invention by incorporating its than P300,000.00
innovative concept and, despite some modification and
change, performs substantially the same function in 3. Administrative remedy – Where the amount of damages
substantially the same way to achieve substantially the claimed is not less than P200,000.00, the patentee may
same result. (Godines vs. The Honorable Court of Appeals, choose to file an administrative action against the
G.R. No. 97343, September 13, 1993) infringer with the Bureau of Legal Affairs (BLA). The
BLA can issue injunctions, order direct infringer to pay
The doctrine of equivalents thus requires satisfaction of patentee damages, but unlike regular courts, the BLA
the function-means- and-result test, the patentee having may not issue search and seizure warrants or warrants
the burden to show that all three components of such of arrest.
equivalency test are met. (Smithkline Beckman
Corporation vs. The Honorable Court of Appeals, G.R. No. 4. Destruction of Infringing material- The court may, in its
126627, August 14, 2003) discretion, order that the infringing goods, materials
and implements predominantly used in the
Q: Does the use of a patented process by a third infringement be disposed of outside the channels of
person constitute an infringement when the alleged commerce of destroyed, without compensation (IPC,
infringer has substituted, in lieu of some unessential Sec.76.5).
part of the patented process, a well-known
mechanical equivalent? Limitations to the civil/criminal action
A: Yes, under the doctrine of mechanical equivalents, the 1. No damages can be recovered for acts of infringement
patentee is protected from colorable invasions of his committed more than four (4) years before the filing of
patent under the guise of substitution of some part of his the action for infringement (IPC, Sec. 79).
invention by some well-known mechanical equivalent. It
DEFENSES IN ACTION FOR INFRINGEMENT 6. Those that obligate the licensee to transfer for free to
the licensor the inventions or improvements that
Defenses in action for infringement (IGNDC) may be obtained through the use of the licensed
technology;
1. Invalidity of the patent (IPC, Sec. 81);
7. Those that require payment of royalties to the
2. Any of the Grounds for cancellation of patents: owners of patents for patents which are not used;
a. That what is claimed as the invention is not New or 8. Those that prohibit the licensee to export the
patentable licensed product unless justified for the protection of
the legitimate interest of the licensor such as exports
b. That the patent does not Disclose the invention in to countries where exclusive licenses to manufacture
a manner sufficiently clear and complete for it to and/or distribute the licensed product(s) have
be carried out by any person skilled in the art; or already been granted;
c. That the patent is Contrary to public order or 9. Those which restrict the use of the technology
morality (IPC, Sec. 61). supplied after the expiration of the technology
transfer arrangement, except in cases of early
3. Prescription termination of the technology transfer arrangement
due to reason(s) attributable to the licensee;
LICENSING
10. Those which require payments for patents and other
Modes of obtaining license to exploit patent rights industrial property rights after their expiration,
1. Voluntary licensing (IPC, Sec. 85) and termination arrangement;
2. Compulsory licensing (IPC, Sec. 93).
11. Those which require that the technology recipient
VOLUNTARY LICENSING shall not contest the validity of any of the patents of
the technology supplier;
The grant by the patent owner to a third person of the
right to exploit a patented invention. 12. Those which restrict the research and development
activities of the licensee designed to absorb and
Rights of a licensor in voluntary licensing adapt the transferred technology to local conditions
or to initiate research and development programs in
In the absence of any provision to the contrary in the connection with new products, processes or
technology transfer arrangement, the grant of a license equipment;
shall not prevent the licensor from granting further
licenses to third person nor from exploiting the subject 13. Those which prevent the licensee from adapting the
matter of the technology transfer arrangement himself imported technology to local conditions, or
(IPC, Sec. 89). introducing innovation to it, as long as it does not
impair the quality standards prescribed by the
Prohibited clauses licensor;
1. Those which impose upon the licensee the obligation 14. Those which exempt the licensor for liability for non-
to acquire from a specific source capital goods, fulfillment of his responsibilities under the
intermediate products, raw materials, and other technology transfer arrangement and/or liability
technologies, or of permanently employing arising from third party suits brought about by the
personnel indicated by the licensor; use of the licensed product or the licensed
technology; and
Effect of non-conformance with the prohibited The Director General of the Intellectual Property Office,
clauses and mandatory provisions upon the written recommendation of the Secretary of the
Department of Health, shall, upon filing of a petition, grant
GR: Non-conformance shall automatically render the a special compulsory license for the importation of
technology transfer arrangement unenforceable. patented drugs and medicines. The special compulsory
license for the importation contemplated under this
XPN: Unless said technology transfer arrangement is provision shall be an additional special alternative
approved and registered with the Documentation, procedure to ensure access to quality affordable
Information and Technology Transfer Bureau under the medicines and shall be primarily for domestic
provisions of Section 91 on exceptional cases (IPC, Sec. consumption: Provided, that adequate remuneration shall
92). be paid to the patent owner either by the exporting or
importing country. The compulsory license shall also
COMPULSORY LICENSING contain a provision directing the grantee the license to
exercise reasonable measures to prevent the re-
Jurisdiction exportation of the products imported under this
provision.
1. The Director of Legal Affairs may grant a license to
exploit a patented invention, even without the The grant of a special compulsory license shall be
agreement of the patent owner, in favor of any immediately executory.
person who has shown his capability to exploit the
invention (IPC, Sec. 93). No court, except the Supreme Court of the Philippines,
2. R.A. 9502 (Universally Accessible Cheaper and Quality shall issue any temporary restraining order or
Medicines Act of 2008) however amended Sec. 93 so preliminary injunction or such other provisional
1. The invention claimed in the second patent involves (a) If the ground for the grant of the compulsory license
an important technical advance of considerable no longer exists and is unlikely to recur;
economic significance in relation to the first patent; (b) If the licensee has neither begun to supply the
2. The owner of the first patent shall be entitled to a domestic market nor made serious preparation therefor;
The licensee may surrender the license by a written Effect of an assignment of a patent
declaration submitted to the Intellectual Property Office.
The assignment works as an estoppel by deed, preventing
NOTE: The Director shall cause the amendment, the assignor from denying the novelty and utility of the
surrender, or cancellation in the Register, notify the patented invention when sued by the assignee for
patentee, and/or the licensee, and cause notice thereof to infringement.
be published in the IPO Gazette. (IPC, Sec. 101.3 and
101.4). Effect if the assignment was not recorded in the IPO
Licensee’s exemption from liability A deed of assignment affecting title shall be void as against
any subsequent purchaser or mortgagee for valuable
Any person who works a patented product, substance consideration and without notice unless, it is so recorded
and/or process under a license granted under this in the Office, within three (3) months from the date of said
Chapter, shall be free from any liability for infringement: instrument, or prior to the subsequent purchase or
Provided however, that in the case of voluntary licensing, mortgage. However, even without recording, the
no collusion with the licensor is proven. This is without instruments are binding upon the parties.
prejudice to the right of the rightful owner of the patent
to recover from the licensor whatever he may have Maintenance of a suit for infringement by a licensee
received as royalties under the license (Sec. 102, IPC).
GR: A licensee may NOT maintain a suit for infringement.
Licensee’s exemption from liability Only the patentees, his heirs, assignee, grantee or
personal representatives may bring an action for
Any person who works a patented product, substance infringement.
and/or process under a license granted under this
Chapter, shall be free from any liability for infringement: XPN: If the licensing agreement provides that the licensee
Provided however, that in the case of voluntary licensing, may bring an action for infringement or if he was
no collusion with the licensor is proven. This is without authorized to do so by the patentee through a special
prejudice to the right of the rightful owner of the patent power of attorney.
to recover from the licensor whatever he may have
received as royalties under the license (IPC, Sec. 102). TRADEMARKS
Q: Birkenstock, applied for various trademark A: E.Y. Industrial is the true owner of the mark. Under the
registrations before the IPO. However, registration Intellectual Property Code, the registration of a mark is
proceedings of the subject applications were prevented with the filing of an earlier application for
suspended in view of an existing registration of the registration. This must not, however, be interpreted to
mark "BIRKENSTOCK AND DEVICE" in the name of mean that ownership should be based upon an earlier
STIIC, predecessor-in-interest of PSEMC. Birkenstock filing date. Notably, the Court has ruled that the prior and
filed a cancellation case on the ground that it is the continuous use of a mark may even overcome the
lawful and rightful owner of the Birkenstock marks. presumptive ownership of the registrant and be held as
However, STIIC/PSEMC’s registration expired, the owner of the mark. Registration, without more, does
thereby resulting in the cancellation of such mark. not confer upon the registrant an absolute right to the
Accordingly, the cancellation case was dismissed for registered mark. The certificate of registration is merely a
being moot and academic. prima facie proof that the registrant is the owner of the
registered mark or trade name. Evidence of prior and
The aforesaid cancellation paved the way for the continuous use of the mark or trade name by another can
publication of the subject applications in the IPO e- overcome the presumptive ownership of the registrant
Gazette. In response, respondent filed three (3) and may very well entitle the former to be declared owner
separate Inter Partes Cases. The BLA-IPO sustained in an appropriate case.
STIIC/PSEMC’s opposition. IPO Director General
reversed and set aside the ruling of the BLA. The CA E.Y. Industrial’s prior adoption and continuous use of the
reversed and set aside the ruling of the IPO Director mark "VESPA" on air compressors is bolstered by
A name or designation may not be used as a trade name if 5. Is Identical with an internationally well-known mark,
by its nature or the use to which such name or designation whether or not it is registered here, used for identical
may be put, it is contrary to public order or morals and if, or similar goods or services
in particular, it is liable to deceive trade circles or the 6. Is Identical with an internationally well-known mark
public as to the nature of the enterprise identified by that which is registered in the Philippines with respect to
name. non-similar goods or services. Provided, that the
interests of the owner of the registered mark are
In particular, any subsequent use of the trade name by a likely to be damaged by such use
third party, whether as a trade name or a mark or
collective mark, or any such use of a similar trade name or 7. Is likely to Mislead the public as to the nature, quality,
mark, likely to mislead the public, shall be deemed characteristics or geographical origin of the goods or
unlawful (Sec. 165, IPC). services
PRIOR USE OF MARK AS A REQUIREMENT 3. Use of mark in connection with one or more of the
goods/services belonging to the class in which the
Prior use of the mark is NOT a requirement for mark is registered.
registration
4. The use of a mark by a company related to the
Actual prior use in commerce in the Philippines has been applicant/registrant.
abolished as a condition for the registration of a
trademark 5. The use of a mark by a person controlled by the
registrant (IPC, Section 152).
Q: S Development Corporation sued Shangrila
Corporation for using the “S” logo and the tradename TEST TO DETERMINE CONFUSING SIMILARITY
“Shangrila.” The former claims that it was the first to BETWEEN MARKS
register the logo and the tradename in the Philippines
and that it had been using the same in its restaurant Two (2) types of confusion
business.
1. Confusion of Goods
Shangrila Corporation counters that it is an affiliate of
an international organization which has been using The ordinarily prudent purchaser would be induced to
such logo and tradename “Shangrila” for over 20 purchase one product in the belief that he was purchasing
years. the other.
Dy, Jr. owns 5M Enterprises. He imports Sunny Boy NOTE: The dominancy test only relies on visual
powdered milk from Australia and repacks the comparisons between two trademarks whereas the
powdered milk into three sizes of plastic packs totality or holistic test relies not only on the visual but also
bearing the name NANNY. Nestle filed before the RTC, on the aural and connotative comparisons and overall
a complaint against Dy, Jr. for infringement. impressions between the two trademarks (Societe Des
Produits Nestl, S.A. v. CA, G.R. No. 112012, Apr. 4, 2001).
Is Dy, Jr. liable for infringement?
Q: N Corporation manufactures rubber shoes under
A: Yes. Among the elements, the element of likelihood of the trademark “Jordann” which hit the Philippine
confusion is the gravamen of trademark infringement. market in 1985, and registered its trademark with the
There are two types of confusion in trademark Bureau of Patents, Trademarks and Technology in
infringement: confusion of goods and confusion of 1990. PK Company also manufactures rubber shoes
business. There are two tests to determine likelihood of with the trademark “Javorski” which it registered
confusion: the dominancy test and holistic test. The with BPTTT in 1978. In 1992, PK Co adopted and
dominancy test focuses on the similarity of the main, copied the design of N Corporation’s “Jordann” rubber
prevalent or essential features of the competing shoes, both as to shape and color, but retained the
trademarks that might cause confusion. Infringement trademark “Javorski” on its products. May PK
takes place when the competing trademark contains the Company be held liable to N Co? Explain. (1996 Bar)
essential features of another.
A: PK Co may be liable for unfairly competing against N
Applying the dominancy test in the present case, the Court Co. By copying the design, shape and color of N
finds that NANNY is confusingly similar to NAN. NAN is Corporation’s “Jordann” rubber shoes and using the same
the prevalent feature of Nestles line of infant powdered in its rubber shoes trademarked “Javorski,” PK is
milk products. It is written in bold letters and used in all obviously trying to pass off its shoes for those of N. It is of
products. The line consists of PRE-NAN, NAN-H.A., NAN-
Principle of related goods Ownership of a mark or trade name may be acquired not
necessarily by registration but by adoption and use in
In resolving whether goods are related, several factors trade or commerce. As between actual use of a mark
come into play: without registration, and registration of the mark without
actual use thereof, the former prevails over the latter. For
a) the business (and its location) to which the goods a rule widely accepted and firmly entrenched, because it
belong; has come down through the years, is that actual use in
b) the class of product to which the goods belong; commerce or business is a pre-requisite to the acquisition
c) the product’s quality, quantity, or size, including the of the right of ownership. By itself, registration is not a
nature of the package, wrapper or container; mode of acquiring ownership (E.Y. Industrial Sales, Inc. v.
d) the nature and cost of the article; Shen Dar Electricity and Machinery Co., Ltd. G.R. No.
e) the descriptive properties, physical attributes or 184850, October 20, 2010).
essential characteristics with reference to their
form, composition, texture or quality; Certificates of Principal Registration does not
f) the purpose of the goods; conclusively establish ownership of the disputed
g) whether the article is bought for immediate trademarks as dominion over trademarks is not acquired
consumption, that is, day- to-day household items; by the fact of registration alone. At best, registration
h) fields of manufacture; merely raises a presumption of ownership that can be
i) the conditions under which the article is usually rebutted by contrary evidence. (Superior Commercial
purchased; and Enterprises Inc. v. Kunnan Enterprises Ltd. And Sports
j) the channels of trade through which the goods flow, Concept & Distributor, Inc. G.R. No. 169974, April 20, 2010)
how they are distributed, marketed, displayed and
sold. (Mighty Corporation vs. E. J. Gallo Winery, G.R. Rule of idem sonans
No. 154342, July 14, 2004)
Two names are said to be "idem sonantes" if the attentive
Goods are related when they belong to the same class or ear finds difficulty in distinguishing them when
have the same descriptive properties; when they possess pronounced (Martin v. State, 541 S.W. 2d 605).
the same physical attributes or essential characteristics
with reference to their form, composition, texture or Applicability of idem sonans rule
quality. They may also be related because they serve the
same purpose or are sold in grocery stores. (Esso Similarity of sound is sufficient to rule that the two marks
Standard Eastern, Inc. vs. The Honorable Court of Appeals; are confusingly similar when applied to merchandise of
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha v. Court of Appeals, G.R. No. the same descriptive properties (Marvex Commercial v.
120900, July 20, 2000) Director of Patent, G.R. No. L-19297, December 22, 1966).
Non-competing goods may be those which, though they Types of confusion that arise from the use of similar
are not in actual competition, are so related to each other or colorable imitation marks
that it might reasonably be assumed that they originate
from one manufacturer. Non-competing goods may also 1. Confusion of goods/product confusion - there is
be those which, being entirely unrelated, could not confusion of goods when the products are competing
reasonably be assumed to have a common source. In the 2. Confusion of business/source or origin confusion - the
former case of related goods, confusion of business could products are non-competing but related enough to
arise out of the use of similar marks; in the latter case of produce confusion of affiliation (McDonald’s Corp. v. L.C.
non-related goods, it could not. (Esso Standard Eastern, Big Mak Burger, Inc., G.R. No. 143993, August 18, 2004).
l) the presence or absence of identical or similar marks Any application referring to several goods or services,
validly registered for or used on identical or similar hereafter referred to as the "initial application," may be
goods or services and owned by persons other than the divided by the applicant into two (2) or more applications,
person claiming that his mark is a well-known mark. hereafter referred to as the "divisional applications," by
distributing among the latter the goods or services
Provided, further, that the mark is well-known both referred to in the initial application. The divisional
internationally and in the Philippines (Sec. 2, Rule 18, A.M. applications shall preserve the filing date of the initial
No. 10-3-10-SC, October 18, 2011). application or the benefit of the right of priority (Sec. 129,
IPC).
Fredco’s use of the mark “Harvard,” for jeans coupled with
its claimed origin in Cambridge, Massa-chusetts, Priority right
obviously suggests a false connection with Harvard
University. Fredco’s registration of the mark “Harvard” An application for registration of a mark filed in the
should not have been allowed because the law prohibits Philippines by a person referred to in Section 3 of the IP
the registration of a mark “which may disparage or falsely Code, and who previously duly filed an application for
suggest a connection with persons, living or dead, registration of the same mark in one of those countries,
institutions, beliefs “Second, the Philippines and the shall be considered as filed as of the day the application
The applicant or the registrant shall file a declaration of Use without consent of the trademark owner of any
actual use (DAU) of the mark with evidence to that effect, reproduction, counterfeit, copy or colorable limitation of
within three (3) years from the filing date of the any registered mark or trade name. Such use is likely to
application. Otherwise, the application shall be refused or cause confusion or mistake or to deceive purchasers or
the mark shall be removed from the Register by the others as to the source or origin of such goods or services,
Director (IPC, Sec. 124.2). or Identity of such business (Esso Standard Eastern v. CA,
supra).
Modern law recognizes that the protection to which the Court which has jurisdiction over violations of
owner of a trademark is entitled is not limited to guarding intellectual property rights
his goods or business from actual market competition
with identical or similar products of the parties, but It is properly lodged with the Regional Trial Court even
extends to all cases in which the use by a junior if the penalty therefore is imprisonment of less than six
appropriator of a trade-mark or trade-name is likely to years, or from 2 to 5 years and a fine ranging from
lead to a confusion of source, as where prospective P50,000 to P200,000.
purchasers would be misled into thinking that the
complaining party has extended his business into the field NOTE: R.A. 8293 and R.A. 166 are special laws conferring
or is in any way connected with the activities of the jurisdiction over violations of intellectual property rights
infringer; or when it forestalls the normal potential to the Regional Trial Court. They should therefore prevail
expansion of his business (Mcdonald’s Corporation v. L & over R.A. No. 7691, which is a general law (Samson v.
C Big Mak Burger, Inc. August 18, 2004). Daway, G.R. No. 160054-55, July 21, 2004).
Remedies of the owner of the trademark against Q: K-9 Corporation, a foreign corporation alleging
infringers itself to be the registered owner of trademark “K-9”
and logo “K”, filed an Inter Partes case with the
1. Civil —filed with the Regional Trial Courts. The owner Intellectual Property Office against Kanin
of the registered mark may ask the court to issue a Corporation for the cancellation of the latter’s mark
preliminary injunction to quickly prevent infringer “K-9” and logo “K.” During the pendency of the case
from causing damage to his business. Furthermore, before the IPO, Kanin Corporation brought suit
the court will require infringer to pay damages to against K-9 Corporation before the RTC for
the owner of the mark provided defendant is shown
Persons guilty of unfair competition Essential Elements of an action for unfair competition
1. Any person, who is selling his goods and gives them the The essential elements of an action for unfair competition
general appearance of goods of another manufacturer or are (1) confusing similarity in the general appearance of
dealer, either as to the goods themselves or in the wrapping the goods, and (2) intent to deceive the public and defraud
of the packages in which they are contained, or the devices a competitor. The confusing similarity may or may not
or words thereon, or in any other feature of their result from similarity in the marks, but may result from
appearance, which would be likely to influence other external factors in the packaging or presentation of
purchasers to believe that the goods offered are those of the goods. The intent to deceive and defraud may be
a manufacturer or dealer, other than the actual inferred from the similarity of the appearance of the
manufacturer or dealer, or who otherwise clothes the goods as offered for sale to the public (McDonalds
goods with such appearance as shall deceive the public and Corporation vs. L. C. Big Mak Burger, Inc., G.R. No. 143993,
defraud another of his legitimate trade, or any subsequent August 18, 2004).
vendor of such goods or any agent of any vendor engaged
in selling such goods with a like purpose; The key elements of unfair competition are deception,
passing off, and fraud upon the publics (Torres vs. Perez,
2. Any person who by any artifice, or device, or who GR No.188225, November 28, 2012).
employs any other means calculated to induce the false
belief that such person is offering the services of another 1. Confusing similarity in the general appearance of the
who has identified such services in the mind of the public; goods; and
3. Any person who shall make any false statement in the NOTE: The confusing similarity may or may not result
course of trade or who shall commit any other act contrary from similarity in the marks, but may result from other
to good faith of a nature calculated to discredit the goods, external factors in the packaging or presentation of the
business or services of another. (IPC, Sec. 168.3) goods.
The law on unfair competition is broader than the law 2. Intent to deceive the public and defraud a competitor.
on trademark infringement
NOTE: The intent to deceive and defraud may be inferred
Trademark infringement is more limited but it recognizes from the similarity in appearance of the goods as offered
a more exclusive right derived from the trademark for sale to the public (McDonald’s Corporation v. L.C. Big
adoption and registration by the person whose goods or Mak Burger, Inc., et al., G.R. No. 143993, Aug. 18, 2004).
business is first associated with it. Hence, even if one fails
to establish his exclusive property right to a trademark, The element of passing off
he may still obtain relief on the ground of his competitor’s
A: No, unfair competition is a transitory or continuing Applicability of Rules on the Issuance of the Search
offense under Section 168 of Republic Act No. 8293. As and Seizure Order in Civil Actions for Infringement
such, petitioner may apply for a search warrant in any
court where any element of the alleged offense was The Rules on the Issuance of the Search and Seizure in
committed, including any of the courts within Metro Civil Actions for Infringement of Intellec-tual Property
Manila and may be validly enforced in Cavite (Sony Rights are not applicable in this case as the search
Computer Entertainment Inc. v. Supergreen Inc. G.R. No. warrants were not applied based thereon, but in
161823, Mar. 22, 2007). anticipation of criminal actions for violation of intellectual
NOTE: Section 2, Rule 10 of the Rules of Procedure on IP property rights under RA 8293. It was established that
Cases (A.M. No. 10-3-10 SC, October 18, 2011) provides respondent had asked the NBI for assistance to conduct
that Special Commercial Courts in Quezon City, Manila, investigation and search warrant implementation for
Makati, and Pasig shall have authority to act on possible apprehension of several drugstore owners
applications for the issuance of search warrants involving selling imitation or counterfeit TOP GEL T.G. & DEVICE OF
violations of the Intellectual Property Code, which search A LEAF papaya whitening soap. What is applicable is Rule
warrants shall be enforceable nationwide. Within their 126 of the Rules of Criminal Procedure. A core requisite
respective territorial jurisdictions, the Special before a warrant shall validly issue is the existence of
Commercial Courts in the judicial regions where the probable cause. The pendency of a similar action for
violation of intellectual property rights occurred shall infringement of trademark and unfair competition against
have concurrent jurisdiction to issue search warrants. the very person who applied for search warrant does not
bar the issuance of the warrant if it is based on probable
Section 168 of Republic Act No. 8293, otherwise known as cause (Century Chinese Medicine Co., et.al. v. People of the
the “Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines” (IP Philippines and Ling Na Lau. G.R. No. 188526, November 11,
Code), provides for the rules and regulations on unfair 2013, in Divina, 2014).
competition. Section 168.2 proceeds to the core of the
provision, describing forthwith who may be found guilty TRADE NAMES OR BUSINESS NAMES
of and subject to an action of unfair competition — that is,
“any person who shall employ deception or any other Any individual name or surname, firm name, device nor
means contrary to good faith by which he shall pass off the word used by manufacturers, industrialists, merchants,
goods manufactured by him or in which he deals, or his and others to identify their businesses, vocations or
business, or services for those of the one having occupants (Converse Rubber Corp. vs. Universal Rubber
established such goodwill, or who shall commit any acts Products, GR No. L-27425, L-30505, April 28, 1980).
calculated to produce said result x x x.” In this case, the
Court finds the element of fraud to be wanting; hence, Limitations on use of trade name or business name
there can be no unfair competition (Shang Properties
Realty Corporation (formerly The Shang Grand Tower A person may not:
Corporation) and Shang Properties, Inc. (formerly EDSA
Properties Holdings, Inc.) v. St. Francis Development 1. Use a name if the word is generic (Lyceum of the
Philippines v. CA, G.R. No. 101897, March 5, 1993)
Corporation, G.R. No. 190706, July 21, 2014).
2. Use any name indicating a geographical locations
(Ang Si Heng vs. Wellington Department Store, supra).
Unfair competition is defined as the passing off (or
3. Use any name or designation contrary to public order
palming off) or attempting to pass off upon the public of
or morals
the goods or business of one person as the goods or
4. Use a name if it is liable to deceive trade circles or the
business of another with the end and probable effect of
public as to the nature of the enterprise identified by
deceiving the public. This takes place where the
that name (IPC, Sec. 165.1).
defendant gives his goods the general appearance of the
5. Subsequently use a trade name likely to mislead the
goods of his competitor with the intention of deceiving
public as a third party (IPC, Sec. 165.2 [b]).
the public that the goods are those of his competitor. Here,
6. Copy or simulate the name of any domestic product
it has been established that Co conspired with the Laus in
(for imported products).
the sale/distribution of counterfeit Greenstone products
A person to be entitled to a copyright must be the original Time when copyright vests
creator of the work. He must have created it by his own
skill, labor and judgment without directly copying or Works are protected from the time of their creation,
evasively imitating the work of another (Kian Chuan vs. irrespective of their mode or form of expression, as well
Hon. Court of Appeals, G.R. No. 130360, August 15, 2001; as of their content, quality and purpose (IPC, Sec. 172.2).
Sambar vs. Levi Strauss & Co., G.R. No. 132604, March 6,
2002). Unprotected Subject Matter
Functional components of useful articles, no matter how Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 172 and 173,
artistically designed, have generally been denied no protection shall extend, under this law, to any idea,
copyright protection unless they are separable from the procedure, system method or operation, concept,
useful article. (Ching vs. Salinas, G.R. No. 161295, June 29, principle, discovery or mere data as such, even if they are
2005). expressed, explained, illustrated or embodied in a work;
news of the day and other miscellaneous facts having the
Only the expression of an idea is protected by copyright, character of mere items of press information; or any
not the idea itself. (Pearl & Dean (Phil.), Incorporated v. official text of a legislative, administrative or legal nature,
Shoemart, Incorporated, G.R. No. 148222, August 15, 2003) as well as any official translation thereof (IPC, Sec. 175).
While works of applied art, original intellectual, literary Copyright and Material Object
and artistic works are copyrightable, useful articles and
works of industrial design are not. A useful article may be The copyright is distinct from the property in the material
copyrightable only if and only to the extent that such object subject to it. Consequently, the transfer,
design incorporates pictorial, graphic, and sculptural assignment or licensing of the copyright shall not itself
features that can be identified separately from and are constitute a transfer of the material object. Nor shall a
capable of existing independently of the utilitarian transfer or assignment of the sole copy or of one or
aspects of the article. (Ching vs. Salinas, G.R. No. 161295, several copies of the work imply transfer, assignment or
June 29, 2005). licensing of the copyright (IPC, as amended by R.A. 10372,
Sec. 181).
Q: What intellectual property rights are protected by
the copyright? (1995 Bar) COPYRIGHTABLE WORKS
(1995, 1997, 1998, 2007, 2008 Bar)
A: Copyright protects copyright or economic rights which
consist of the exclusive right to carry out, authorize, or 1. Literary and Artistic Works
prevent the following: (BOLD-MAN-GAS-PAP-CO)
a) reproduction of the work or substantial portion of the a. Books, pamphlets, articles and other writings
work; b. Lectures, sermons, addresses, dissertations
prepared for Oral delivery, whether or not reduced in
b) dramatization, translation, adaptation, bridgment, writing or other material form
arrangement or other transformation of the work; c.Letters
d.Dramatic, choreographic works
c) the first public distribution of the original and each e.Musical compositions
copy of the work by sale or other forms of transfer of f. Works of Art
ownership; g. Periodicals and Newspapers
h. Works relative to Geography, topography,
d) rental of the original or a copy of an audiovisual or architecture or science
cinematographic work, a work embodied in a sound i. Works of Applied art
b. Collections of literary, scholarly, or artistic works and 2. News of the day and other items of press information
compilations of data and other materials which are 3. Any Official text of a legislative, administrative or legal
original by reason of the selection or coordination or nature, as well as any official translation thereof
arrangement of their contents (IPC, Sec. 173).
4. Pleadings
NOTE: Derivative works shall be protected as new works, 5. Decisions of courts and tribunals – this refers to original
provided that such new work shall not affect the force of decisions and not to annotated decisions such as the SCRA
any subsisting copyright upon the original works or SCAD as these already fall under the classification of
employed or any part thereof, or be construed to imply derivative works, hence copyrightable
any right to such use of the original works, or to secure or
extend copyright in such original works (IPC, Sec. 173.2). 6. Any work of the Government of the Philippines
GR: Conditions imposed prior the approval of the
Q: P&D was granted a copyright on the technical
government agency or office wherein the work is created
drawings of light boxes as "advertising display units".
shall be necessary for exploitation of such work for profit.
SMI, however, manufactured similar or identical to Such agency or office, may, among other things, impose as
the light box illustrated in the technical drawings
condition the payment of royalties.
copyrighted by P&D for leasing out to different
advertisers. Was this an infringement of P&D’s XPN: No prior approval or conditions shall be required for
copyright over the technical drawings? the use of any purpose of statutes, rules and regulations,
and speeches, lectures, sermons, addresses, and
A: No. P&D’s copyright protection extended only to the dissertations, pronounced, read, or rendered in courts of
technical drawings and not to the light box itself. The light justice, before administration agencies, in deliberative
box was not a literary or artistic piece which could be assemblies and in meetings of public character (IPC, Sec.
copyrighted under the copyright law. If SMI reprinted 176).
P&D’s technical drawings for sale to the public without
license from P&D, then no doubt they would have been 7. TV programs, format of TV programs (Joaquin v. Drilon,
guilty of copyright infringement. Only the expression of an G.R. No. 108946, Jan. 28, 1999)
idea is protected by copyright, not the idea itself. If what 8. Systems of bookkeeping; and
P&D sought was exclusivity over the light boxes, it should
have instead procured a patent over the light boxes itself 9. Statutes.
(Pearl and Dean Inc. v. Shoe Mart Inc., GR No. 148222,
August 15, 2003). Q: BJ Productions, Inc. (BJPI) is the holder/grantee of
a copyright of “Rhoda and Me”, a dating game show
Q: Juan Xavier wrote and published a story similar to aired from 1970 to 1977. Subsequently, however,
an unpublished copyrighted story of Manoling RPN aired the game show “It’s a Date”, which was
Santiago. It was, however, conclusively proven that produced by IXL Productions, Inc. (IXL). As such, an
Juan Xavier was not aware that the story of Manoling information for copyright infringement was filed
Santiago was protected by copyright. Manoling against RPN. The DOJ Secretary directed the
Santiago sued Juan Xavier for infringement of prosecutor to dismiss the case for lack of probable
copyright. Is Juan Xavier liable? (1998 Bar) cause. Was the decision of the DOJ Secretary correct?
A: Yes. Juan Xavier is liable for infringement of copyright. A: Yes. The format of a show is not copyrightable. The
It is not necessary that Juan Xavier is aware that the story copyright law enumerates the classes of work entitled to
of Manoling Santiago was protected by copyright. The copyright protection. The format or mechanics of a
work of Manoling Santiago is protected from the time of television show is not included in the list of protected
its creation (Habana v. Robles, G.R. No. 131522, July 19, works. For this reason, the protection afforded by the law
1999). cannot be extended to cover them. Copyright, in the strict
sense of the term, is purely a statutory right. It is a new or
NOTE: There will still be originality sufficient to warrant independent right granted by the statute, and not simply
copyright protection if “the author, through his skill and a pre-existing right regulated by the statute. Being a
An author cannot be compelled to perform his contract to GR: Moral rights can be waived in writing, expressly so
create a work or for the publication of his work already in stating such waiver.
existence. However, he may be held liable for damages for
breach of such contract (IPC, Sec. 195). XPN: Even in writing, waiver is not valid if:
1. Use the name of the author, title of his work, or his
Q: X, an amateur astronomer, stumbled upon what reputation with respect to any version/adaptation of his
appeared to be a massive volcanic eruption in Jupiter work, which because of alterations, substantially tend to
while peering at the planet through his telescope. The injure literary/artistic reputation of another author
following week, X, without notes, presented a lecture on 2. Use name of author in a work that he did not create
his findings before the Association of Astronomers of the
Philippines. To his dismay, he later read an article in a Neighboring rights
science journal written by Y, a professional astronomer,
repeating exactly what X discovered without any 1. Performers rights
attribution to him. Has Y infringed on X's copyright, if any? 2. Producers of sound recordings
(2011 Bar) 3. Broadcasting organizations
A: No, since no protection extends to any discovery, even Scope of a performer’s rights
if expressed, explained, illustrated, or embodied in a
work. Performers shall enjoy the following exclusive rights:
3. The right of authorizing the first public distribution of 3. The right to authorize the commercial rental to the
the original and copies of their performance fixed in public of the original and copies of their sound recordings,
sound recordings or audiovisual works or fixations even after distribution by them by or pursuant to
through sale or rental of other forms of transfer of authorization by the producer; and
ownership;
4. The right to authorize the making available to the public
4. The right of authorizing the commercial rental to the of their sound recordings in such a way that members of
public of the original and copies of their performances the public may access the sound recording from a place
fixed in sound recordings or audiovisual works or and at a time individually chosen or selected by them, as
fixations, even after distribution of them by, or pursuant well as other transmissions of a sound recording with like
to the authorization by the performer; and effect (IPC, Sec. 208, IPC, as amended by R.A. No. 10372).
5. The right of authorizing the making available to the NOTE: Fair use and limitations to copyrights shall apply
public of their performances fixed in sound recordings or mutatis mutandis to performers (IPC, Sec. 210).
audiovisual works or fixations, by wire or wireless means,
in such a way that members of the public may access them Scope of the rights of broadcasting organizations
from a place and time individually chosen by them. (IPC as
amended by R.A. No. 10372, Sec. 203). Broadcasting organizations shall enjoy the exclusive right
to carry out, authorize or prevent any of the following
Moral rights of performers acts:
The performer, shall, as regards his live aural 1. The rebroadcasting of their broadcasts;
performances or performances fixed in sound recordings,
have the right to claim to be identified as the performer of 2. The recording in any manner, including the making of
his performances, except where the omission is dictated films or the use of video tape, of their broadcasts for the
by the manner of the use of the performance, and to object purpose of communication to the public of television
to any distortion, mutilation or other modification of his broadcasts of the same;
performances that would be prejudicial to his reputation
(IPC, Sec. 204). 3. The use of such records for fresh transmissions or for
Loss of performer’s rights fresh recording (IPC, Sec. 211).
Once the performer has authorized the broadcasting or NOTE: Broadcasting is the transmission by wireless
fixation of his performance, his performer’s rights means for the public reception of sounds or of images or
provided for in Section 203 shall have no further of representations thereof; such transmission by satellite
application (IPC, Sec 205). is also broadcasting where the means for decrypting are
provided to the public by the broadcasting organization
NOTE: Fair use and limitations to copyrights shall apply or with its consent. Rebroadcasting under the 1961 Rome
mutatis mutandis to performers (Ibid.). Convention is the simultaneous broadcasting by one
broadcasting organization of the broadcast of another
Additional remuneration for subsequent broadcasting organization. While the Rome Convention
communications or broadcasts gives broadcasting organizations the right to authorize or
prohibit the rebroadcasting of its broadcast, however, this
The performer shall be entitled to an additional protection does not extend to cable retransmission (ABS-
remuneration equivalent to at least 5% of the original CBN Broadcasting Corporation vs. Philippine Multimedia
compensation he received for the first communication or System, Inc., G.R. Nos. 175769-70, January 19, 2009).
broadcast in every communication to the public or
broadcast of a performance subsequent to the first Applicability of rights
communication or broadcast, unless otherwise provided
in the contract (IPC, Sec. 206). The provisions of Chapter VIII shall apply mutatis
mutandis to the rights of performers, producers of sound
Scope of the rights of producers on sound recordings recordings and broadcasting organizations:
1. Exclusive use of a natural person for own personal
Producers of sound recordings shall enjoy the following purposes;
exclusive rights:
2. Short excerpts for reporting current events;
1. The right to authorize the direct or indirect
reproduction of their sound recordings, in any manner or
A:
1. For works
a. Works of authors who are nationals of, or have
their habitual residence in, the Philippines;
b. Audio-visual works the producer of which has his
headquarters or habitual residence in the
Philippines;
c. Works of architecture erected in the Philippines or
other artistic works incorporated in a building or
other structure located in the Philippines;
d. Works first published in the Philippines; and
e. Works first published in another country but also
published in the Philippines within thirty days,
irrespective of the nationality or residence of the
authors (IPC, Sec. 221).
2. For performers
a. Performers who are nationals of the Philippines;
b. Performers who are not nationals of the
Philippines but whose performances:
i. Take place in the Philippines; or
ii. Are incorporated in sound recordings that are
protected under IPC; or
iii. Which has not been fixed in sound recording
but are carried by broadcast qualifying for
protection under IPC (IPC, Sec. 222)
3. Of sound recordings
a. Sound recordings the producers of which are
nationals of the Philippines; and
b. Sound recordings that were first published in the
Philippines (IPC, Sec. 223).
4. For broadcasts
a. Broadcasts of broadcasting organizations the
headquarters of which are situated in the
Philippines; and
b. Broadcasts transmitted from transmitters situated
in the Philippines (IPC, Sec. 224)
NOTE: If work of joint authorship consists of parts that can be used separately,
then the author of each part shall be the original owner of the copyright in the
part that he has created (IPC, Sec. 178.2).
AUDIOVISUAL WORK GR: Producer, the author of the scenario, the composer of the music, the film
director, and the author of the work so adapted
ANONYMOUS AND The publishers shall be deemed to represent the authors of articles and other
PSEUDONYMOUS WORKS writings published without the names of the authors or under pseudonyms,
unless the contrary appears, or the pseudonyms or adopted name leaves no doubt
as to the author's identity, or if the author of the anonymous works discloses his
identity (IPC, Sec. 179).
COMMISSIONED WORK The person who commissioned the work shall own the work but the copyright
thereto shall remain with the creator, unless there is a written stipulation to the
contrary (IPC, Sec. 178.4).
COLLECTIVE WORKS When an author contributes to a collective work, his right to have his contribution
attributed to him is deemed waived unless he expressly reserves it. (IPC, Sec. 196).
IN THE COURSE OF The employee, if not a part of his regular duties even if the employee uses the
EMPLOYMENT time, facilities and materials of the employer.
The employer, if the work is the result of the performance of his regularly-
assigned duties, unless there is an agreement, express or implied, to the contrary.
(IPC, Sec. 178.3).
LETTERS In respect of letters, the copyright shall belong to the writer subject to the
provisions of Article 723 of the Civil Code. (IPC, Sec. 178.6).
Article 723. Letters and other private communications in writing are owned by
the person to whom they are addressed and delivered, but they cannot be
published or disseminated without the consent of the writer or his heirs.
However, the court may authorize their publication or dissemination if the public
good or the interest of justice so requires.
1. Injunction NOTE: The copyright owner may elect, at any time before
2. Damages, including legal costs and other expenses, final judgment is rendered, to recover instead of actual
as he may have incurred due to the infringement as damages and profits, an award of statutory damages for
well as the profits the infringer may have made due all infringements involved in an action in a sum equivalent
to such infringement to the filing fee of the infringement action but not less than
3. Impounding during the pendency of the action sales Fifty thousand pesos (Php50,000.00) (IPC, Sec. 216.1, as
invoices and other documents evidencing sales amended by R.A. No. 10372).
4. Destruction without any compensation all infringing
copies Factors to be considered by the court in awarding
5. Moral and Exemplary damages (IPC, Sec. 216.1); or statutory damages
6. Seizure and impounding of any article, which may
serve as evidence in the court proceedings. (IPC, Sec. 1. the nature and purpose of the infringing act;
216.2) 2. the flagrancy of the infringement;
3. Whether the defendant acted in bad faith;
Double damages 4. the need for deterrence;
5. Any loss that the plaintiff has suffered or is likely to
The amount of damages to be awarded shall be doubled suffer by reason of the infringement; and
against any person who: 6. Any benefit shown to have accrued to the defendant
(i) Circumvents effective technological measures; or by reason of the infringement
(ii) Having reasonable grounds to know that it will induce,
enable, facilitate or conceal the infringement, remove or Copying is demonstrated by:
alter any electronic rights management information from
a copy of a work, sound recording, or fixation of a 1. Direct Evidence
performance, or distribute, import for distribution, 2. By circumstantial evidence of access and substantial
broadcast, or communicate to the public works or copies inquiry (most common test) (Amador, 2007)
of works without authority, knowing that electronic
rights management information has been removed or NOTE: ACCESS- having reasonable opportunity to view or
altered without authority (IPC, as amended by R.A. No. hear the plaintiff’s work. THRESHOLD INQUIRY: whether
10372, Sec. 216.1). there is reasonable opportunity to copy
2. Imprisonment of three (3) years and one (1) day to six Reproduction of copyrighted material for personal
(6) years plus a fine ranging from One hundred fifty purposes is not punishable by RA 10372
thousand pesos to Five hundred thousand (P500,000) for
the second offense. Infringement in this context refers to the economic rights
of the copyright owner. Transferring music from a
3. Imprisonment of six (6) years and one day to nine (9) lawfully acquired CD into a computer, then downloading
years plus a fine ranging from Five hundred thousand it to a portable device for personal use, is not
pesos (P500,000) to P1,500,000 for the third offense. infringement. But if, multiple copies of the CD were
reproduced for sale, then infringement occurs (Ibid).
4. In all cases, subsidiary imprisonment in cases of
insolvency (IPC, See Sec. 217). Possession of a music file procured through an
infringing activity is a violation of the law
Determination of penalty
The possession of a music file procured through an
In determining the number of years of imprisonment and infringing activity is a violation of the law only if it can be
the amount of fine, the court shall consider the value of proven that the person benefitting from the music file has
the infringing materials that the defendant has produced knowledge of the infringement, and the power and ability
or manufactured and the damage that the copyright to control the person committing the infringement (Ibid).
owner has suffered by reason of the infringement:
Provided, that the respective maximum penalty stated in Liability of mall owners for the infringement
Section 217.1. (a), (b) and (c) herein for the first, second, activities of their tenants
third and subsequent offense, shall be imposed when the
infringement is committed by: Mall owners are not automatically penalized for the
(a) the circumvention of effective technological infringing acts of their tenants. When a mall owner or
measures; lessor finds out about an infringement activity, he or she
(b) the removal or alteration of any electronic rights must give notice to the tenant, then he or she will be
management information from a copy of a work, afforded time to act upon this knowledge. The law
sound recording, or fixation of a performance, by a requires that one must have both proven knowledge of
person, knowingly and without authority; or the infringement, and the ability to control the activities
(c) the distribution, importation for distribution, of the infringing person, to be held liable. The mall owner
broadcast, or communication to the public of works must also have benefitted from the infringement (Ibid).
or copies of works, by a person without authority,
knowing that electronic rights management Other beneficial provisions brought by RA 10372
information has been removed or altered without
authority. (IPC, Sec. 217.2, as amended by R.A. No. 1. Grant of enforcement powers to IPOPHL (Sec. 2)
10372).
The law grants visitorial powers to IPOPHL and allows it
Affidavit evidence to undertake enforcement functions with the support of
concerned agencies such as PNP, NBI, BOC, OMB and
An affidavit made before the notary public in actions for LGUs. IPOPHL itself will not be conducting raids or
infringement, reciting the facts required to be stated seizures but will be coordinating with the said agencies.
under the (IPC, Sec. 216.1). However, as IP rights remain to be private rights, there
must be a complaint from the IP right owner. So, if an
NOTE: As a prima facie proof, the affidavit shifts the author sees pirated copies of his book in a certain store,
burden of proof to the defendant, to prove the ownership he may notify IPOPHL. IPOPHL can now initiate together
of the copyrighted work. with any of the said agencies to address the problem.
Q: Due to the amendment of the IP Code under RA 2. Establishment of the Bureau of Copyright and other
10372 APPROVED ON FEBRUARY 28, 2013, deleting related rights (Secs. 1 and 3)
the provision entitling importation in the Philippines
of up to three (3) copies of copyrighted works in a At present there is no entity performing the more
personal baggage, can one still be allowed to import substantial function of policy formulation, rule making,
books, DVDs, and CDs from abroad? adjudication, research and education, which is envisioned
to be handled by the Bureau of Copyright. Although a
A: Yes. In fact, the amendments to the Intellectual Copyright Division exists in the National Library, the
Property Code have removed the original limitation of function of such office is merely to accept deposits of
three copies when bringing legitimately acquired copies copyrighted works. The Copyright Bureau is dedicated to
of copyrighted material into the country. Only the serving the needs of the copyright-based industries and
importation of pirated or infringed material is illegal. As stakeholders could give more focus and rally more
long as they were legally purchased, you can bring as resources and support for the creative industry, which is
This provision would give a special fair use exemption for Special Commercial Courts in the National Capital
the non-commercial reproduction of works for use by Judicial Region with authority to issue writs of search
visually-impaired persons. Before this amendment, and seizure enforceable nationwide.
hundreds of thousands of blind Filipinos could not buy
Braille works at cheap prices because copyright Special Commercial Courts in Quezon City, Manila,
protection operates. Now with this amendment, blind and Makati, and Pasig shall have authority to act on
visually impaired Filipinos can have easier access to applications for the issuance of writs of search and
copyrighted works in Braille. seizure in civil actions for violations of the Intellectual
Property Code, which writs shall be enforceable
6. Formulation of IP Policies within universities and nationwide. The issuance of these writs shall be governed
colleges (Sec. 27) by the rules prescribed in Re: Proposed Rule on Search
and Seizure in Civil Actions for Infringement of
This will ensure that the rights of the academic Intellectual Property Rights (A.M. No. 02-1-06-SC, which
community (professors, researchers, students) over their took effect on February 15, 2002). Within their respective
literary, scholarly and artistic works are clearly territorial jurisdictions, the Special Commercial Courts in
delineated and respected. With an IP Policy in existence, the judicial regions where the violation of intellectual
these sectors within the academe will have a clear property rights occurred shall have concurrent
delineation of their respective rights and benefits, thus, jurisdiction to issue writs of search and seizure (Rule 2,
avoiding disputes and costly litigation within their ranks Sec. 2).
which would be detrimental to education, research and
development (http://www.ipophil.gov.ph/index.php/20-
what-s-new/135-fact-sheet-on-ip-code-amendments).
The failure of the plaintiff to submit a pre-trial brief within Disposition of goods seized pursuant to search
the specified period or to appear in the pre-trial shall be a warrant
cause for the dismissal of the complaint with prejudice,
unless otherwise ordered by the court. The defendant If a criminal action has been instituted, only the trial court
who submits a pre-trial brief and who appears during the shall rule on a motion to quash a search warrant or to
pre-trial shall be entitled to a judgment on the suppress evidence obtained thereby or to release seized
counterclaim unless the court requires evidence ex parte goods.
for a judgment. Any cross-claim shall be dismissed.
If no criminal action has been instituted, the motion to In cases of patent infringement, trademark infringement,
quash a search warrant or to suppress evidence obtained and copyright infringement, fraudulent intent on the part
thereby or to release seized goods may be filed in and of the defendant or the accused need not be established.
resolved by the issuing court. If pending resolution of the Good faith is not a defense unless the defendant or the
motion, a criminal case is meanwhile filed in another accused claims to be a prior user under Sections 73 and
court, the incident shall be transferred to and resolved by 159 of the Intellectual Property Code or when damages
the latter court. may be recovered under Sections 76, 156, and 216 of the
Code. (Rule 16, Sec. 1)
Upon motion of the party whose goods have been seized,
with notice to the applicant, the issuing court may quash EVIDENCE IN PATENT CASES
the search warrant and order the return of the seized
goods if no criminal complaint is filed within sixty (60) Burden of proof in patent infringement
days from the issuance of the search warrant.
a) The burden of proof to substantiate a charge for
If no criminal action is filed before the office of the patent infringement rests on the party alleging the
prosecutor and no motion for the return of the seized same, subject, however, to sub-Section b) below, and
goods is filed within sixty (60) days from the issuance of other applicable laws.
the search warrant, the issuing court shall require the
parties, including the private complainant, if any, to show b) If the subject matter of a patent is a process for
cause why the search warrant should not be quashed obtaining a product, any identical product is
(Rule 11, Sec.4). presumed to have been obtained through the use of
the patented process if:
Prohibited motions
(i) the product is new; or
a) Motion to quash the information, except on the
ground of lack of jurisdiction; (ii) there is substantial likelihood that the
identical product was made by the process and
b) Motion for extension of time to file affidavits or any the owner of the patent has been unable,
other papers; and despite reasonable efforts, to determine the
c) Motion for postponement intended for delay (Rule process actually used. In such cases, the court
11, Sec. 5). shall then order the defendant or alleged
infringer to prove that the process to obtain
Arraignment the identical product is different from the
patented process, subject to the court’s
The arraignment shall be conducted in accordance with adoption of measures to protect, as far as
Rule 116 of the Rules of Court. If the accused is in custody practicable, said defendant or alleged
for the crime charged, he shall be immediately arraigned. infringer’s manufacturing and business
If the accused enters a plea of guilty, he shall forthwith be secrets. (Rule 17, Sec. 1)
sentenced. After arraignment, the court shall immediately
schedule the case for pre-trial. (Rule 13, Sec. 1) Patents issued presumed valid
xxx
SPECIAL LAWS
OVERVIEW OF THE RECENT AMENDMENTS AS INTRODUCED BY RA 10365 TO AMLA OF 2001 (RA 9160)
WHEN IS MONEY Money laundering is a crime whereby the Money laundering is committed by any person
LAUNDERING proceeds of an unlawful activity, as herein who, knowing that any monetary instrument or
COMMITTED defined, are transacted thereby making them property represents, involves, or relates to the
(DEFINITION OF appear to have originated from legitimate proceeds of any unlawful activity:
MONEY sources. It is committed by the following:
LAUNDERING) (a) transacts said monetary instrument or
(a) Any person knowing that any monetary property;
instrument or property represents, involves, or
relates to, the proceeds of any unlawful activity, (b) converts, transfers, disposes of, moves,
transacts or attempts to transact said monetary acquires, possesses or uses said monetary
instrument or property. instrument or property;
(1) Kidnapping for ransom under Article 267 of (1) Kidnapping for ransom under Article 267 of
Act No. 3815, otherwise known as the Revised Act No. 3815, otherwise known as the Revised
Penal Code, as amended; Penal Code, as amended;
(4) Plunder under Republic Act No. 7080, as (4) Plunder under Republic Act No. 7080, as
amended; amended;
(14) Felonies or offenses of a similar nature that (15) Bribery under Articles 210, 211 and 211-A
is punishable under the penal laws of other of the Revised Penal Code, as amended, and
countries." Corruption of Public Officers under Article 212
of the Revised Penal Code, as amended;
(1) to require and receive covered or suspicious (1) (Same; not amended.)
transaction reports from covered institutions;
(2) (Same; not amended.)
(2) to issue orders addressed to the appropriate (3) (Same; not amended.)
Supervising Authority or the covered
institutions to determine the true identity of the
Safe Harbor Provision requires no previous conviction for the unlawful activity
(RA 9160, as amended by RA 10365, Sec. 4).
No administrative, criminal or civil proceedings, shall lie
against any person for having made a COVERED Jurisdiction for violations of AMLA
transaction report or a SUSPICIOUS transaction report in
the regular performance of his duties and in good faith, 1. RTC – all cases on money laundering
whether or not such reporting results in any criminal 2. Sandiganbayan – Those committed by public officers
prosecution under this Act or any other Philippine law. and private persons in conspiracy with them. (R.A. 9160,
as amended by RA 10167, Sec. 5)
The report to AMLC will not violate the law on Secrecy
of Bank Deposits, Foreign Currency Deposit Act and Party entitled to file freeze order
General Banking Law
The AMLC, through the OSG, may file an ex-parte verified
The report to AMLC will not violate the law on Secrecy of petition for freeze order on any monetary instrument,
Bank Deposits, Foreign Currency Deposit Act and General property or proceeds relating to or involving an unlawful
Banking Law but it cannot otherwise communicate to any activity.
person or media, fact of report of covered transaction or
contents of the said report nor can the fact of reporting be Jurisdiction to issue a freeze order
published or aired in mass media, electronic mail or
similar devices (RA 9160 as amended by RA 10167, Sec. It is solely the CA which has the authority to issue a freeze
11). order upon application ex parte by the AMLC and after
determination that probable cause exists. It also has the
Q: Alvin is jobless but is reputed to be a jueteng exclusive jurisdiction to extend existing freeze orders
operator. He has never been charged or convicted of previously issued by the AMLC vis-à-vis accounts and
any crime. He maintains several bank accounts deposits related to money-laundering activities. (Republic
amounting to P100 Million. AMLC charged Alvin with v. Cabrini Green & Ramos, G.R. No. 154522, May 5, 2006)
violation of the Anti-Money Laundering Law. Can
Alvin move to dismiss the case on the ground that he Probable cause under AMLA
has no criminal record?
Probable cause includes such facts and circumstances
A:No. The contention of Alvin is not tenable because which would lead a reasonably discreet, prudent or
under AMLA, "money laundering crime" committed when cautious man to believe that an unlawful activity and/or a
the proceeds of an "unlawful activity," like jueteng money laundering offense is about to be, is being or has
operations, are made to appear as having originated from been committed and that the account or any monetary
legitimate sources. Money laundering crime is separate instrument or property subject thereof sought to be
from the unlawful activity of being a jueteng operator, and frozen is in any way related to said unlawful activity
Period of effectivity of freeze orders The Anti-Money Laundering Council cannot order Banco
de Plata to hold all withdrawals and other transactions
Freeze orders shall be effective for period not exceeding involving the accounts of Congressman Abner. It is the
6 months depending upon the circumstances (RA 9160 as Court of Appeals which has the power to issue a freeze
amended by RA 10365, Sec. 10). order over the accounts upon petition of the Anti-Money
Laundering Council (AMLA; Republic v. Cabrini Green Ross,
Related accounts G.R. No. 154522, May 5, 2006).
Those accounts, funds and sources of which originated Q: Rudy is jobless but is reputed to be a jueteng
from and/or are materially linked to the monetary operator. He has never been charged or convicted of
instrument or property subject of the freeze order. any crime. He maintains several bank accounts and
has purchased 5 houses and lots for his children from
Instances when the Anti-Money Laundering Council the Luansing Realty I Inc. Since he does not have any
(AMLC) may inquire into bank deposits
visible job, the company reported his purchases to the
GR: Only upon order of any competent court in cases of Anti-Money Laundering Council (AMLC). Thereafter,
AMLC charged him with violation of the Anti-Money
violation of R.A. 9160, as amended.
Laundering Law. Upon request of the AMLC, the bank
disclosed to it Rudy's bank deposits amounting to
XPNs:No need of court order in cases of (KHDAM)
P100 Million. Subsequently, he was charged in court
1. Kidnapping,
for violation of the Anti-Money Laundering Law.
2. Hijacking,
3. Drugs- violation of Dangerous Drugs Act, a. Can Rudy move to dismiss the case on the ground
4. Arson, that he has no criminal record?
5. Murder. (Sec. 11 R.A. 9160, as amended)
b. To raise funds for his defense, Rudy sold the
From his first term in 2007, Congressman Abner has houses and lots to a friend. Can Luansing Realty, Inc.
been endorsing his pork barrel allocations to Twin be compelled to transfer to the buyer ownership of
Rivers in exchange for a commission of 40% of the the houses and lots?
face value of the allocation. Twin Rivers is a non- c. In disclosing Rudy's bank accounts to the AMLC,
governmental organization whose supporting did the bank violate any law?
papers, after audit, were found by the Commission on
Audit to be fictitious. Other than to prepare and d. Supposing the titles of the houses and lots are in
submit falsified papers to support the encashment of possession of the Luansing Realty Inc., is it under
the pork barrel checks, Twin Rivers does not appear obligation to deliver the titles to Rudy? (2006 Bar)
to have done anything on the endorsed projects and
Congressman Abner likewise does not appear to have A:
bothered to monitor the progress of the projects he a) No. The contention of Rudy is not tenable because
endorsed. The congressman converted most of the under AMLA, "money laundering crime" committed
commissions he generated into US dollars, and when the proceeds of an "unlawful activity," like
deposited these in a foreign currency account with jueteng operations, are made to appear as having
Banco de Plata (BDP). Based on amply-supported tips originated from legitimate sources. Money laundering
given by a congressman from another political party, crime is separate from the unlawful activity of being a
the Anti-Money Laundering Council sent BDP an jueteng operator, and requires no previous conviction
order: for the unlawful activity. (AMLA, Sec. 3)
(1) to confirm Cong. Abner's deposits with the bank b) Yes. Rudy is still the owner of the house and lot in
and to provide details of these deposits; and question and as such he may dispose the same as he
(2) to hold all withdrawals and other transactions pleases. Absent any freeze order filed by the OSG on
involving the congressman's bank accounts. behalf of the AMLC, Rudy may dispose said properties
and compel Luansing Realty to transfer to the buyer
As counsel for BDP, would you advise the bank to ownership of the properties sold.
comply with the order? (2013 Bar)
c) Yes. Under the Anti-money Laundering Law, as
A: I shall advise Banco de Plata not to comply with the amended, the AMLC may into bank accounts upon
order of the Anti-Money Laundering Council. It cannot order of any competent court based in ex parte
inquire into the deposits of Congressman Abner, application when it has been established that said
regardless of currency, without a bank inquiry order from accounts are related to an unlawful activity. In the case
a competent court, because crimes involved are not at hand, the AMLC merely requested the disclosure of
kidnapping for ransom, violations of the Comprehensive said accounts without court order. The bank therefore
Dangerous Drugs Act, hijacking and other violations of violated the secrecy of bank account of Rudy when it
Republic Act No. 6235, destructive arson, murder, and
2. Foreign investments shall be encouraged in the 1. Mere investment as shareholder and exercise of rights
enterprises that significantly expand livelihood and as investor;
employment Opportunities for Filipinos by: 2. Having a nominee director or officer to represent its
a. Enhancing economic value of farm products; interest in the corporation;
b. Promoting the welfare of Filipino consumers; 3. Appointing a representative or distributor which
c. Expanding the scope, quality and volume of exports transacts business in its own name and for its own
and their access to foreign markets; account;
d. And/or transferring relevant technologies in 4. Publication of a general advertisement through any
agriculture, industry and support services. print or broadcast media;
5. Maintaining a stock of goods in the Philippines solely
3. Foreign investments shall be welcome as a Supplement for the purpose of having the same processed by another
to Filipino capital and technology in those enterprises entity in the Philippines;
serving mainly the domestic market. 6. Consignment by the foreign corporation of equipment
with a local company to be used in the processing of
4. GR: There are no restrictions on extent of foreign products for export;
ownership of Export enterprises. In domestic market 7. Collecting information in the Philippines;
enterprises, foreigners can invest as much as 100% equity Performing services auxiliary to an existing isolated
XPN:In areas included in the negative list. contract of sale which are not on a continuing basis (RA
7042, Sec. 3 [d]).
5. Foreign-owned firms catering mainly to the domestic
market shall be encouraged to undertake measures that EXPORT ENTERPRISE
will gradually increase Filipino PARTicipation in their
businesses by It is an enterprise wherein a manufacturer, processor or
a. Taking in Filipino partners; service [including tourism] enterprise exports sixty
b. Electing Filipinos to the board of director; percent (60%) or more of its output, or wherein a trader
c. Implementing transfer of technology to Filipinos; purchases products domestically and exports sixty per
d. Generating more employment for the economy; and cent (60%) or more of such purchases (Sec 3 [e], RA 7042).
e. Enhancing skills of Filipino workers (RA 7042, Sec. 2).
DOMESTIC MARKET ENTERPRISE
DEFINITION OF TERMS
It is an enterprise which produces goods for sale, or
FOREIGN INVESTMENT renders services to the domestic market entirely or if
exporting a portion of its output fails to consistency
It isan equity investment made by non-Philippine national export at least 60% thereof (R.A. 7042, Sec 3 [f]).
in the form of foreign exchange and/or other assets
actually transferred to the Philippines and duly registered
with the Central Bank which shall assess and appraise the
value of such assets other than foreign exchange.
Requirements for a non-Philippine national to own A domestic market enterprise may change its status to
up to 100% of a domestic market enterprise export enterpriseif the Domestic market enterprise
consistently exports in each year thereof sixty per cent
1. A non-Philippine national must register with the SEC or (60%) or more of its output over a three (3) year period
with the Bureau of Trade Regulation and Consumer (RA 7042, Sec. 7).
Protection (BTRCP) of DTI in the case of single
proprietorship for it to do business or invest in a domestic FOREIGN INVESTMENT NEGATIVE LIST
enterprise up to 100% of its capital.
2. The participation of non-Philippine national in the Foreign Investment Negative List
enterprise is must not be prohibited or limited to a
smaller percentage by existing law and/ or under Foreign It is a list of areas of economic activity whose foreign
Investment Negative list (RA 7042, Sec. 5). ownership is limited to a maximum of 40% of the equity
capital of the enterprises engaged therein (RA 7042, Sec. 3
Imposition of additional limitation on the extent of [g]).
foreign ownership in an enterprise other than those
provided for under RA 7042 by the SEC or BTRCP List A of the Foreign Investment Negative List
GR: The SEC or BTRCP, as the case may be, shall not Filipino Ownership must be: (CODES are as follows)
impose any limitations on the extent of foreign ownership 1. 100% - CoFi AMMaN Co.- ProMiSe -US$2.5M
in an enterprise additional to those provided in R.A. 7042. 2. 80% - Prc
3. 75% - LoRD
XPNs: 4. 70% - Ad
1. That any enterprise seeking to avail of incentives under 5. 60% - Go LEARN CUPID
the Omnibus Investment Code of 1987 must apply for 6. 40% - FI (SEC)
registration with the Board of Investments (BOI), which
shall process such application for registration in 100% Filipino Owned
accordance with the criteria for evaluation prescribed in (Zero percent (0%) foreign equity)
said Code;
(Code: CoFi AMMaN Co. – MiSe- US$2.5M)
2. That a non-Philippine national intending to engage in
the same line of business as an existing joint venture, in 1. COoperatives(Art. 26, Ch. III, R.A. 6938);
which he or his majority shareholder is a substantial
3. Contracts for the construction of Defense-related 11. Operation of Deep sea commercial fishing vessel
structures (Sec. 1, CA 541). (Sec. 27, R.A. 8550);
4. Under the Flag Law, in the purchase of articles for 12. Corporations engaged in Coastwise shipping (Sec.
the Government, preference shall be given to 806, P.D. 1464)
materials and supplies produced, made, or
manufactured in the Philippines, and to domestic 40 % Filipino Owned
entites. Domestic entites means any citizen of the (Up to twenty percent (60%) foreign equity)
Philippines or commercial company at least 75% of
the capital of which is owned by citizens of the (Code: FI [SEC] )
Philippines (Sec. 1, CA 138)
1. Financing companies regulated by the SEC(Sec. 6, R.A.
5980 as amended by R.A. 8556);
2. Investment houses regulated by the SEC(Sec. 5, P.D. 129
as amended by R.A. 8366).
GR: Small and medium-sized domestic market 1. A person who violates any provision of R.A. 7042 or of
enterprises with paid-in equity capital less than the the terms and conditions of registration or of the rules
equivalent of US$200,000.00, are reserved to Philippine and regulations issued pursuant thereto, or aids or
nationals. abets in any manner any violation shall be subject to a
fine not exceeding P100,000.
XPNs: 2. If the offense is committed by a juridical entity, it shall
1. They involve advanced technology as determined by be subject to a fine in an amount not exceeding 1/2 of
the DOST; 1% of total paid-in capital but not more than
2. They employ at 50 direct employees, then a minimum P5,000,000.00 The president and/or officials
paid-in capital of US$100,000.00 (RA 7042, Sec. 8) responsible therefor shall also be subject to a fine not
exceeding P200,000.00
List C of the Foreign Investment Negative List 3. In addition to the foregoing, any person, firm or
juridical entity involved shall be subject to forfeiture of
List C shall contain the areas of investment in which all benefits granted under R.A. 7042 (RA 7042, Sec 14).
existing enterprises already serve adequately the needs of
the economy and the consumer and do not require further
foreign investments, as determined by NEDA and
approved by the President and promulgated in a
Presidential Proclamation.
Aquino, T. (2014). Philippine Corporate Law Compendium. De Leon, H.S. and De Leon, Jr., H.M. (Eds.).(2010). The
Manila: Rex Book Store. Philippine Negotiable Instruments Law, Annotated.
Manila: Rex Bookstore, Inc.
De Leon, H. S. & De Leon, H. M., Jr. (10th Ed.). (2010). The
Corporation Code of the Philippines Annotated. Manila: Rex Divina, N.T. (Eds.). (2010). Handbook on Philippine
Book Store. Commercial Law. Makati City: CIBI Information, Inc.
Divina, N. (2nd Ed.).(2010). Handbook on Philippine Divina, N. T. (2014). Handbook on Philippine Commercial
Commercial Law. Manila: Central Lawbook Publishing Law 2014 Supplement
Company.
Sundiang, Sr., J.R. and Aquino, T.B. (2014).Reviewer on
Divina, N. T. (2014). Handbook on Philippine Commercial Commercial Law. Manila: Rex Bookstore, Inc.
Law 2014 Supplement
Villanueva, C.L. (2009). Commercial Law Reviewer. Manila:
Maurer School of Law: Indiana University. (1958). Foreign Rex Bookstore, Inc.
Corporations: The Interrelation of Jurisdiction and
Qualification. Indiana Law Journal, 20, 358-377. Securities Regulation Code
Salonga, J. (3rd Ed.).(1968). Philippine Law on Private Sundiang, J. R. Sr. (7th Ed.).(2014). Reviewer on
Corporations. Manila: Central Lawbook Publishing Commercial Law. Manila: Rex Book Store.
Company.
Divina, N. T. (2014). Handbook on Philippine Commercial
Sundiang, J. R. Sr. & Aquino, T. (4th Ed.).(2009). Reviewer Law 2014 Supplement
on Commercial Law. Manila: Rex Book Store.
Special Commercial Laws
Sundiang, J. R. Sr. & Aquino, T. (5th Ed.).(2011). Reviewer
on Commercial Law. Manila: Rex Book Store. Divina, N. (2nd Ed.).(2010). Handbook on Philippine
Commercial Law. Manila: Central Lawbook Publishing
Sundiang, J. R. Sr. & Aquino, T. (7th Ed.).(2014). Reviewer Company.
on Commercial Law. Manila: Rex Book Store.
Divina, N. T. (2014). Handbook on Philippine Commercial
Insurance Law Law 2014 Supplement